UDC 025.4(05) Vol. 3 (1976) No.2 INTERNATIONAL CLASSI FICATION
------
Journal on Theory and Practice of Universal and Special Classification Systems and Thesauri Zeitschrift zur Theorie und Praxis universaler und spezieller Klassifikationssysteme und Thesauri
Editors/Herausgeber
Dr. I. Dahlberg. Frankfurt. BRD (Editor·in·Chiefi Prof. Dr. Dr. A. Diemer. Diisseldorf.IlRD Prof. A. Neelameghan, Bangalore, Inoia Prof. J. M. Perreault. Huntsville, Ala., USA co·sponsored by F IDICR and by the I F LA I nternational Office for UBC
in collaboration with I in ZusammenCirbeit mit Prof. P. Atherton, Syracuse, N.Y., USA Dr. A. I. Chernyj, Moscow. USSR Dipl. Math. H. Fangmever. Ispra, Italy Dipl.·Volksw. O. Gekeler, Ulm, BRD Prof. E. de Gralier, Paris, France Dr. F. Lang, Vienna, Austria Cons. Eng. V. Nakamura, Tokyo, Japan Dr. E. Seib�r. Warsaw, Poland Prof. Dr. D. Soergel, College Park, M,i., USA
Prof. Dr. R. Sakal, Stony Brook, N. Y.• USA Prof. A. L. C. Vicentini t. Brasilia, B,;.tsil Prof. B. C. Vickery, London. England Prof. Dr. E . Wuster, Wieselburg, Austl'ia and the Forschungsabt. Information und Dokumentation des Philosophischen Instituts. Universitat Dusseldorf (Direktor: Prof. Dr. N. Henrichsl
Verlag Dokumentation, Publishers, Munchen
I
--_. - -- -_.--- I (SSN 0340·0050 - (ntern. Classificat.,](19]6) No. 2,-p._6_5_-134 (iVlii.llChEln, Nov. 197,s1 � INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION Vol. 3 (1976) No. 2 UDC 0254 (05) INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION Contents Journal on Theory and Practice of Universal and Special Classification Systems and Thesauri
Zeitschrift zur Theorie und Praxis Editorial What is your opinion? . 65 universaler und spezieiler Klassifi In Memoriam-Abner L. C. Vicentini (1929/1976) 66 kationssysteme und Thesauri
Articles Editorial Office/Redaktion: H. G. Small: Structural dynamics of scientific literature 67 c/o Or. I. Dahlberg, 0-6 Frankfurt 50 N. A. Stokolova: Syntactic tools and semantic power of information WODgstr. 36a, Tel.' (0611) 5236 90 languages . . . . . 76 W.-W. Hopker: Struktur und KompatibiliUit des Thesaurus der Medizin Issue frequency/Erscheinungsweise: (Structure and compatibility of the Thesaurus of Medicine) . 81 2 x/ann. I. Dahlberg: Classification theory, yesterday and today 85 Publisher/Verlag: J. B. Friis-Hansen: Library classification systems in Denmark 91 Verlag ookumentation Saur KG, M. Weitemeyer: Which way to "Shared Classification"? A Danish view 93 P.O.B. 711009, P6ssenbacher Str. 2, 0·8000 Munchen 71, Bundesrepublik Reports and Communications The DDC Allerton House Conference 96 Deutschland, Tel.' (089) 798901, U. Fellmann: European Centenary Seminar on the DDC 96 Telex: 5212067 saur d Classification Society Conference, USA 98 Annual Subscription Rates/ Abonnement: Classification and Phylogeny . 99 OM36,-. For members of national or M. Krommer�Benz: Colloque Internationale de Terminologie, Paris, international classificatiDn societies or June 1976 99 groups OM 27 ,-/Fur Mitglieder nationa· H. Felber: Moscow Meeting of ISO/TC 37 /WG 1 "Principles of ler oder internationaler Klassifikations Terminology" . 100 gesellschaften oder ...gremien OM 27, G. Heinrich: Bibliothekarische Ausbildung in SacherschlieBung Single issue/Einzelheft: OM 20,- (A library classification training program) . 101 1/74 I. Dahlberg: Classification theory course in Rio de Janeiro 103 Advertising prices/Anzeigenpreisliste Libraries honoured . 107 Bankverbindungen: E. de Andrade Oliveira: Translation and computerization of the PostscheckkD nto Mlinchen 2061 41-804; Portuguese Medium Edition of the UDC 107 Bayer. Hypotheken- und Wechselbank, Munchen, Kto. Nr. 3 388 662 Terminology Comer Classification Terminology - DDC 105 Printed by/Druck: Hain-Druck KG, 0-6554 Meisenheim/Glan Book Reviews Sodeur, W.: Empirische Vcrfahren zur Klassifikation (P. Vogel) 108 All rights reserved/Aile Rechte vDrbe Terminologie der Information und Dokumentation (H. Wellisch) . 109 halten. Printed in West Germany 1976 Buchanan, B.: A glossary of indexing terms (J. Farradane). 110 Brown, A, G.: An introduction to subjcct indexing (S, Reball) III Infotenn: International co-operation in terminology (R. Kocourek) III Schneider, K.: Computer aided subject index system for the life sciences (G. Lambert) 112 Dictionary of Rcpwgraphy (R. Agte) 114 Fluck, H. R,: Fachsprachen (H.-R. Spiegel) . 114 Bausch, K.-J" Schewe, W. H. U., Spiegel, H.-R.: Fachsprachcn (I. Dahlbcrg). 115 N'A .) Classification Literature 3(1976) No, 2, Nos. 1873-2200 116 Index to vots. 1-3 131 Verlag Dokumentation, Publishers
Editors/Herausgeber: Dr. FriAdrich Larlg. IBM, A-1040 Wien, Mar9are Mr, M. W8itemcyer, The Royal Library, Christians Or. phil lngelraut Dahlberg 0-6 Frankfurt 50. thens!r.3/4. Austria Brygge 8, 17.19 Copenhagen.K. Danmark Woogstr. 36a, BRD Yu�io Nakamura. Authorized Con,ultin� Engineur. Dr. U, Fellmann. Hochschulblbliothek der T. H. Prof. Dr. med. Dr. Phil Alwin Diemer. Philosophi· 14-8 Nisikata-1 Bunkyo-Ku,') okyo 113,Japan Aachen, T emplergraban 61,5100 Aachen,BR D sches Irlstitut der UniversitEitDiisseldorf, 0-4 Dussel· Dr. Eugen Scibor, Ins!ilu! Informacji Natlkowej. Vis. M.Krommp.r-Benz. I nlotcrm, Osterr. Normungs dorf 1, Universit;;tsstr.1 . SRD Technic,nej i Ekonomlczrlej IIiNTEI. AI. Niepod ",slltUt, Postfach 130, 1021 Wien 2. Au5tri" leglosci 188. Warszawa, Poland Prot. Jean M. Perreault, Director of the UniversiTy Mr. H. Felber, InfOlerm, OSlerr. Norrnungsins!ilut. Library.University of Alabama, P .o.B. 1247 Hunts Prof. Dr. Daqohert Soerg�l. School of Library and In. Postfach 130. 1021 Wien 2, Austria ville, Alabama 35 807, USA forrnation $ervic<,s. Uniwrsity of MQryland, Colle�e rr. Doz. G. Heinrich. Btbliothekar_Lehrinstitut, Uni. Prot, Ara$harlipalal Neelameghan. Documentation Park. Md .. 20742 USA versltat�tr. 33,5000 Koln 41, BRD ResearCh and Training Centre {DRTC), 112 Cross Prof. Dr. Rolle" R. Sokal, StaTe University of New M,. �. de AndradA Oliveira, c/o IBICT. avu, Goneral Road 11, Malleswaram Bangalore-560003, I�dia York. Stony Brook. New York 11 794. USA Justo 171,Rio de Janp.iro. Brasil co-sponwredbYFID/CR (F&leration Intern3tionala Prof. Bryarl C. Vickery. School of Library, Archive Prof. Dr, F. Vogol, Institut fUf Statistik und Okono_ de Documentation, Committee on Classification , and Information Studies, University Col loge Gower metria, Univursitat Kiel,Olshau5enstr. 40-60, 2300 Research), address see Prot. A. Neelamegharl Street, London WC 1, England Kiel,BRD and by the International Federation of Library Prof. Dr. Eugerl WUstAf. A 3250 Wiuselburg, AU.»ria Prof. Hans Welliscll; College of Library and I nforma Associatio!ls (IFLAllnternational Office for USC, in collabor�tion with/in Zusammenarbeit mit: tion Survices, University of Maryland, College Park nirector� Mrs. D. Anderson, c/o The British Library, 20742, Md. USA Ref. Div., London WC1B 30G, England For�churlg""bt�ilung Information "nd Dokumenta lion des Philosophischcn IrlstituTs der Universinit Prof.. J�son Farr1ldane,School of Library and Infor_ Dusseldorf. D-4 DU05eldorf, Urliversitatsstr 1, BRO. mQtion Science, The Urliversity of Western Ontario, Prof. Dr. phil Norbert Hen"chs London N6A 5S9, Canada .Consulting Editors/Redaktionsbeirat: Dipl. Phys. S. Reball, Forschungsinstitllt Manfred Pro!. Pauline Atherton. School of Library Science, von Ardenne. Zeppelinstr. 7, 8051 Dresden, DDR Syracu�e UnivArsity, Syracuse, 13210 USA Authors of this i.-lie N. Y., Prof. Dr. R. Kowurek, Department of French, Dal_ Dr. A. I. Olernyj, VINITI. Moscow A·219, Baltijs Or. H. G. Small. fnstilute for Scientific Information, housie UniverSity, Halifax. N. S .. Canada kaja ul. 14, USSR 325 Chestrlut Street,Philadelphia, Pa. 19106, USA Ms. G. Lilmbert, Sibl iOlhi?qUA de l'Univp.rsi!e de Dipl. Math. Hermann Fangmeyer, Euratom CCR Dr. N. A. Slokolova,c!o I nstitute for Scientific Infor Rouen, Bd Mauric�-de-Broqlie, 76 Mont-Saint. C. E. T. I.S.IEuropeQn Scientific Information mation, 325 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia. Pa. 19106, Aignan. France Processing Centre), 1·-21020 Ispra (Varese) Italy USA Mr. R. Agte, FOG RA, Brurlnerstr. 2, 8000 Miinchen Dipl. Volksw. Otto Gekeler. AEG_Tclefurlkerl {Nl), Priv. 02t. Dr. W.-W. Hopkor,Pathnlogisches I nstitut 13. BRD 79 Ulm,Postfach 830. BRD der Universitat, Weslring 17,44 Munster. BR 0 Dr. H.-A. Spiegel. Stifterverband fur die Deutsche Prof. Eric de Grolier, Conseil International des Prof. J. B. Friis·Hanson. Danmarks Biblioteksskole, WissenSGhatt, Brucker Holt 56,4300 E�en-Bredeney. Sciences. 1. rue Miollis, F-·75 Pari, 15e. Frarlce Birketingel 6. 2300 Copenh3gen S. Danmark "eD UDC 02 5.4 (05)
INTERNATIONAL CLASSI FICATION Vol. 3 (1976) No. 2, p. 65-134, Nov. 1976 Journal on Theory and Practice of Universal and Special Classification Systems and Thesauri Zeitschrift zur Theorie und Praxis universaler und spezieller Klassifikationssysteme und Thesauri
Publisher: Verlag Dokumentation Saur KG, P.O.Box, P6ssenbacher Str. 2, D·8000 Munchen 71, BRD Te l.: (089) 798901, Telex 5212067 saur d Editorial offices: c/o Dr. I. Dahlberg, Woogstr. 36 a, D·6 000 Frankfurt 50, BRD, Tel.: (0611) 52 3690 Issue frequency/ Erscheinungsweise: 2/ann.; Subscription/Preis: DM 36,-/ann.
Contents page /1 nhaltsfahne
This contents page may be reproduced without charge - Diese Inhaltsfahne dad gebiihrenfrei vcrvielfaltlgt werden (DIN 1428)
Small, H. G.: Structural dynamics of scientific literature. Dahlberg, I.: Classification theory, yesterday and today. In: Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No.2, p. 67-74 In: Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2, p. 85--90 A methodology is described for the structural analysis of scienti Until very recently, classification theory was held to be nothing fic literature using the frequency with which items have been but an expressed or unconscious knowledge framed in intuitive cited together (cocitation) as the measure of association between ly given reasons for the su bdivision and arrangement of any highly cited documents. A clustering procedure applied to these universe. Today, after clarification of the clements of classifica data results in the formation of groups of documents identifi tion systems as well als of the basis of concept relationships it is able as research specialties. The principal conccrn of the paper is possible to apply a number of principles in the evaluation of to analyze patterns of change in these structures from year to existing systems as well as in the construction of new ones and year, using data from the 1973 and 1974 Science Citation Index. by this achieving relatively predictable and repeatable rc�m1ts. The rate of change of clusters and the document turnover in (Author) clusters suggest that scientific research fr onts arc changing very rapidly. Change in the relationships among specialties is also ob served by comparing con��gurations of clusters obtained by multi dimensional scaling. By rotation of successive M-D-SCAL plots to a least squares congruence for corresponding clusters, it is possible to show how the clusters have "moved" relative to one Friis-Hansen, J. B.: Library classification systems in Denmark. another from one year to the next. (Author) In: Intern. Classificat. 3 (1976) No. 2, p. 91-93 Report about the d-..vclopment of the classification system for public libraries in Denmark, the "Danish Dewey" and its five editions since its first onc in 1915, as well as brief outline of more recent developments concernhg subject cataloguing and Stokolova, N. A.: Syntactic tools and semantic power of infor cooperation between the Danish public libraries and the research Pt. II of 'Elements of a semantic theory of mation languages. libraries. I. C. information retrieval'. In: Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2, p. 75-81 Different kinds of syntactic tools of infofmation languages (lL) in use, considered as meaning-distinguishing tools, arc described as simplified forms of some initial IL grammar tools called 'stand ard phrases' which are n-place relational predicates of a special kind. A quantiative evaluation is attempted of the effects which Weitemeyer, M.: Which way to "Shared Classification"? A the idiosyncracies of the syntactic tools of IL's have on their Danish view. semantic power. (Author) In: Intern. Class inca!. 3(1976) No. 2, p. 93--96 Report on the results of an investigation to clarify 1) which classification systems arc in usc in other countries than Den mark meeting some preestablished criteria and 2) how milch of the Danish classification data is preclassified on available mag Hopker, W.-W.: Struktur und Kompatibilitat des Thesaurus der netic tapes and in which classificlltion system. Data for the usc Medizin. (Structure and compatibility of the Thesaurus of Medi of the systems arc shown INTERNATIONAL CLASSI FICATION Vol. 3 (1976) No. 1, p. 1-64 , May 19 76 Journal on Theory and Practice of Universal an� Special Classification Systems and Thesauri Zeitschrift zur Theorie und Praxis universaler und spezieller Klassifikationssysteme und Thesauri Publisher: Verlag Ookumentation Saur KG , P.O.Box, P6ssenbacher Str. 2, 0-8000 Munchen 71, BR 0 Tel.: (089) 798901, Telex 5212067 saur d Editorial offices: c/o Dr. I. Dahlberg, Woogstr. 36 a, 0-6000 Frankfurt 50, BRO, Tel.: (0611) 52 3690 Issue frequency/ Erscheinungsweise: 2/ann.; Subscription/Preis: OM 36,-/ann. Contents page / Inhaltsfahne This contents page may be reproduced without charge - Diese Inhaltsfahne darf gebijJuenfrei vervielfaltigt werden (DIN 1428) Korner, S.: Classification theory. Subramanyam, K.: Seminal mnemonics in classification. In: Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 1, p. 3-6, 13 refs. In: Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 1, p. 16-18, 8 refs. Some theory of classification underlies most practical activities, The basic idea underlying seminal mnemonics is that concepts whether individual or social. It is involved in most attempts to of objects or phenomena which are apparently unrciated at the understand the �tructure of reality on a metaphysical lcve l and phenomenal level, may be seen to be related to each other at a it is presupposed in the formulation of scientifie laws. The logic deeper levci of perception. Seminal mnemonics consists of as al and material principles of classification are covered as well as signing the same notational digits to such "seminally equivalent" various general problems and criteria of classification. Differing concepts, regardless of their verbal denotation or class context. classification principles in particular domains such as the natural But the perception of seminal equivalence of concepts is a diffi sciences and medicine and in information arc discussed as well cult process, and demands a high degree of intuitive llbility in as the place and role of classificalion in scientific method, its the classificationis!. In this paper an attempt is made to explain relation to and dependence on theory, scientific nomenclature the theoretical basis of seminal mnemonics llnd to examine its and the philosophical issues through the heritage of Plato and use in classification. (Author) Aristotle. (I. C.) Chiapetti, s., Serrai, A.: DEWEY, die Klassifikationen und das F. Reball, S.: Semantiselter Bereich und Sachverhaltsbesehreibung semantisehe Universum. von DokumenteninhaIten. (Semantic field and subject descrip (DEWEY, classifications schemes and the semantic universe) tion of document contents.) (In German) (In German) In: Intern. Classificat. 3 (1976) No. 1, p. i 8- 22, 10 refs. In: Intern. Classificat. 3 (1976) No. 1, p. 7·" 11, 11 n;fs. The description of a document and its contents may be done Some general remarks on the classification of Mclvil Dewey are either in an integrating mode by assigning it as a whole to a presented for the centennial of its first publication in 1876. comprehensive subject field or in a mode distinguishing be Similarities with the methods worked out by G. Schott in 1664 tween the individual information items contained in a docu and with the prineiples of modern science of �cience are indicat ment. In either case the indications gained about the document ed. The measurable parameters which individuate the Dewey contents may be used as access points in storage llndretrieval Decimal and the Universal Decimal Classification in the poly processes as well as for other purposes. Differences and "over dimensional semantic space arc illustrated: monodimensional lappings" of both methods arc discussed; a model for the expla extension of the DC/UDC and dccimlliutilization density (DUD). nation of the relevant cases of indexing languages is presented The DUD of class 54 (chemL'itry) L� calculated and is compared considering also the relations to the concepts of subject- and with the DUD of class 159.9 (psychology) being much smaller form-oriented indexing. (Author, trans!.) 0/6). Report of work towards reconciliation of the UDC with thesauri (semantic correlation of concept spaces) and exemplifi cation of a thesallfu�-UDC (different from a UDC-thesaurus) is given in the field of philosophy. (Authors) H61zl, J.: Versuehe zur Erstellung cines Warenthesaurus. (Attempts towards the construction ora commodity thesaurus.) Comaromi, J. P.: Conception and development of the Dewey In: Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 1, p. 23-·32, 17 refs. Decimal Classification. Four empirically generated commodity classifications were used In: Intern. Clllssificat. 3(1976) No. I, p. 11-15, 9 refs. in the attempt to construct five draft thesauri on three hierarch Suggestions and origins of the structure and notation of the ical levc1s. These drafts refer (I) to a 'general commodity the DDC which most probably can be traced back to the catalog saurus' (Annex 1), (2) to partial thesauri concerning the com of the St. Louis Public School Library and its author W. T. modity groups 'food' and 'machinery-equipment' respectively Harris whose c1assificutioll principles were based on the philoso llnd (3) to the article groups 'dietetic food' and 'lathes', (Annex phy of F. Bacon and G. W. F. Hegel. Description orthe speciali 2, 3). These five partial thesauri should be tested in practical use ties in the first and second edition of the DDC of 1885 (the rcia as well as accord ing to their scientific objectives. The drafts are tive index, auxiliary tables faceting, and simplified spelling). meant as first steps to be followed by the elaboration of similar Modernization of the system in the last quarter century by the partial thesauri based on the application of other empirically publisher, Forest Press and the editor, B. A. Cu�ter. References generated classification schemes of general (international) or to translated versions of the DDC in Note 9. (I. C.) specific (industrial) importance. (Author) warmest congratulations on the awarding of this prize and at the same time express our joy over the fact that proper recognition has thus been given to an achievement EDITORIAL which has provided a new insight into the indexing pro· cess - for the PRECIS method is a truly information· related indexing method, one that does not content What is your opinion? itself with the selection of single, unrelated terms of a document but which rather reflectsthese terms and their Now that INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION can concepts in their syntactic context, thus ensuring the look back on its first three years of existence the time preservation of the information contained in a statement, may be ripe to give some thought to the question of of its 'informeme', as A. Diemer called it. Now this is just where we stand today in OUf endeavour to mobilize indeed a wholly new look at the manner of information interest in and understanding for questions of classifica representation and an approach which also spans a link tion, and just where we are going. with the past, namely with the facet organisation of On the whole, we feel that things are moving well. The classes (or rather classates) as developed by S. R. various conferences that have taken place in the past Ranganathan, who in his chain indexing method provided two years have brought some more life into classification for corresponding alphabetic access. matters. It started out with the FIDICR Conference in Quite close to happiness and joy one may usually also find Bombai, soon followed by the five conferences on the sadness. We have to face the fact this year that Abner occasion of the Dewey Classification Centennial, i. e.: Vicentini, who in 1974, in the 2nd issue of this journal - the DDC Conference in Allerton House, Monticello, Illinois, welcomfd it in such jubilant tenns, thereby giving us so Nov. 9-12, 1975, much courage and strength, is longer among the living. - the classification meeting of the American Library Associa LO tion on the occasion of its annual convention, July 20, 1976, In him we have lost not only an untiringly alert and - the "A CDU C 0 Centenario de Dewey" conference in Rio de attentive collaborator on our I. C. - Advisory Board but Janeiro with some 600 participants, Sept. 12-17, 1976, also a forever helpful, brotherly friend whose efforts in - the DDC European Centenary Seminar in Banbury, England, defending the interests of classification both in his Brazi· Sept. 26-29, 1976, - the DOC/DOC Conference of the FlO in Brussels, Nov. 25- lian homeland and within the FID can hardly be surpassed. 26, 1976. How keenly was he looking forward only recently to the forthcoming Brazilian classification conference! Numerous other conferences, encounters and exchanges of views have helped develop a new awareness which is And where are we going? Are we realizing the program now beginning to imbue classification, ten years ago we set ourselves in no. I of 1974? already declared "dead" by some, with new dynamic The present issue is the first one to contain an article - vigor. This has above all produced the result that a H. Small's "Structural Dynamics of Scientific Literature" growing recognition of the common basis of all classifica - which at first glance seems to have nothing to do with tion interests is slowly becoming evident. classification at all, but which nevertheless goes right into Also deserving mention is the fact that for the first time what can be regarded as the no. I challenge for our work: contributions on classification questions are appearing in how does the methodology of classification, how can the the series "Advances in Librarianship" (Vol. 7) and that structure of concept systems deal with this problem of the problems of classification theory are since recently constantly shifting centers of interest of scientific work? also being discussed in Soviet library science2• What solutions present themselves to meet this problem? What type of order possesses in itself so much dynamic In addition, the question of "classification data availabi force as to remain unaffected by ephemeral changes while lity" is beginning to play a part in computerized national nevertheless registering them and securing adequate access bibliographies. The concept of "Shared Classification", to their results? coined by Rolf Kluth" has made its entry into the world of library policy and administration. It involves either the The huge data bank of scientific literature built up over selection of an international standard classification or the the past 15 years throughE. Garfields initiative at his establishment of extensive conversion mechanisms bet Institute of Scientific Information in Philadelphia might ween existing systems - if not both - so that huge tasks offer for everybody interested in classification both an may be lying ahead of us. incentive to and starting material for an intensive preoccu pation with the question of what topics contemporary One event of the recent past gives occasion to joyful scientific work is actually centered on. It remains for us reflection: In the honour of S. R. Ranganathan the DRTC to activate somewhat more our intelligence and to develop Alumni Association, Bangalore, has instituted a prize to somewhat more creativity to meet such a new challenge. be awarded every two years for an outstanding contribu tion in the field of classification. This year, 1976, This is where we perceive the new tasks for knowledge Derek Austin, London, became the first winner of this classification. And what is your opinion? prize, in recognition of his immense work on the develop· Ingetraut Dahlberg ment and implementation of PRECIS, the indexing system 1) Sec the reports on this confcrence in Intern. Classificat. 2 of the British National Bibliography, which has already (1975) No.1. been adopted by many other indexing systems as well, 2) Sokolov, A. V.: Aktualnye problemy teorii klassifikacii - whether realized in English or in other languages. tema III meZdunarodnoj konfcrencii v Bombay. In: Naucnyc i tt�chniceskiebiblioteki SSR (1976) No. 8, p. 35-47, 25 refs. At this point we wish to extend to Derek Austin our 3) See the contrihution of M. Wcitemeyer in this issue. Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Editorial 65 IN MEMORIAM Abner lollis Com;a Vicentini (1929/1976) The news came from the interior of the Brazilian state of Sao Paulo and rapidly spread about Brasilia on the 10th August with inhuman cruelty: following a car crash which had occurred one month ago Abner Vicentini had died the previous night. His relatives and friends hesitat ed in accepting such implacable reality. On that same day his fu neral was accompanied in Brasilia by a large number of people who were asking the same question: how was it possible to loose so tragically and brutally the life of one of the most capable and active Brazilian librarians and also a friend full of human warmth? It is clear that this. obituary will not answer this question. It aims only to sketch some features of the unforgettable personality of Vicentini and to emphasize that question. Abner Vicentini was born in Bebedouro, State of Sao Paulo, on 8/23/1929. He graduated in Library Science at the Foundation School of Sociology and Politics of Sao Paulo and in Law at the University of Sao Paulo. He began his professional career as a librarian at the Sao Paulo City Public Library and a few years later he was the Director of the Central Library of the Aeronautics Technical Center in Sao Jose dos Campos, Sao Paulo. His success in the last post entitled him to a most challenging one as university librarian of the newly created University of Brasilia. In the new capital university he revealed his capa city not only as an administrator but also as professor of the Library Science course from 1964 to 1968. After leaving the university he decided to go on living in Brasilia, a decision which was delightfully received by all the librarians who were trying to build libraries from scratch in the new capital. He then accepted a post at the Ministry of Mines and Energy to plan and implement its information system. Vicentini was an expert and a propagator of the UDC. For 10 years he was the chairman of the Brazilian Committee of UDC, since it was created in 1958 till 1968. His work in favour of the UDC resulted in the increasing publication and utilization of this classification in Brazil. Unfortunately he was not alive to see the launching of the Portuguese edition of the UDC medium edition during the Conference on Bibliographic Classification which was held in Rio last September. He had been an enthusiastic collaborator of this work. Since 1960, when the 26th General Conference of FID met in Rio de Janeiro, he had estab· lished close contacts with this organization. He was the fi rst Brazilian representative in the FID Central Classification Committee, a member of the Directing Council of FID and secret· ary of the Joint Subcommittee on UDC & Automation. His participation in the FID meet· ings transformed him in an international representative of Brazilian Library Science and Documentation and all his many foreign friends became Brazil's friends. Among his many facets were publishing activities also. He had created a publishing house to produce texts in Portuguese for Brazilian librarians and documentalists. His major editorial effort was the publication of the Anglo·American Cataloguing Rules in Portuguese. When he died he was the national manager of the joint project of FAO and Brazilian Govern· ment to develop a nation-wide agricultural information system in Brazil. This is a project which corresponds to the implementation of some original studies he had made years ago for the Ministry of Agriculture. He had been appointed by F AO as member ofits Interna· tional Panel of Experts on AGRIS and he was extremely happy with his new assignments. It is impossible to summarize all his professional life in a few paragraphs. It is enough to say that he was a good man, a diligen t professional and a person surrounded by many. many friends who will mourn his loss as long as his name exists. Asteria Campos and Antonio A. Briquet de Lemos University of Brasflia, Brasil 66 Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 In memoriam is to design what might be called a "science mapping system" which takes as its input the cumulations of citation data contained in the Science Otatiollindex Henry G. Small (SCI) or the Social Sciellces Citatioll Illdex (SSCI). The Institute for Scientific Information, Philadelphia basic measure of relationship used is co-citation, the citing of two earlier documents by one later docu� ment (3). It is hypothesized that co-citation captures, Structural Dynamics of Scientific in most instances, the elementary act of associating ideas or individuals represented by the two cited documents. Literature Hence, the kinds of structures obtained from co-citations are, by and large, interpretable as cognitive or social structures. Small, H. G.: Structural dynamics of scientific The principal finding of the initial experiments (4-7) literature. is that the primary structural unit in science is the In: Intern. Classificat. 3 (1976) No. 2, p. 67-74 scientific specialty. Furthermore, the specialties them A methodology is described fo r the structural selves are linked together in loose networks which analysis of scientific literature using the frequency eventually connect nearly the entire fabric of science. with which items have been cited together (co The most recent work which is reported here concerns citation) as the measure of association between the application of this system to the study of how this highly cited documents. A clustering procedure structure changes over time. Thus, the aim of this paper applied to these data results in the formation of is to move from a static, cross-sectional model of the groups of documents identifiable as research structure of science to a dynamic, longitudinal one. specialties. The principal concern of the paper is to analyze patterns of change in these structures from year to year, using data from the 1973 and 2. Method Science Citation Illdex. 1974 The rate of change Since the aim of the science mapping system is to of clusters and the document turnover in clusters measure changes in structure over time as well as suggest that scientific research fronts are changing structure at any given time, it is necessary to deal with very rapidly. Change in the relationships among specialties is also observed by comparing configu discrete time slices of citation data. The annual cumula SCI rations of clusters obtained by multidimensional tions of the provide a convenient time slice, not so scaling. By rotation of successive M-D-SCAL plots narrow as to give an unrepresentative picture of most to a least squares congruence for corresponding fields and not so broad as to preclude an early detection clusters, it is possible to show how the clusters of significant changes. The SCI is a multidisciplinary have "moved" relative to one another from one citation index, covering about 2 400 journals in all fields year to the next. (Author) of the natural sciences. In this paper data obtained from two successive SCI fi les, 1973 and 1974, will be dis cussed. The general strategy is summarized as follows: 1. Select all items in an annual file(SCI or SSCI) cited more than N times where N is empirically determined I. Introduction (typically N = 15). Science, whether viewed as a social or an intellec� 2. Determine the number of times pairs of items identi tual system, is essentially self-organizing. The very fi ed above were co-cited. process of doing science -creating and communicating 3. Use the co-cited pairs of items, appropriately normal new knowledge - generates structure, whethel;"in terms of ized, as input to a clustering algorithm (single-link the interrelation of ideas or of informal communication clustering). among scientists. The difficulty is that this structure is 4. Determine the linkages between clusters by summing an "invisible" one. It is the result of many small and co-citations among documents in different clusters somewhat private thoughts or actions, the collective (called "cluster co-citation "). outlines of which remain obscure. 5. Match sets of clusters obtained independently from The problem, then, is how to "discover" or "uncover" successive years to determine new, dropping and this structure and monitor its changes. The journal continuing clusters. literature of science and the footnote citation patterns Setting the threshold for selecting highly cited items is in that literature provide perhaps the most accessible and an important step because it determines the level of least obtrusive source of data (1). To be sure, citations detail and field coverage of the clusters. Experience has are only a by-product or epiphenomenon of scienti- shown that no one threshold of citation freq uency is fic activity. Nevertheless, there is reason to believe that optimal for all fields. However, it is possible to gain some citations are an accurate mirror or indicator of this perspective on the interdisciplinary structure of the activity. Weinstock (2) provides an exhaustive list of major fieldsof science using an overall threshold of about why authors cite. The reasons and motivations for citing 15 citations per item per year. appear to be as subtle and as varied as scientific thought The file of co-cited items is created by sorting the itself, but most references do establish valid conceptual selected items file in source (citing) article sequence and links between scientific documents. fonning all pairs (co-citations) of cited items appearing The approach to the problem of discovering structure in a given source article. The pairs of cited items are then Intern. Classificat. 3 (1976) No. 2 Small - Structural dynamics 67 sorted, and a frequency count is attached to each unique under the heading "Co·citation File Statistics". The pair indicating the frequency of co-citation. The frequen number of distinct pairs of co-cited items, that is, combi cy of co-citation is normalized using the Jaccard formula nations of highly cited items, has increased 25 percent (in effect determining the percentage of citations to the from 1973 to 1974. This is due to the fact that a small two items that are co-citations). The pairs are input to a increase in the number of highly cited items selected single-link clustering algprithm and clusters of items are results in a large increase in the number of pairs of such fomned at a specified threshold of the Jaccard coeffi items. In addition, the total network of linkages among cient (8). In order to examine the relationships among the highly cited items has increased in density as shown clusters, an inter-cluster measure of association is defined by the following two statistics: the ratio of the number at a particular level of the Jaccard coefficient. The form of all linkages among highly cited items to the number of the cluster-cluster association measure used in this of possible linkages among that number of highly cited paper is the total number of articles co-citing two items ("percent connected"), and the mean number of different clusters. co-cited pairs for a single cited item (the number of other Cluster correspondence, the final step in the system, cited items with which a given item is linked). These refers to the matching of clustered filesderived for increases in linkage density can be traced to the increase successive years to determine what clusters in each year in the number of cited items initially selected, indicating share cited documents and are hence "continuing clus that the additional items selected came from areas of ters". This step also determines the clusters that are scientific literature where co-citation densities are high. "new" in the sense of containing documents which did We cannot conclude, in any event, that the natural sci� not appear in any cluster the previous year, or "dropped" ences as a whole are becoming increasingly interrelated, in the sense that no documents in the clusters appear in as these statistics might superficially suggest. the subsequent year's clusters. The clusters analyzed here were derived at the 16 percent level of the Jaccard coefficient in each year (see "Cluster 3. Comparison of Cluster Statistics for 1973 and 1974 File Statistics" section of Table I.) At this level the The 1973 SCI and the 1974SCI were clustered at identi overall percent connected statistic for the network is cal thresholds (citation frequency threshold of 15 and a very nearly the same for 1973 and 1974, although the normalized co-citation threshold of 16 percent). Follow mean number of co-citation linkages per document has ing the cluster runs the two files were matched to deter increased slightly. A total of 1610 clusters containing mine the degree of continuity from year to year. In this two or more cited items was generated for 1973 and section, the discussion centers on the statistical compar 1702 clusters for 1974. The mean cluster size increased ison of the two cluster runs in terms of changes in overall slightly from 5.0 to 5.2 cited items per cluster. characteristics, what might be called "external" change. Of interest in gaugingthe effectiveness of this approach In the following section, focus will be on the change in to clustering is the percentage of selected cited items and the make-up or composition of the clustered files, that selected source items which fall into clusters at this level. is, "internal" change. About 51 percent of the cited items originally selected The magnitude of the SCI files for the two years are are included in a cluster at this level. Also, about the shown in the "Input File Statistics" section of Table 1. same percentage of the source items selected by having The number of journal articles (source items) in the file cited one;or more of the selected cited items are included declined slightly (- 1.5 percent) from 1973 to 1974, but in one or more of the clusters at this level. Since the the number of citations from source items increased selected source items constituted about 36 percent of (+ 4. 3 percent), as did the number of cited items (+ 2.3 the total source items contained in the SCI, the clusters percent). The mean number of citations per cited item at level 16 percent are able to "classify" only about 18 also increased slightly from 1.81 to 1.84, and the mean percent of the total source items in the annual SCI which number of references per source item increased from 12.1 is, however, roughly 74000 source items. An increase in to 12.8. The changes in these numbers probably reflect the number of source items classified could be brought changes in the SCI journal coverage, and to a lesser ex about by a lowering of the initial citation frequency tent, changes in the scientific literature itself, although threshold and/or a lowering of the Jaccard level for the contributions of these two factors would be extreme clustering. ly difficult to trace. Important for the present experi Statistics on the relationships among cluste�s at level ment is that the two files are comparable in size, and no 16 percent are summarized in Table 1 under the heading radical differences are evident. "Cluster Co-citation File Statistics". First, each source The citation frequency threshold was set at 15 citations item appears on the average in 1.5 clusters in 1973 and per document per year for each file. The characteristics 1.6 clusters in 1974. In other words, while a cited item of these files are shown in Table 1 under the heading can be assigned to one and only one cluster, a source "Highly Cited File Statistics". With both thresholds 15, (citing) item can be assigned to more than one cluster if the number of cited items selected increased 8 percent it cites items which have been assigned to different from 1973 to 1974. An increase was also observed in the clusters. The co-citing of items in different clusters gives number of source items selected by citing one or more rise to nearly identical percent connected networks of of the selected highly cited items. These increases result all clusters in 1973 and 1974, and a slight increase in the from the use of a constant threshold on a file which has mean number of linkages to other clusters for any given increased in size. cluster. Again, there is no evidence to suggest a higher The statistics for the creation of pairs of highly cited level of interdisciplinary research in the natural sciences items which have been cited together are given in Table 1 as a whole. 68 Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No.2 Small- Structural dynamics 4. Measurement of Change Our data, of course, are cited documents rather than The previous discussion has centered on the overall cited authors or source authors and furthermore, con characteristics of the clustered files in the two years. In stitute a very special sample of cited documents., those summary, the two files are similar in structure, the only cited 15 or more times in a year and appearing in clusters. differences stemming from the fact that the 1974 file is Nevertheless, the pattern of continuing cited documents somewhat larger than the 1973 file, giving rise to small from year to year is very similar to that found by Price increases in average cluster size and the density of the and Gursey for source and cited authors. network. But this relative constancy in overall character� The identification of continuing documents leads to the istics is misleading in the sense that it masks a great deal identification of continuing clusters of documents. A of internal change when the cited items making up the "continuing" cluster is defined as onewhich contains clusters are examined from one year to the next. The one or more continuing cited items, that is, items which approach to the measurement of internal change is to appear in clusters the next year. Statistics on cluster con determine what cited items are common to the cluster tinuation are shown in Table 1 under "Cluster Corre� sets in each year. spondence". Of the 1610 clusters formed in 1973, 1004 of them (62 percent) "continue" to 1974, and of the The statistics on internal change are summarized in Table I under the heading "Cluster Correspondence 1702 clusters in 1974, 1051 of them (62 percent) Statistics". There were a total 8042 cited items clustered "continue" from 1973. Formulated in the previous at level 16 percent in 1973 and 8917 items clustered at manner we have: this level in 1974. The number of items common to these two sets (identical cited items) is 4046 or 50.3 percent s s in clu ter '------,=ci'C,i':c:'",,,,....,.. of the 1973 items clustered and 45.4 percent of the 1974 contlnU(! -continue,,==,,''''',,",m---o>-/ from thi" year '- to items. From this it can be determined that in 1973, 3 996 prevLous year next year items (49.7 percent) failed to appear in the 1974 clusters 38% 38% new drOPPing and hence "dropped out", and 4871 items (54.6 percent) � in the 1974 clusters were "new", that is, did not appear in the 1973 clusters. If these figures are recast in terms of a single hypothetical year, the results can be diagram This is a lower rate of turnover for clusters than for med in the following way: documents, but nevertheless represents a substantial rate of change of clusters from year to year. The statistics show that in 1974, 651 clusters were "new" o n ls ;;;;;--,;;->- 4 51, a cume cit.:!cl '-_-;0;;;;51'0;,;' in the sense that they contained documents cited 15 times C-;;O"""C:' -;;""ue�' -;;,"o,;;-" ---"'1 ill this y"',ll.' ,- continue to previous yea.£: next yeilf or more that Gid not appear in any cluster the previous year. As would be expected, the mean size of continuing '" SO, clusters is larger than the size of new or dropping clusters dropping '., (about seven cited documents for continuing clusters compared to about three for new or dropping clusters). These statistics are striking in the degree of change they Nevertheless, there is a large influx of new clusters.which, suggest. Even though total numbers of cited documents if they can be shown to correspond to new areas of in clusters remain fairly constant, the make-up of the knowledge, means that science is changing very rapidly . document set has changed enonnously. It is of interest Clusters which contain all "new" documents may mark to compare our data on the rate of document turnover the emergence of new areas of research or, at the least, in clusters with data obtained by Price and Gursey on the new approaches to existing areas. rate of turnover in scientific authors (9). By examining a representative slice of the alphabet :lnd using several Of course, an area need not be totally "new" to mark a consecutive years of the Source Index of the SCI, they significant change in research. For example,an established found the following pattern for authors publishing in a specialty which corresponds to an ongoing cluster might given year: experience a radical shift which results in a large influx of new cited documents and/or a dropping out of many old documents. The overall percentage of new documents '" '" in clusters is 55 percent, hut the overall percentage of continue from contlnue to new documents in continuing clusters is about 40 percent. previous year next year A continuing cluster which has a higher percentage of 56% 51% new dropping new documents may signal an important change in the ______...... specialty. Some preliminary investigations into the stability of clusters over time and the relation of cluster In the second part of their study they report "a percent change to social and intellectual change in the specialty carryover of cited authors from year to year in the SCF' will be reported elsewhere (II). which is very similar to the pattern they found for con There are, of course, a wide variety of possible patterns tinuing source authors (10). In both their data and our of cluster continuation involving the merging or splitting own, the larger percentage of documents continuing to of document groups. The simplest is the passing on of the next year over the percentage from the previous year documents from one cluster in year t to one cluster in is the result both of the growth of science and of the year t+l. In fact, this is the most fr equent pattern. Of the SCI data base. 1 004 continuing clusters in 1973, 837 (83 percent) did [ntern. Classificat. 3(1976) No.2 Small - Structural dynamics 69 not diverge, that is, did not split into two or more clusters The next step provides a model for the analysis of change in 1974. Similarly, of the 1 051 continuing clusters in from year to year. The key to this model is the technique 1974, 902 (86 percent) were /lot part of converging of multidimensional scaling as formulated by Kruskal patterns from two or more clusters in 1973. The fact that and embodied in the M-D-SeAL program (12), (13). In there are more continuing clusters in 1974 than in 1973 essence, the technique takes as input a set of relationships indicates a net excess of diverging patterns over conM among objects (in our case the relationships are cluster verging patterns. The mean number of clusters conM co-citations and the objects are clusters) and orders them verging to single clusters in 1974 is 1.25, while the mean in a space.ofN dimensions. The relative positions of number of clusters divergingfrom single clusters in 1973 objects are obtained when a statistic called "stress", is l.29. It is important to examine these splits and mergM ' which is a goodness·of-fit measure between input prox ers to see if they signal changes in specialty boundaries, imities and assigned locations in space, achieves a mini i. e., the moving apart of previously connected areas or mum value. In the present application, the non-metric the coming together of previously unconnected ones. option of M -D-SCAL is used, which considers only the rank ordering of the input proximities in calculating In summary, the statistics on the rate of change of docM stress. As input to M-D-SeAL, a lower-half matrix of uments in clusters indicate that a great deal of change is cluster cOMcitations is constructed for the cluster set for occurring. Apparently, subject and social structure each year. (Only a 10werMhaif matrix is needed since co undergo rapid change, at least on the surface or research citation is a symmetric relationship.) Each matrix is fr ont of the specialty. New specialties can emerge quite scaled independently and configurations are obtained in rapidly and also disappear rapidly within a fairly stable two dimensions. overall framework. In the final step, the centroids of the two M-D-SCAL 5. Changes in Cluster Configurations configurations are superimposed and the 1974 configM In this section, a methodology is outlined for gaining a uration is rotated with respect to the 1973 configura more detailed view of how systems or networks of clusM tion until the sum ot squared distances between corre" ters change. It was noted earlier that for each pair of sponding continuing clusters is minimized. The mirror clusters in an annual file a measure of inter-cluster assoM image of the 1974 configuration is also superimposed ciation is determined called "cluster co-citation", which and rotated to see if the fit can be improved. Ajoint is a count of the number of source papers citing doc space of the 1973 and 1974 configurations is constructed using the angle of orientation that minimizes the squared uments in both clusters. This measure can be used to distances. arrive at a structure of a set of clusters either in network or spatial tenus. The problem is how to measure the These steps provide a rough coordination of the two conM structural change which has occurred in going from a figurations_ It is rough in the sense that M-D-SeAL is an configuration of clusters in year t to a configuration of approximate procedure where only general relative loca corresponding clusters in year t+I. tions of points are meaningful. Superposition of centro ids implies that the center of gravity of equally weighted As shown in Table 1, the average cluster is linked to clusters remains stationary. Rotation to congruence to about 32 other clusters through cluster co-citation_ If the minimize squared distances between continuing clusters cluster in question continues to the next year, roughly 19 is based on the premise that there is something akin to a ofthese links are to other continuing clusters. Of course, principle ofleast effort involve� in the movement of the continuing clusters need not be the clusters linked subject areas from one time period to the next. A limita with the previous year. In other words, new links with tion of the procedure is that the coordinates of the points other continuing clusters may [onu, or some links with in M-D-SCAL are standardized such that their mean continuing areas may cease to exist. To fu rther compli square distances from the centroid of the configuration is cate the system, any given link between the same two set equal to unity. Therefore, changes from one MMDM continuing clusters may increase or decrease in value. SCAL configuration to another cannot reflect changes in The next few paragraphs outline the steps in the analysis scale or size. of structural change . The first step is tc select a starting cluster and its corresponding cluster in the subsequent or Ex ample I: Plate Tectonics previous year. Around the starting clusters, singleMlink The first example is from the field of plate tectonics. "clusters of clusters" are generated for each year, setting The 1973 cluster # 831 "volcanic activity" and its corre a threshold for cluster co-citation that will proJuce conM sponding cluster in 1974, # 1480 "mantle rheology", venicntly sized sets for analysis (usually not exceeding were selected as starting clusters. SingleMlink networks about 30). Each of the clusters in a given year's network were generated around each of the starting clusters in the is. then traced fO lWard to the next year and backward to respective years, using a threshold of 10 cluster co-citaM the previous year to make sure that all the corresponding tions to link clusters in the network. This gave a set of continuing clusters ar0 included. All clusters fo r which seven clusters in 1973 and a set of five clustersin 1974. no predecessors or successors are fo und are excluded. When the 1973 clusters were traced forward to 1974, an This confinesthe analysis to the "continuing" clusters additional 1974 cluster was added (# 1433 "geothermal only. models") which was not included in the 1974 Single-link The purpose of the previous steps is to select out of the map. Only corresponding clusters with two or more com total sample of clusters a set which exhibits strong inter· mon documents were considered "continuing". cluster linkages, and, further, to insure that continuing Lower-half matrices of cluster co-citations were con clusters have been included for all clusters in the sets. structed for the seven clusters in 1973 and the six clusters 70 Intern. Classificat. 3 (1976) No. 2 Smalt - Structural dynamics in 1974, and scaled non�metrically, obtaining configura hx ample Il" Biomedicine tions in two dimensions. Superposition of centroids and The second example concerns a set of biomedical clusters, rotation to a least�squares fit of corresponding clusters which includes some of the largest clusters in the 1973 gave the joint 1973-1974 representation in Figure 1, and 1974 files. This example is more complex than plate with arrows connecting the corresponding clusters. The tectonics especially in terms of the pattern of merging two arrows converging on the 1974 cluster #949 "ba, and splitting of clusters from year to year. The clusters salts" indicate that two 1973 clusters (# 1014 "trace and cluster connections are much larger than for plate elements" and # 1071 "basalts") merged in 1974. tectonics, lending increased statistical significance to the analysis. The starting cluster for the analysis was, in fact, the opidolites largest cluster in the 1973 file in terms of cited docu, _ ophiolites _ -----?-O 755 ments (# 2 cancer viruses) which corresponds most 712 �- strongly to the largest cluster in the 1974 file (#3 viral genetics). Around these starting clusters, single,link net, basal1:s works of clusters were generated at the level of 20 cluster 1071 co-citations. Only clusters con�isting of 200 citing docu� ments or more were included in the network. When the j basalts 1973 clusters in the network were traced forward to 1974 and the 1974 clusters traced backward to 1973, � no additional clusters were added to the networks. As in trace elements the case of plate tectonics, only corresponding clusters lOl'� with two or more common documents were considered mantle plu:nes "continuing". It is quite remarkable in this case that all j' 571 if geothel'Illal continuing clusters in the two years were included in the �,.o rr.c dels TIlantle mant�� ; 'umes single,link networks at level 20. / 1433 rh('ology 1 , 1480 Lower,half matrices of-cluster co,citations for the 17 clusters in 1973 and the 12 clusters in 1974 w.ere con, structed and then scaled. The smaller number of 1974 geothermal models clusters indicates that the merging patterns predominate 1406 over the splitting patterns. Superimposing the centroids Fig. 1: Plate Te ctonics: 1973-19741oint Configuration of the M,D,SCAL configurations and rotating to a least squares fit for continuing clusters yield the jOint 1973- 1974 map shown in Figure 2. The joint configuration suggests that considerable move The 1973-1974 map shows considerable movement and ment has occurred for some clusters while others have also considerable regional organization. The most striking change is the merging of nine clusters to form the "viral .remained relatively immobile. "Ophiolites" and "geo thermal models" are moving roughly parallel to one genetics" cluster (# 3). This represents a confluence of another towards "basalts" and in the opposite direction research on genetic aspects of viruses. Especially inter� esting is the drawing in of two clusters from the immuno� from "volcanic activity". "Volcanic activity" is moving logy region (# 245 "cell,mediated immunity" and # 437 away from all areas and "earthquakes" has moved slightly "cytotoxic lymphocytes") . These merge into cluster in the direction of "ophiolites". #3 along with clusters which are predominantly bio, Some preliminary ideas on the nature of these shifts can chemical in orientation, such as "RNA�polyadenylic be obtained by examination of the titles of the clustered acid" (# 38), "messenger,RNA" (# 208), and "ribosomal documents. First, the map represents two different ap� DNA and RNA" (# 398). To the left of "viral genetics" proaches to plate tectonics, the geophysical and geochemi, are some areas with strong biochemical orientation, cal. The "ophiolites", "basalts" and "trace elements" namely "RNA polymerase" and "nucleoproteins". Below clusters in the upper right of the Figure are dominated it is an important continuing area, "cyc1ic�AMP", which by geochemists, while the other areas are dominated by shows almost no movement from year to year. The third geophysicists. Hence, the movement of "ophiolites" regionis to the upper right of cluster # 3 and focuses on toward "basalts" represents a consolidation of interest. immunology. Below the immunology regionare areas The merging of the "basalts" and "trace elements" concerned with cell membranes. Finally, to the lower cluster is also undoubtedly due to their common concern right of "membranes" we find clusters utilizing the with geochemistry. technique of carbon,13 labeling and nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) in the study of biologicalproblems. The movement of the "volcanic activity" cluster away from the others seems to be due to a drastic decline in The two way split of "DNA repair" into "viral genetics", this area (the cluster goes from 13 to 2 cited documents) on the one hand, and "chromosomal aberrations" (# 512) and a shift of concerns away from volcanism to the on the other, seems to be due to concern of the latter modeling of the movements of the earth's mantle. with the genetic disease xeroderma pigmentosum which Concern with heat flow, which was a part of the " volcanic is more clinically oriented than viral genetics. The split of activity" cluster, has shifted to the "geothermal models" "nucleoproteins" (#296) into "sex hormones" (# 146) cluster. and "nucleoproteins" (#656) and the movement of this Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Small - Structural dynamics 71 -..) Fig. 2: Biomedicine: 1973-1974 loint Configuration tv cell immunity cell-mediated immunity 160 cytotoxic lymphocytes 245 437 Epstein-Barr virus 745 nucleoproteins 656 L"d" disease�� /. ��1-surface immunoglobulin 66 lymphocytes: leukemia chromosome banding viral RNA: polyadeny1 ic genetics 38 acid 172 transformed cells RNA polymerase cancer viruses 51 2 \ membranes ./ 91 [o / '" \ ? / n 424 messenger RNA lipid membranes : RNA polymerase [ NMR biosynthetic studie� " 280 n· 86 1423 NMR � membrane 39 .0 w \ structure "'9 ribosomal DNA repair '"' DNA and RNA � 296 264 � nucleoproteins z ? N '" 3 S elastin : '" " = o chr>omosomal g aber:'ations ie...... cyclic AMP Q. o ..., 512 532 � 63 3 ""'0 563 macrocyclic polyethers: cyclic AMP �. NMR latter group to the other side of "viral genetics" is perhaps It may turn out that absolute rates of change are not as due to the division of researchers into gropps concerned important as large deviations from average or expected with hormones and those concerned with the nature of rates. Hence, a 40 percent influx of new cited documents histone and chromatin. into a cluster representing the research front of an exist ing specialty may not indicate anything more than the Another interesting and marked shift is the splitting of successful continuation of research and the incorporation one of the immunology clusters (# 56 "immunology: of new results. A new cluster containing five new cited transformed cells") into two parts, one moving to join documents may, however, mark an event of some im with "membranes" (#91) and the other "cell immunity" portance. Similarly ,some movements of specialty research (# 160) moving further away from the membrane region fronts relative to one another may represent only short towards immunology.It is also evident that the technique lived "Brownian" motions caused by efforts of specialists of nuclear magnetic resonance is moving strongly into the to incorporate aspects of a neighboring specialty's biological membrane work and is being applied to other methods or ideas. Collective or concerted movements of biological systems, as indicated by cluster # 86 ("lipid groups of specialties, on the other hand, (such as the membranes: NMR")splitting three ways into "mem· merger of several clusters with the viral genetics cluster in branes" (#91), "biosynthetic studies" (# 1423) and 1974), may indicate events of significance. "elastin" (#94). These areas border on the fields of chemistry and biochemistry and show the infusion of chemical techniques into biomedicine. Acknowledgments A preliminary version of this paper was presented at the meeting of the Classification Society held in Rochester, N. Y. on May 24, 1976. I am grateful to many of those present for thoughtful 6. Conclusions comments. The research was supported by National Science Foundation grant SOC73-09096 A02 to the Institute for The goal of this work is to shed some light on the struc Scientific Information. tural dynamics of science and provide some measures of the nature and rapidity of change. The approach taken is to design a clustering system which utilizes the citation connections contained in the journal 1iterature of science, and then to compare the structures obtained from suc� References cessive cumulations of citation data. The clusters which (1) Garfield, E.: Citation Indexcs for Science. In: Science, 122 emerge from such a system, built around the co�citatjon (1955) p. 10S-1l1. procedure, have been found to correspond to scientific (2) Weinstock, M.: Citation Indexes. In: Encyclopedia of specialties, and the linkages between specialties have led Library and Information Science. New York: Marcel to the construction of "maps" of science. The work Dekker, 5 (1971) p. 16-40. (3) Small, H. G.: Co-citation in the Scientific Literaturc: A reported here shows how these maps may be animated New Measure of the Relationship between two Documents. to indicate changing patterns of relationships among In: J. Amer. Soc. Inform. Sci., 24 (1973) p. 265-269. research areas. Much work remains to be done on the (4) Small, H. G., Griffith, B. c.: The Structure of Scientific validation and explication of these dynamic maps, but Literatures I: Identifying and Graphing Specialties. In: they provide highly concrete and detailed pictures to Science Studies, 4 (1974) p. 17-40. (5) Griffith, B. C, SmalL H. G., StonehHl, J. A., Dey, S.: The compare with the perceptions of the scientists and open Structure of Scientific Literatures II: Toward a Macro-and many new avenues of interpretation. Microstructure for Science. In: Science Studies, 4 (1974) p. 339-365. A comparison of the cluster statistics of 1973 and 1974 (6) Garfield, E., Malin M. V., Small, H.: A System for Automatic shows that the overall characteristics of the files have not Classification of Scientific Literature. In: Indian Inst. of changed in a major way, and that the changes which are Sci., 57 (1975) No. 2, p. 61-74. observed are attributable to the growth of the SCI and (7) Small, H.G., Griffith, B. C: Automatic Classification of of science. Change is very pronounced, however, when Scientific Literature using Co-citation Clustering. In: Proc, Twclfth Annual Allerton Conference on Circuit and System the document make-up of the clusters in the two years Thcory, (1974) p. 512-521. is examined. The rate of entry and exit for clusters is (8) Sneath, P. H. A., Sakal, R. R.: Numerical Taxonomy. San somewhat slower than for documents, but it is still Francisco: W. H. Freeman 1973. p. 131. surprisingly fast. The annual clusters are probably an (9) Price, D. J. D.,Gursey, S.: Studies in Scientomctrics. I. Transience and Continuance in Scientific Authorship. In: indicator of what Derek Price has called "research Intern. Forum on Inform. and Doc., 1 (1976) No. 2, fronts" (14), and changes in clusters from year to year p. 17-24. reflect changes in very recent research emphasis. (10) Price, D. J. D., Gursey, S.: Studies in Scientometrics. II. The Relation Between Source Author and Cited Author Movements of specialties relative to one another have Populations. In: Intern. Forum on Inform. and Doc., 1 also been observed in the two cases examined, plate (1976) No. 3, p. 19-22. tectonics and biomedicine, suggesting that the rela (11) Small, H. G.: A Co-citation Model of a Scientific Specialty: tionships among specialties are extremely fluid. The A Longitudinal Study of Collagen Research. In: Social Studies of Science, to be published May 1977. general regional organization orthe research areas are (12) Kruskal, J. B.: Multidimensional Scaling by Optimizing preserved (e. g. the immunology specialties remain in Goodness-of-fit to a Non-metric Hypothesis. In: P�ycho the same general region) but substantial mobility occurs metrika, 29 (1964) p. 1-37. within regions. These movements are apparently non (13) Grecn, P. E., Carmone, F. J.: Multidimensional Scaling and Related Techniques in Marketing Analysis. BOf;ton: Allyn secular in nature and can be traced to short term fluctua and Bacon 1970, p. 144. tions in social or cognitive conditions within the special� (14) Price, D. 1. D.: Networks of Scientific Papers. In: Sciencc, ties. 149 (1965) p. 510-555. Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Small - Structural dynamics 73 Ta ble 1 I Input File Statistics 1973 SCI 1974 SCI V Ouster Co -citation File Statistics Source Items 406,943 400,971 Clusters/Source Item 1.5 1.6 Citations 4,938,131 5,148,629 Distinct Co-cited Cluster Pairs 25,779 29,178 Cited Items 2,729,968 2,792,692 Percent Connected 1.99% 2.02% Cites/Cited Item 1.81 1.84 Co-cited Cluster Pairs/Cluster 32.0 34.2 References/Source Item 12.1 12.8 VI Cluster Correspondence Statistics II Highly Cited File Statistics Continuing Cited Items 4,046 Threshold (Cites/Item) 15 15 % ofCited Items Clust�red 50.3% 45.4% Source Items Selected (% of total) 140,992 145,999 New Cited Items (% of clustered) 4,871 (34.6%) (36.4%) (54.6 %) Citations Selected (% of total) 431,082 465,790 DroppingCited Items (% of clustered) 3,996 (8.7 %) (9.0%) (49.7 %) Cited Items Selected (% of total) 15,923 17,203 Continuing Clusters (% of total) 1,004 1,051 (.58 %) (.62 %) (62.4%) (61.8%) Cites/Cited Item Selected 27.07 27.08 New Clusters (% of total) 651 References/Source Item Selected 3.1 3.2 (38.2 %) Dropping Clusters (% of total) 606 III Co -citation File Statistics (37.6%) Distinct Co-cited Pairs 894,350 713,948 Clusters not Diverging 837 Percent Connected .56% .60% (% of continuing) (83.4%) Cited Items Co-cited 15,922 17,201 Clusters not Converging 902 Co-cited Pairs/Cited Item 89.7 104.0 (% of continuing) (85.8 %) Mean Clusters Converging IV Cluster File Statistics 1.25 Mean Clusters Diverging 1.29 Clustering Threshold (Jaccard) 16% 16% Distinct Co-cited Pairs (% of total) 12,185 14,573 (1.7%) (1.6 %) Cited Items Clustered (% of selected) 8,042 8,917 (50.5 %) (51.8 %) Co-cited Pairs/Cited Item 3.0 3.3 Percent Connected .038 % .037 % Clusters Obtained 1,610 1,702 Source Items Clustered (% of selected) 70,279 74,385 (49.8%) (50.9 %) Cited Items/Cluster 5.0 5.2 Source Items/Cluster 67.8 69.4 Contributions from 27 German and foreign authors are to be found here covering a wide field of defence documen tation. Th e reports serve on the one hand to foster a closer co-operation in the national and international sphere, on the other hand they can be used as a textbook for internal use. Verteidigungs-Dokumentation Beitrage zur Aufgabe, Organisation und Methodik der Dokumentation im Geschaftsbereich des Bundesministers der Verteidigung der Bundesrepublik Deutschland mit Hinweisen auf die Verteidigungsdokumentation anderer Staaten. Herausgegeben von Rudolf Harbeck 1976. X, 537 Seiten, zahlr. Abbildungen. Linson OM 68,-. ISBN 3-7940-3222-5 Beitrage von 27 in- und auslandischen Autoren informieren hier Gber groBe Bereiche derVerteidigungs-Dokumenta tion. Die Darstellungen dienen zum einen einer intensiveren Zusammenarbeit im nationalen und internationalen Rahmen, gleichzeitig ist dieses Buch als Lehr- und LernschriftfUrden internen Bereich anwendbar. Vergleichsmog lichkeiten bieten die Berichte Gber Verteidigungs-Dokumentationen anderer Uinder, z.B. Frankreichs, GroBbritan niens, der Niederlande, Osterreichs und der Schweiz. Aus dem In halt: Allgemelnes zur Verteldlgungs-Dokumentatlon. Spezlelle Probleme der Verteldlgungs-Dokumentallon: Doku mentation und linguistik - Dokumentation und maschinelle Text-Inhalt-Analyse - Ordnungsprobleme in der Dokumentation, dargesteJlt- am System Gebundener Schlagworter (SEGS) des OOKZENTBw - Weiterentwicklung des SEGS zum DOKZENTBw-The� saurus - Konventionelle Anwendung der Internatlonalen Oezimalklassifikation - Neue Wege der Verarbeitung der Internationalen Dezimalklassifikation mit Codiertem MikrofHm - Die Neubearbeitung der Gruppe OK 355/359 (Kriegskunst, Kriegswissenschaft) der Internationalen Dezimalklassifikaflon - Oberlegungen zur Oberarbeitung der Gruppe DK 623 (Wehrtechnik) der Internationalen Dezimalklassifikation - Maschinengerechte Datenerfassung einschliel3lich Datenkonvertierung - Aufbau und Leistungsvermogen von STAIAS-Datenbanken aus off-line-Eingaben - Arbeitsblatter fUr on�line-Eingaben - Aufbau und Leistungsvermogen der IMS-Projektdatenbank des Informationssystems "Verteidigungs�Dokumentation« - Organisatorische Fragen in der Dokumentation - Dokumentation und Statistik - Netzplantechnik als Hilfsmittel in dar Verteidigungs�Dokumentation - Das DOKZENTBw als Ausbi Idungsstatte - Zur Dokumentenbeschaffung - Problema der Sprachmittlergruppe - Zur Auswahl und Analyse von Dokumenten - Die Ookumenten�Sammlungan des DOKZENTBw und die Herstellung von Kopien -Aktive Information - Passive Information - Der Aegelkreis Dokumentar-Benutzer. Ausbllck und Umblick: u.a. Die Entwicklung der Verteidigungs-Dokumentation ostlicher und westlicher Lander. Verlag Dokumentation , Publishers, POB 71 1009, 0-8000 Munchen 71, Phone (089) 79 89 01 74 Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Small .-' Structural dynamics function of a real IRS, dealing with a givenset T, was seen to be the algorithmic reproduction of the bigraph of relevance relations on by processing the indexes of N. A. Stokolova T documents and requests. Two different kinds of devia Philadelphia, Pa. tions from the ideal bigraph, possible in a real IRS, were considered. The further purpose is to study the role of the different Syntactic Tools and Semantic semantic components of an IRS (indexing rules, infonna Power of I nformation Languages tion language, paradigmatic tools) in the algorithmic reproduction of the bigraph of relevance and particularly (Pt. II of 'Elements of a Semantic in producing and avoiding the different kinds of devia Theory of Information Retrieval') tions from the ideal model. In this Part II the main attention is paid to the role of the syntax of the IL; the role of the paradigmatic tools will be considered in Part III. Stokolova, N. A.: Syntactic tools and semantic The final result of the study (presented in Parts II and power of information languages. Pt. II of 'Elements III) is a procedure proposed for the choice of the seman of a semantic theory of information retrieval', tic components of an IRS suitable for the achievement In: Intern. Classificat. 3 (1976) No. 2, p. 75-81 of some predetermined level of its perfonnance (carre, Different kinds of syntactic tools of information languages (IL) in use, considered as meamng-dlstm sponding to the predetermined level of deviation from the ideal bigraph of relevance relations). guishing tools, are descrIbed as slmp�fied forms of some initial IL grammar tools called standard phrases' which are n-place relational predicates of 2. Grammar Tools of Infor mation Languages, their a special kind. A quantitative evaluation is at: Kinds and Functions tempted of the effects which the idiosyncracIes of In Part I we mentioned only the simplest syntactic tool the syntactic tools of IL's have on theIr semantic power. (Author) of a post-coordinate type IL, the constructing of indexes by simple coordination of desriptors, i. e. listing (in an arbitrary order) all the descriptors corresponding to the keywords of the indexed natural language text. I. Introduction But, as experience confirms, in some subject fields it The primary aim of this study is to suggest a formal proves to be insufficient to use such simple syntax to "relevance relationship " definition ("explication") of meet the fundamental requirements of an IL: there are between texts, including the explication of the concept such texts in the set of natural language texts for "degree of relevance". 1* T, of In Part a set T of natural which IL is constructed, which are not mutually relevant language texts of documents and requests dealt with in "strict but nevertheless are represented by identical descriptor an IRS and an orientated bigraph representing the sets which contradict the fundamental requirements to relevance" relations (corresponding to the semantic in be met by the IL. This kind of deviation from the ideal ference relationships) on this set were considered. T IL we called (in Part I) "cohesion ". In order to avoid such The proposed explication of degree of relevance makes cohesion, it is necessary to use in ILs more complex possible the algorithmic completion of this bigraph by syntactical tools, which we will call "/L grammar tools '� relevance relations of different degrees; a formula for "coefficient of relevance" As was noted in Part I the syntax �f a post-coordinate calculating the values of was type IL is the set of rules for constructing the expressions presented. of the language from its lexical units, which are the This coefficientwas introduced as a quantitative measure descriptors. of probable relevance of one elementary text (tp) to The role of IL grammar tools is analogous to the role of another one (t,) and was defined as the ratio of the natural language grammar, by which natural language number of all texts from T which are strictly relevant to expressions � sentences � are built up from meaningful both tp and t, to the sum of that number and the num words. Using natural language grammar, diffe rent sen ber of all texts from T which are strictly relevant only to tences � with different meanings � can be built up from tp but not to t,. the same set of meaningful words. Similarly using IL The concepts of information language (IL), its vocabulary grammar tools, different IL expressions can be con and syntax and the notion of the "semantic power" of an structed from the same set of descriptors. were defined. The latter concept was definedas the IL Two ILs with the same keyword sets and vocabulary but number of non-synonymous natural language expressions with different syntax would be capable to express the which this IL can express and distinguish; a natural lang same texts of a fi le: if some text had non-empty transla uage expression being expressed by IL if it has nonempty tion into the first IL this text has to contain at least one translation into the IL; any two expressions being distin keyword of this IL thesaurus; then this text would guished by IL if they have two different translations into Uj have non-empty translation into the second IL also as this IL. this IL's thesaurus contains Uj also. Differences in syn The above-mentioned bigraph of relevance relations was tactic tools of these two ILs would have influence only considered as a model of an ideally functioning IRS; the upon the different cohesion levels of this file ; so the * Not as yet published. Full rl'ferencl' will be given in Part III, syntactic tools pr'Jve to be the meaning distinguishing forthcoming in thisjournal. tools of the ILs. Intern. Classificat. 3 (1976) No. 2 Stokolova - Syntactic tools 75 The author's experience of IL development in such sub of those variables which these descriptors would substi ject fields as organic chemistry, biology, geology(I -6) tude for in the two standard phrases above. has indicated that for detailed descriptions of the mean As examples, consider the following "roles": ings of texts in these fields the IL grammar tools called the "role" 1-raw material « (I) x, (I) z, (2) x) "standard phrases"which are n-place relational predica tes of a special kind are most appropriate. (We indicated here and below the corresponding variables in the foregoing phrases by means of the number of the Analysis of pertinent literature has shown that IL phrase - (I) or (2) - and the variable letters in this grammar tools widely in use may be described as different phrase - x, y, Z etc.). kinds of simplification of some ILs of the "standard the "role" 2 - product, by-product «(I) u, (I) v, phrase" type. Such ILs in their turn are simplified var (I) r, (2 x)) iants of some basic "language of meaning", explicitly the "role" 5 - enviromuent, solvent «(I) w, (I) g, displaying the semantics of natural language. The study (2) u) and construction of such "semantic languages" is one of the "role" 3 - impurity «2) z) the principal problems of contemporary computational linguistics (7 -I I). As can be seen from these examples these "roles" don't make any difference between some different variables of According to some of these studies (12-16) and to the these standard phrases. accumulated experience of mathematical logic, the lan guage of predicate calculus is the most obvious model for The facet fo rmula suggested by Vickery (27) contains in a language of meaning. part the category names, i. e. the names of broad classes to which the terms always belong, due to their inherent By widely used grammar tools of ILs we mean "links " properties. Such, for example, are the following variables "role., " (17-21), (17-22), binary predicates (23, 24) in this formula: ''P - substance, product, organism " (here and special descriptors of predicative nature which were "substance" and "organism " are category names unlike called in a previous study (25, 26) - "aspect descriptors". "p roduct" which is the denomination of a syntactical In order to clarify the nature of these different grammar role indicator, insofar as it is the name of a class to which tools, we will consider examples of standard phrases terms belong depending upon context: in some contexts (used in an IL for chemistry) and will show what other a substance may be a product, in another, a raw material), kinds of grammar tools may be obtained by the simpli "Q -property and measure", ''E - action, operation, fication of these standard phrases. process, behaviour': We shall consider two examples of standard phrases (cited Other places in this facet formula are just context de here in simplified versions) which enable us to describe pendent role indicators, which correspond to some vari such extralinguistic situations typical for chemistry as ables in the above-mentioned standard phrases. Such, those of performing a chemical reaction (I) or the purifi for example, are the following items of variables: cation of a substance (2). "C - constituent" "R - object of action, rawmaterial" "Substance x, the agent of chemical reaction of type y, ':4 - agent, tool" reacts with substance z, to yield the main products u and v of this reaction and the by-product r with the substance "MEDLARS" Index Language Subheadings (28, p. 129) w used as catalyst and substance q as solvent. "( I) such as ':4na/ysis", "Chemical Sy nthesis", "Chemically In duced", Occurrence", "Preventation and Control" "The purification of substance xfrom impurity is z "Utilization " correspond to some items in standard accomplished by treatment with solvent u "(2). phrases for chemistry, other subheadings may be con-. As one can see from these examples, standard phrases sidered as the names of items in other standard phrases, are semantically standardized sentence schemes con corresponding to significant extralinguistic situations in taining some variables (denoted by x, y, z, u etc.); substi the subject fields covered by "MEDLARS". Insofar as . tution of all (or some) of these variables by descriptor these subheadings are used in pairs with descriptors, they yields meaningful expressions of IL, whose evident inter are equivalent to such syntactic terms as "roles". pretations are sentences in natural language. (When some The functions of keywords used in multi-word combina variables are not replaced by descriptor it is meant that tions, are like the functions of some IL grammar tools. they are bound by existential quantifiers.) For example in the case of the absence in an IL of such In standard phrase ILs the following supplementary a predicate (or of the corresponding "role") as "Ma terial semantic tools are used: x has the property y" (this "role" is used particularly in I) the anaphoric connections are indicated for revealing the Semantic Code Language (29, 30)) the corresponding the identity of two or more objects, denoted in dif meanings are described by keywords assembled into fe rent sentences by different or even the same generic multi-word combinations, "some material with such and names (descriptors); such property". For example, the following word combi 2) using sentences (i. e. already substituted predicates) nations: "elastic materials", "electroconductive plastics", as possible values of variables (besides descriptors) in "antispasmolitic substances", or "refractory (building other predicates (This technique corresponds to the materials)" and alike. linguistic process of "insertion" (10)). In spite of the usefulness of grammar tools in avoiding The more important "roles" (role indicators to be as the cohesion of meanings, such tools increase IRS opera signed to descriptors), recommended in the "Thesaurus tional costs, due to complications in the search algorithm of Engineering Terms", are equivalent to the indication and indexing procedures. Besides that, the usage of com� 76 Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Stokolova - Syntactic tools man and rather ambiguous grammar tools inevitably So it is desirable to have some objective, and, if possible, causes ambiguous indexing and hence the decrease of the quantitative criteria concerning the usefulness of IL recall ratio. grammar tools and the measure of this usefulness de Aitchison and Gilchrist (31) noted that "links" and pending upon the characteristics of a given subject field, "roles" are "precision devices which, except in certain the idiosyncracies of texts, etc. Such criteria will allow subject areas, are likely to be detrimental to recall. The one to choose suitable grammar tools depending on the reasons for this are clear: one hand, upon these characteristics and on the other 1. It is difficultfor indexers to apply the roles consist hand upon the requirements of the preCision ratio desired. ently. One can see that, in so far as grammar tools are meaning 2. It is even more difficult for the searcher to match the distinguishing tools, the ideal IL grammar for a given file use of role by the indexer ... T is such a grammar that makes possible to distinguish all 3. But it is not only the ambiguity of the roles which different meanings expressed in texts of T and so to avoid complicates searching, it is also the fact that the the "cohesion" of texts with different meanings. searcher is in ignorance of the interrelationship of To meet this requirement, as experience shows, it is terms in the index, when roles may be affected by possible to construct with an n-place predicate gram the existence of unknown terms not fe atured in the IL mar (such as standard phrase grammar) - To con terms of the question." ILl struct the simplest ILl for T, meeting this requirement Van Oot et aI. (32) investigated the influence of "roles" it is necessary to base this IL upon file T: only such upon IRS performance. They found that the absence of descriptors and predicates are to be included in this IL mutual exclusiveness of "roles" causes indexing ambi� for which corresponding keywords and semantic relations guity. are contained in texts from T (such an IL, will be denoted In several studies it was shown that the usefulness of by IL" T)' "roles" and "links" changes substantially with the sub� The expressions of I are unordered sets of state ject field. Montague (33) and Van Oot et aI. (32) noted IL T ments, each of them b�ing built up by means of one that it is useful to apply "roles" for describing chemicals predicate, in which in one or more places the corre in reactions and processes. On the other hand, for descri sponding descriptors occur - descriptors of such cate� bing documents at the Air Force Material Laboratory, gories as are domains of these variables. The number of Sinnet (34) notes that it is more useful to apply "links" expressions of such an is larger than the number of than "roles". IL texts in any document file. So it is obvious that such a Montague (33) asserts that "roles" may be effective in semantically powerful IL, as IL" T, would be capable of certain fields but not in others. She confirms that for expressing and distinguishing a variety of meanings, which giving real effectiveness "roles" should be capable of are absent in file T-"nonactual meanings". precise and unambiguous application. So, in her experi ments with chemical requests, recall dropped - due to At the same time such a complicated IL, as IL IT, would "roles" application - by only 4 percent, while for noo complicate and make more expensive the corresponding chemical questions recall dropped by 52 percent. IRS. Besides, the high precision ratio, achievable by using A special analysis (35) has shown that the usage of such IL" T may not be required. Hence the optimal IL for T grammar tools as the n-place predicates remarkably in is an IL with the same vocabularly as vocabularly of IL,,1' creases the semantic power of the IL; nevertheless it is (in order to express all "actual meanings " - meanings of often possible to achieve acceptable precision ratios by texts from T) but with grammar tools which are simpler using some simplified version of these syntactic tools. than the n-place predicate grammar of IL" T (cohesion of different meanings, including actual meanings is inevi It proves to be useful to develop firstly an n-place predi table in this case). So the grammar of an optimal cate syntax for a given representative file T; afterwards IL should be the simplest one which makes possible the each simplified syntactic tool can be interpreted (and so achieving of the required value of the precision ratio. precisely described) by means of this n-place predicate syntax. (As was noted in different already cited studies, Hence, the cri terion for the choice of grammar tools of precise description of grammar tools are very important an IL for T proves to be the cohesion level of "actual for their effectiveness). Moreover, in this case it proves meanings" corresponding to a given level of the preci to be possible to choose the appropriate simplified tools sion ratio. At the same time the simplified grammar tools on the basis of the investigation of n-place predicates, of such an optimal IL for T haye to be described as sim occuring in the semantically powerful ILT and of the plifications of the n-place predicate grammar of IL, T, representations of texts from T by this ILT. This method because such a precise description ofthese simplified of syntax construction will be presented later. grammar tools would allow ·one to avoid their ambiguous application. 3. Semantic Power of ILs with Different Grammar Tools In order to obtain the above-mentioned quantitative cri and a Method of Syntax Construction terion it is desirable to calculate the semantic power It is seen from the foregoing discussion and from opinions values of ILs with different grammar tools and an identi of some investigators (presented in paragraph 2) that IL's cal vocabulary. The value of the semantic power of any grammar tools prove to be useful in some cases (partic, IL with a simplified grammar, compared with the seman ularly in some subject fields), but sometimes their influ tic power of the corresponding ILl T, characterises the ence on IRS perfonnance is not significant; sometimes average cohesion level taking place :"'hen using this IL. their unambiguous application is possible, but in other But such average cohesion levels don't reflect preCisely cases this is difficult, and results in recall ratio decrease. enough the "quality" of these grammar tools for a certain Intcrn. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Stokolova - Syntactic tools 77 file T. Therefore it is desirable to estimate which grammar (p" , d2 ,4, p , ,2 d3 ,5), (P2" d3,s , P2 ,2 d3,, 2 , P2 ,3d3,?), tools are more "suitable" for such and such characteristics (P2 d3,6, P2 ,3d3 "o) (B), where of a given file T (and by these grammar tools the actual " PI, I a "role" which corresponds to the first meanings for T must cohere to a lesser degree than the place of predicate number one (in IL" T); nonactual meanings) and moreover to be able to estimate PI,2 a "role" which corresponds to the second what are the simplest grammar tools, which would give place of predicate number one (in IL" T); the highest acceptable cohesion level for actual meanings. d2,4 the descriptor which belongs to the second Unlike the above-mentioned average values of the "cohe descriptor category and has number four sion" level, the values of "cohesion" level of actual mean within this category; ings cannot be directly calculated. A better way of esti Pl,l d2,4 - a "roletenn" which corresponds to the mating the "cohesion" level of actual meanings by using predicate number one in IL, , T on the first different grammar tools is to investigate the cohesion place of which the descriptor d2,4 occurs. mechanism in order to estimate what characteristics of Each bracket in this expression (a "link") corresponds to texts influence the cohesion level in the cases of different one statement in the foregoing expression of ILI,T grammar tools. ' Another IL - IL T - simultaneously using "aspect" For all these purposes a special investigation was carried 3, descriptor and "links" is constructed in such a way, that out (35) in which some ILs with different grammar tools for each "role" of IL T, there is a corresponding "aspect" and an identical vocabulary were precisely described and 2 descriptor and for each statement ofIL" T engendered compared. For this investigation the following kinds of by a single predicate, there is one "link" in the corre grammar tools were chosen : the simplest kind of syntax sponding expression of IL T; each "link" of IL3,T con (this is the case of absence of grammar tools); "aspect" 3, sists of an unordered sequence of "aspect" descriptors descriptors; "roles", "links", binary predicates; n-place and ordinary descriptors (which we will call "object" predicates (used without the technique of "insertion" descriptors). and without indicating obj ects' identity). An example of IL3,T expression, which is the translation The following seven IL types were considered (these ILs of the foregoing example ofIL" T expression , will'be: were described by means of a generative grammar for (p '," P',2 , d2,4, d3,s), (P2 ,l> P2,2 , P2,3 , d3.s, d3,?, IL" T and by algorithms of translation from IL ',T into d3,12), (P2" , P2 ,3,d ,d 1O) where each of the six other different ILs.) The lL" 1 language 3,6 3, (C), Pl,l, PI,2, ···, using n-place predicate grammar tools was described P2,3 - aspect descriptors, deriving above. from the corresponding "roles" of IL2,T; d 4, d , ..., d - object descriptors, deriving An example ofIL" T expression consisting of three 2 , 3,s 3,12 statements will be: from the descriptors of IL" T and IL2,T ' 2,3 2 3 3,3 ' 2 3 P (d ' d ) p ', (d d d3?, ) 1 24, 35 , 2 35, 312' ' The IL, using binary predicates - IL4,T - is constructed 3,3,3 ' 3 " p2 (el3,6, el3,10) (A) ' where in such a way, that for each of two places of each predi ,3 cate of IL, T in IL4 T a corresponding binary predicate Pl - the predicate number one, on the first place is chosen; the expressions ofIL T are unordered se of which a descriptor of second category may 4, quences of assertions, fonned of these binary predicates occur, on the second place - a descriptor of the third category may occur; it is seen that (corresponding to "syntagms"). this predicate is two-place one; An example of IL4 T expression, which is the translation ,3,3 , p� _ the predicate number two in the three places of the foregoing example oflL" T expression will be: of which the descriptors of the third category, ,2 ,2 ,3 p (d , d ), p (d , d 1 ) p (d , d ) may occur; l 2,4 3,s � 3,s 3, 2 , � 3,s 3,? ,3 ,3 the descriptor which occurs on the first place pi (d3 6 , d3 '0), p� (d3 12, d3?) (D), where ,2 of the corresponding predicate. It belongs to pI � a bi�ary predicate', corre�ponding to the the second descriptor category and has the first and second places of the first predicate number four within this category; oflL1 ,T; ,2 the descriptor which occurs on the third pi - a binary predicate, corresponding to the place of the corresponding predicate, it be- first and the second places of the second longs to the third descriptor category and has predicate ofIL" T; the number ten within this category. d2,4, d3,s - d�scriptors. The IL 'simultaneously using '�roles" and "links" - IL2,T The IL using only "roles" - ILs T - is constructed in is constructed in such a way that for each place of each such a way that its "roles" coinc'ide with the "roles" of predicate ofILI,T there is a corresponding "role" and I� , T, and the expressions of ILs,T are unordered se for each statement of IL T, formed by a single predicate , , , quences of descriptor - "role" pairs ("roleterms"). there is one "link" in the corresponding expression of An example of IL T expreS$ion, which is the translation IL;" T ' s , of the foregoing example ofIL1 ,T expression will be: Each "link" of lL2,T consists of an unordered sequence 1 d2,4, d d d d of descriptors, each provided'with a "role" indicator. This PI, P 1,2 3,s, P2 ,t 3,s, P2 ,1 3,6, P2,2 3, 12, d d " role" indicates the place which the descriptor occupies P2,3 3,?,P2,3 3" o (E), where in the corresponding predicate ofIL" T ' PI,I, PI,2.· ... P2,3 - "roles", coinciding. with the An example oflL2,T expression , which is the translation "roles" of IL2 ,T; of the fo regoing example oflL" T expression , willbe: d2,4,d3,s, ... ,d3,12 -descriptors. 78 Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Stokolova - Syntactic tools The IL using "aspect" descriptors - IL6,T - is construc� The above-mentioned formal expression ofIL7 ,T(G) may ted in such a way that its aspect descriptors coincide with have - beyond all interpretations of expression of ILs T the "aspect" descriptors of IL3, T' The expressions of - a lot of other different interpretations, for example the IL6,T are unordered sequences of "aspect" and "object" following one (III): "Nitrobenzene is produced by reduc descriptors. tion reaction; toluidine is purified from some impurity by treatment with hydrochloric acid; aniline is purified from An example of IL6 T expression, which is the translation toluidine by treatment with sulphuric acid." This increase of the foregoing ex�ple ofIL T expression will be: I, of cohesion level will cause decrease of precision ratio. PI, I , PI,2 , P2 ,1' P2,2 , P2 ,3, d2 ,4' d3,s, d3,6, d3,? , It is possible to consider that each expression of such a . where d3,l O ,d3,12 (F), semantically powerful IL as ILl T is meaningful. Each , . . . , - ""aspect descrIptors. PI, 1 , PI ,2 P2,3 expression of some IL of the gr�up IL2,T - IL" T is d2,4,d3,S'" ,d3,lO -"object" descriptors. obtained from an expression of ILl T ( or from several expressions of IL ,T , which cohere by the translation The IL7 ,T is the IL without grammar; its expressions are I unordered sequences of "object" descriptors. into this IL of the group) and therefore the interpreta tion of each such expression is the interpreta tion of this An example of IL T expression, which is the translation ? original expression of IL., T (or is the set of interpreta of the foregoing ex�ple ofILI,T expression will be: tions of these several original expressions of ILl T) and d , d d 7, d d 2 ,4 3,5, d3,6, 3, 3, I 0, 3,12' (G) so each such expression is meaningfu l. Therefor� the Let us give examples of interpretation for some of the total number of expressions of any IL of this group as above�mentioned fo rmal expressions. Let P1' 3 denote well as of ILI,T, is equal to its semantic power. These the predicate: " A chemical reaction of type x is accomw values were calculated. Formulae were obtained exw pUshed to yeald the main product y" and let p� ,3,3 pressing these numbers as functions of different chaw denote the predicate: "The purification of substance x racteristics of ILl ,T, such as the total number of predi� from impurity y is accomplished by treatmen t with cates and descriptors in ILl T, the number of descriptor solvent z."· categories, the number of descriptors in these categories, the number of different variables in IL ,T , predicates, Let d2,4 denote "reduction reaction" l whose domain is the same descriptor category and others. "Aniline" d3•s We shall give an example of calculation of semantic power d3,12 "Nitrobenzene" of one IL from this group -ILs,T' d3,7 "Hydrochloric acid" Let us denote the number of different categories of d3•6 "Toluidine" descriptors in ILI ;r - N , the category i containing mj "Sulphuric acid" descriptors, category j -mj descriptors etc. In predicates d3, I 0 of ILl T there are Vi variables, whose domain is category Then the abovewmentioned formal expression of IL T 1. i, V va�iables) whose domain is category j , ... , Vn variables (A) has the following interpretation (I): "Aniline is j whose domain is category n, (respectively in IL:z,T there produced by a reduction reactioIJ; aniline is purified from are Vb Vj ) ..., Vn roles which can be "combined" with nitrobenzene by treatment with hydrochloric acid; tol descriptors of the categories i, j,... ) n). uidine is purified from some impurity by treatment with Then the number of well formed expressions of IL T sulphuric acid." s can be calculated in the fo llowing way. The total nu;"ber Then "roles" used in ILs .T are the following: of the rolewterms (the pairs consisting of concrete descripw PI I x is the chemical reaction" . ' tors of category i - Pi = mj Vi. The total number of exw X is the main product of chemical PI, 2 pressions of ILs T containing only the descriptors of reaction" category i - Ci ,:,2 Pi - I. The total number of ex P2 ,1 X is the substance which is purified" pressions containing only the descriptors of one category P2,2 x is the impurity which another N substance is purified from". L Ci. P2 ,3 X is the solvent by which a purification i= 1 procedure is accomplished". The total number of expressions ofILs,T containing the Then the abovewmentioned formal expression of ILs T descriptors of two categories (E) may have beyond the interpretation (I) the follo;'ing interpretation (II): "Aniline is produced by reduction N I N = L L C, ' Cj. reaction; toluidine is purified from nitrobenzene by treat� j=l j=i+1 ment with hydrochloric acid; aniline is purified from some impurity by treatment with sulphuric acid." The total number of expressions of ILs.T = It is seen that there are many other different interpretaw N-l N-2 N-I N N N + tions of this expression of ILs,T which do not coincide L C i + L L C i ' Cj + L L L C, - Cj - C m 1 j i=l =i l m with interpretation (I), All these natural language ex i=1 i= =i+l j + =j+l pressions are cohered when using ILs,T' If some of these ... +(C, ' C, ' ... ' CN) different interpretations are included in T ("actual The results of the calculations of semantic power of meanings") this cohesion will inevitably cause decrease languages ILI,T - IL7 ,T are outlined by the following of the precision ratio. scheme : 3,3,3 IL3,T l) P2 corresponds to thestandard phrase (2), see page 76, � ------. ,3 ILI,T <+ 1l'2;r IL6,T --> IL7 T and p� is a simplified version of the standard phrase ( 1), , see page 76. -...... ,. IL4,T --> 1Ls;(' Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 3 Stokolova - Syntactic tools 79 where "+-+" denotes equality of semantic powers and So by approximately estimating the average values of "�" denotes decrease of semantic power. these characteristics, estimated:for texts ofT (or, what is easier, for their translations into ILl it is possible to The order of decreasing of semantic power, indicated by ,T) predict the real average cohesion level produced by trans this scheme has to correspond to the order of decreasing lation of these texts from ILq,T into ILp,T and to predict precision ratios, which the use of these ILs will yield. in such a way the ratio of precision values by using (By stating this we assume that the average level of cohe ILq ,T and for a given representative file T. sion, reflected in the values of the semantic power of the ILp,T IL is at the same time the average level of cohesion of The above�mentioned formulae are obtained for the actual meanings). following pairs of IL, belonging to the IL group described - IL4,T, For the estimation of the "quality" of these different ILs above: IL" T IL3,T, IL3,T - IL4,T,lL" T - for a given file T (their capability to distinguish the actual IL4,T' - ILs ,T , ILs ,T -IL6 ,T , IL6,T - lL7 ,T (35). meanings) the mechanism of cohesion while translating The procedure of selecting the optimal simplified gram from one IL of this group ILq,T into another ILp,T (with mar tools (in the above-mentioned sense) for a given file less semantic power) was investigated and the dependence T can be drawn from the results of this investigation. The was established of the measure of this cohesion upon ILI,T with its tools and the representations of texts from characteristics of the expressions of ILp,T' These pecu� T proves to be in this case the precise reflection of the liarities are expressed in their turn as the characteristics semantic idiosyncracies of texts from T. Such an IL will of such expressions of IL1,T, from which coherent ex� appear as optimal for the so-called "fact retrieval" or pressions are derived. The results of quantitative investiga� "question answering" systems (37) L e. systems that tion of the cohesion mechanism were expressed by algep provide a direct answer to a question rather than re braic formulae. From these formulae it is possible to trieving a piece of relevant texts. In such systems it is indicate such numerical characteristics of an ILp,T ex� necessary to use IL with high semantic power for the pression, which determines the number of different ILq ,T precise descriptions of corresponding facts. expressions, cohering into this ILp,T expression by trans� lation from ILq,T into ILp,T' These formulae allow to References appreciate quantitatively the level of this cohering if (1) Stokolova, N. A.: Meaning - Expressing tools of Infor� values of characteristics mentioned above are known. mation Languages of "Standard Phrases" (In Russian). In: Naucno - techniceskaja Informacija, ser. 2 (1970), We shall give an example of deduction of one such No. 6, p. 15-·17. formula. (2) Stokolova, N. A., Tonijan, A. V.: Application of 'Standard Phrases' in Developing a Language for Explanatory Phrases Each expression of IL3,T can correspond to several ex in Chemical Indexes. (In Russian) In: Naucno - Techniccskaja Informacija, ser. 2 (1970), No. 3, pp. 16-25 pressions of IL2 T: the average cohesion level for IL3 T, as seen from the' foregoing scheme, is higher than for ' (A. J. 70.10.84.) (3) Tkach, S. M.: A New Version of an Information Retrieval IL" T' Language for Solid State Physics. (In Russian) In: Naw!no For each bracket in (for example the mth), con - Tcchniceskaja I nformacija, ser. 2 (1973), No. 11, p. 19. IL3,T (4) Tonijan, A. V., Stokolova, N. A., Ershov, B. B.: On Gram� taining r groups of aspect descriptors, each of them (for mar Tools of Information Retrieval Language for Texts on example the ith) contains Lj such aspect descriptors, Chemical Machine�Building. (In Russian) In: Naucnyj which can be combined with the descriptors of the same Simposium "Semioticheskie problemy Jazykov Nauki, category (the number of descriptors of this category in Terminologii, Informatiki" part 2, Izdatelstvo Moskovskogo Univ�rsiteta, Moskow 1971. p. 23. this bracket is K,), the number of different possible sets (5) Vasileva, I. I., Stokolova, N. A.: Development of Infor of role-terms in group i of bracket m - Sm , I - (if L, > I mation Retrieval Language for Insects Morphology with and K, > i) is equal to the number of different partitions Application of Technique of "Standard Phrases". (In of L, different objects into K, "non-empty" groups Le.(36). Russian) In: Naucno - Techniceskaja Informacija, ser. 2 (1970) No. 7, p. 18-27. S (6) Vleduts, G. E., Stokolova, N. A.: About a Mcthod of � m" K -C - , k; CK, i) + C' (K, - 2) + Constructing Information Languages Having Grammar. (Translated from the Russian by Joe Lineweaver) Bangalore, '" K , , . +(_I) ,-t CK -, 1 India; Doc. Res. & Training Center 1974. 29 pp, FIDICR Kj . Report No. 13. If in bracket m there are r groups of aspect descriptors (7) Chomsky, N.: Aspects of the theory of syntax. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, (as group i) then the number of brackets inlL, T , gen 1965. erated by bracket min IL3,T will be Sm �Sm,;,Sm ," (8) Mel'cuk, I. A.: Experience of the Theory of Linguistical .... Sm,r where Models "Meaning +--+Text". (In Rus:;;ian) Moscow, Nauka: 1974. Sm, 1 , Sm,2 ... , Sm,r are calculated as Sm ,i' (9) Katz, J. J., Postal, P. M.: An integrated theory of linguistic If in this expression in IL I ,3 there are q brackets (such descriptions. Cambridge, Mass. 1964. as bracket m), the number of expressions IL2 T generated (10) Weinreich, Y., On the semantic structure of language. In: Universals of Language. Cambridge, Mass., 1963. by such expression of IL3, T will be S . � . � S I S Sq , (II) Wicrzbicka, A.: Scmantic primitives. Frankfurt, 1972. where S 1 , S2 , ... ,Sq are calculated as Sm. So the number (I2) Bellcrt, J.: On the use of Linguistic Quantifying Operators in the Logico - Semantic Structure Representation of of expressions in IL2,T , generated by one expression in Utterances. In: Proceedings of thc Intcrnation Conference IL3,T depends upon the quantity ofL,K in each group of of Computational Linguistics, Sanga - Saby, Sweden 1-4 the brackets in expression in 1L3 T, upon the quantity of September 1969. r in each bracket of this expressi�n and upon the number (13) Kay, M., Su, S.Y.W.: The Mind System: The Structure of of brackets q. The corresponding correlation is expressed the Semantic File. Santa Monica, Calif. RM - 6265/3 - PR by the foreging formulae. 1970. Rand Corporation. 80 Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 3 Stokolova - Syntactic tools (14) Paduceva, E. V.: The Language of Mathematical Logic as a Semantic Model for Natural Language. In: Social Science Information 7 (1968) pp. 27-39. (15) Paduceva, E. Y.: Semantic Analysis of Natural Language W.-W. Hopker During Translation into the Language of Mathematical Pathologisches Institut der UniversiHit, Munster i. W. Logic. (In Russian) In: Vsesojuznaja Konferencija po In� formacionno - Poiskovym Sistemam i Avtomatizirovannoj Obrabotke Naucno _. Tcchniccskoj Informacii. Moscow 1967. p. 156. Struktur und Kompati bilitat (16) Shapiro, S. c., Woodmansee, G. H.: A Net Structure Based on Relational Question Answerer. In: Norton, Walker (Eds.): Proceedings of the International Joint Conference des Thesaurus der Medizin on Artificial Intelligence, MITRE Corporation, Bedford, (Structure and compatibility of Mass., 1969. pp. 325-346. (17) Blagden, 1. F.: How Much Noise in a Role-Free and Link the Thesaurus of Medicine) Free Coordinate Indexing System? In: J. of Doc. 22 (1966) p. 203-209. (18) Cleverdon, C., et a1.: Factors Determining the Performance of Indexing Systems. Cranfield, England: College of Aeronautics, A A LIB, Cranfield Research Project, 1966. (19) Costello, J. C.: Storage and retrieval of chemical research Hopker, W.-W.: Struktur und Kompatibilitiit des and patent information by links and roles in Du-Pont. In: Thesaurus der Medizin. (Structure and compati Amer. Doc. 12 (1961) No. 2 p. 11. bility of the Thesaurus of Medicine) (In German). (20) Perry J. W., et a1.: Machine Literature Searching. New York: In: Intern. Classifical. 3 (1976) No. 2, p. 81-84. Intcrscience Publ. 1956. The medical thesaurus described is an international, (21) Costello, J. C., Wall, E.: Recent Improvements in Techni ques for Storing and Retrieving Information. Wilmington, compatible thesaurus in the German language the structure of which is based upon both a hierarchical Del.: E. J. Du Pont de Nemours & Co. 1959. (22) Thesaurus of Engineering Terms. New York: Engineers classification and a variable classification of facets. Joint Council 1964. Both classificationprinciples are shown by three (23) Gardin, J. C.: Syntol New Brunswick, N. Y.: Rutgers, the digit letters and figures. The thesaurus is compatible State University 1960. with the Clinical Key of Diagnosis (KDS), the In (24) Skorochodko, E. F.: The Information Retrieval System at ternational Classification of Diseases (E) (lCD/E), the Institute of Cybernetics, Academyof Sciences of the and the Systematized Nomenclature of Pathology Ukrainian S. S. R. (In Russian). In: International Forum (SNOP). Its volume comprises 22,000 different on Informatics, Moscow: VINITI 1969. Vol. II, p. 68·-78 (Author) (A. J. 70.3.160). terms. (25) Otradisnkij, V. V., Stokolova, N. A.: On one Methodology of Construction of Information Retrieval Languages without Grammar. (In Russian). In: Naucno-Techniceskaja Informaeija, scr. 2. (1968) No. 6, p. 14-18. (26) Preisler, W.: Thesaurusarten und Probleme ihrer Strukturie 1. Problemstellung rung. In: Informatik 20 (1973) No. 4, pp. 9-16. (27) Vickery, B. C.: Faceted Classification. London. A S LIB. Die differenzierten Anspruche, welche Benutzer an ein 1960. Dokumentationssystem stellen, finden zunachst ihren (28) Lancaster, F. W.: Vo cabulary Control for Information Niederschlag in einem entsprechenden Schlagwortver Retrieval. Washington. Information Resources Press 1972. zeichnis, Sachkatalog oder - Thesaurus. Wir verstehen 233 pp. unter Thesaurus ein Klassifikationssystem mit klartext (29) Kent, A., Perry, J. W.: Searching Metallurgical Literature. lichem Einstieg In: Casey R. S., et al.: Punched Cards: Their Application und legen - dem gegenwartigen Stand to Science and Industry. 2nd. ed., New York: Reinhold automatisierter Dokumentationsvorhaben Rechnung 1958, p. 248-260. tragend - das Schwergewicht aufKlassifikationssystem. (30) Perry J. W., Kent, A.: Tools for MaChine Literature Searching Es zeichnet sich ab, daB sogenannte "Totallesungen" Searching. New York: Interscience Publishers, Inc. 1958. (31) Aitchison, J., Gilchrist, A.: Thesaurus Construction. A def Dokumentationsfrage in der Medizin immer we iter practical manual. London: AS LIB 1972. 95 p. in die Ferne roeken. Urn somehr muB angestrebt wer (32) Van Oot, J. G., et a1.: Links and Roles in Coordinate den,mit den bisher verfligbaren Methoden und mit ver Indexing and Searching: An Economic Study of their tretbaren finanziellen Mitteln pragmatischeTeillosungen Usc, and an Evaluation of their Effect on Relevance and zu realisieren, die dann als Ausgangspunkt flirweitere RecalL In: J. of Chem. Doc. 6 (1966) p. 95·-101. Entwicklungen angesehen werden kennen. Wir sind (33) Montague, B. A.: Testing, Comparison and Evaluation of Recall, Relevance and Cost of Coordinate Indexing with Gegner von perfektionistischen Systemen, die "zu gut" Links and Roles. In: Pro. Amer. Doc. Inst. 1 (1964) sind, als daB sie funktionieren kennen. Diese Systeme p. 357-367. haben meist noch die Angewohnheit, niemals "fertig (34) Sinnett, J. D.: An Evaluation of Links and Roles Used in und funktionstlichtig" zu werden. Aus diesen GrUnden Information Retrieval. Dayton, Ohio: Air Force Materials Laboratory, Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, 1964. haben wir wenig Scheu, einen (in diesem Sinne nUT AD432 198. halb-fertigen) Thesaurus vorzustellen, der noch nicht (35) Stokolova, N. A.: On a Technique of Evaluation of the vollstandig ausgetestet ist und noch sicherlich zahl Semantical Power of Information Languages with Gram reiche inhaltliche Fehler aufweist. Gesamtkonzept und mar. (In Russian). Moskow. Naucnyj Sovet po Kompleksnoj problemc "Kibernetika", Vsesojuznyj Seminar po Informa Struktur haben sich jedoch bereits bewahrt. donnym Jazykam, 1971. vyp 3. (36) Vilcnkin, N. Va. Combinatorics. (In Russian). Moscow: 2. Voraussetzungen Nauka 1969. Voraussetzun (37) Simmons, R. F.: Natural Language Question-Answering Unsere Arbeitsgruppe ist von folgenden Systems. In: Comm. ACM 13 (1970) No. 1, p, 15-29. gen zur Realisierung eines international kompatiblen Thesaurus ausgegangen: Intern. Classfiicat. 3(1976) No. 2 Hopker - Thesaurusdcr Medizin 81 1. Ein medizinischer Thesaurus rnuf1eine Sammlung 9. Ein Thesaums muB nahtlos an mindestens eine situationsgerechter Diagnose- und Kranklwitseinheits Schnittstelle del' automatisierten Klassifikation anschlieB beg";!!e mit ihrem klartextlichell Eillstieg enthalten. bar sein. Diese Schnittstellen sind dort zu suchen, wo die Die diagnostischen Begriffe beziehen sich auf die ver kleinsten Informationseinheiten der Gliederungsstruktur schiedenen Ebenen der (meist unzureichend) klini anzutreffen sind. Diese Einheiten mUssen so konstruiert schen Diagnosenfindung, welche nur in Ausnahmefallen sein, daB sie tiber einen langeren Zeitraum ilue Gilltigkeit identisch ist mit dem angestrebten Begriff der Krank· behalten. Sie betreffen daher die einfachsten pathologi heitseinheit. Ober diese Diagnosebegriffe muB ein klar· schen Vorgange und deren VerknUpfungen untereinan textlicher Einstieg realisiert sein. der. 10. AnschlujJmoglichkeiten an 2. Die medizillische Tenninoiogie muf1enthalten sein. Realisierung von Sy steme mit automatisierter Diagnosenhilfe. Eine soIche ist weder fUr den internationalen noch fliT Dieser den deutschsprachigen Bereich bindend definiert. Es ist Bereich ist sehr viel schwieriger zu realisieren. Insbeson daher anzustreben, samtliche nur rnoglichen Begriffe dere wird hier deutlich, daB mogliche Variable einer einer solchen Terminologie implizit in einem Thesaurus automatisierten Diagnosenhilfe zu einer anders gearteten darzustellen. begrifflichen Abgrenzung des resultierenden Diagnose· systems filluen. 3. Das vermutete (wenn auch nicht immer korrekte) VOJwissen des Benutzers sowie dessen Verhalten gegen 3. Realisierung tiber einem Ordnungssystem sind oberste Kriterien fOr Der "Thesaurus der Medizin" gliedert sich in vier Dimen die Codierung und das Retrieval. Ein Thesaurus, der sionen: Topographie, Nosologie, Atiologie, Modifikation. nicht sich in der Praxis zu bewahren hat, hat sich in Jede dieser Dimension weist eine streng-hierarchische erster Linie an den Klassifikationskriterien de r gangigen Gliederung auf, wobei die Klassen durch mnemotechni Hand- und Lehrbticher zu orientieren. sche Ktirzel gekennzeichnet sind. Der Urnfa ng der hier 1m VOIdergrund hat die pragrnatische Intention des Be· archischen Klassen innerhalb der einzelnen Dimensionen nutzers zu stehen, mog1ichst schnell und in assoziativer schwankt zwischen vier (Modifikation) und 88 Unter Denkweise Informationen zu speichern bzw. speichern klassen (Topographie) (Abb. 1). Diese Gliederung ent zu lassen und diese nach bestimmten Gesichtspunkten spricht mehr oder weniger dem traditionellen Aufbau wiederzugewinnen. medizinischer Schliisselsysteme. Jede dieser Klassen wird durch einen dreistelligen BuchstabenkUrzel gekennzeich 4. Das Gesamtsystem muj3[iir den Benutzer transparent net, welcher eine mnemotechnische Struktur hat (z. B. sein. Die einzelnen Stationen der Informationsverarbei Herz: HRZ; Magen: MAG). - Bereits irnLaufe der Vor· tung als auch der bedeutungsmaBigen Zergliederung der arbeiten hatte sich gezeigt, daB die strenge hierarchische Begriffe mtissen fijr den Benutzer nachvollziehbar sein. Klassifikation auch im Falle der Polyhierarchie der korn Auch diese Vorgange haben nach pragmatischen,nicht plexen Struktur der medizinischen Diagnosensprache vordergrtindig nach systematischen Gesichtspunkten zu nicht gerecht werden kann. Es wurde daher eine zusiitz erfolgen. Uche Facettenklassifikation eingefiihrt. Das Ziel dieser Facettenklassifikation ist, die Intensitiitdef einzelnen 5. Der Thesaurus solI von einem Dokumentations system unabhiingig Begriffsbenennungen zu �teigernund somit den semanti sein. Dies betrifft einerseits die tech schen Bedeutungsinhalt derselben auf Kosten def syn nischen Realisiemngsmoglichkeiten, andererseits die taktischen Information zu vergroBern. Dieser Aspekt ist methodischen Ansprtiche des Benutzers; letztlich mUssen insbesondere fUr Prozeduren der automatisierten Klassi auch mogliche zukUnftige Innovationen auf zahlreichen, fikation von groBer Bedeutung. Rein pragmatische Ge nicht explizit definierten Informationsebenen bertick sichtspunkte sowie insbesondere der Stand der gegen sichtigt werden. wartigen Entwicklung auch komplexer Dokumentations 6. Del'Giiltigkeitsbereich eines Thesaurus muj3[ac h systeme haben mit zunelunender Konsequenz an diesem jjbel'greifend angegeben werden. Selbst filreine medizi Schritt festhalten lassen. Informationstheoretische Er nische Spezialdisziplin reicht es nicht aus, die diagnosti wagungen sowie Berechnungen der Entropie und Redun schen Begriffe ausschlieBlich dieses Faches darzustellen. danz an medizinischen SchlUsselsystemen sind der for Es ist daher notwendig, samtliche Facher synoptisch ab male Einstieg in die Struktur des TdM (Hopker, 1972; zubilden. Kayser et aI. , 1974). 7. Ein Thesaurus soll nach Struktur und Umfang eine Die Facettenklassifikation wird in eine Differential hohe Flexibilitdt aufweisen. Dies bedeutet nicht nur An facette sowie eine·Segmentalfacette untergliedert. Das passungsflihigkeit gegenUber mog1ichen Umfangsanderun Gliederungsprinzip der Differentialfacette ist die Opera ge n, sondern auch die Moglichkeit, die gesamte Struktur tion.litat der abgebildeten Begriffe , dasjenige der Seg kurzfristig nach nicht vorhersehbaren Gesichtspunkten mentalfacette die Darstellung eines zusatzlichen Hori (meist inhaltlicher, aber auch intern-organisatorischer zontes. Unter letzterem ist ein funktionellet, systemati Natur) zu andern. scher, topographischer, morphologischer oder ahnlicher Aspekt zu verstehen. Beide Facetten zeigen zusiitzlich 8. Kompatibilitiit zu den graBen internationalen SchHis eine Untergliederung in eine allgemeine und hierarchi selsystemen muB gegeben sein. Dieses ist nicht nur aus sche Facette (Focus). Unter einer allgemeinen Facette GrUnden einer moglichen Zusammenfilluung von inter werden diejenigen Aspekte zusammengefaBt, welche die nationalen Daten, sondern auch im Hinblick auf eine hierarchische Klassifikation erweitern. Die hierarchische einheitliche Terminologie und Klassifikation notig. Facette stellt im Grunde nichts anderes dar. als die 82 Intern.Classificat. 3 (1976) No. 2 Ilopker _. Thesaurus <.Ier Medizin zweite, differenziertere Ebene der hierarchischen Klassi Anzahl der Faccttenzuordnungen wie auch die Gesamt fikation, deren erste Ebene bereits als hierarchische Klas zahl der einernBegri ffe zugeordneten Strings sind eben sifikation der dimensionalen Klassen vorgestellt wurde. falls unbegrenzt. FUr den thesaurus-internen InformationsfluB ist von Be Jcder Begriff erhalt zusiitzlicheine Identifikationsziffer, deutung, dall diese beiden v611igunabhangigen Gliede es schliellt sich der Code des KDS (Klinischer Diagnosen rungsprinzipien in enger Weise miteinander verschrankt schltissel) als auch der der ICD/E (International Classifi sind. Bei der Indexierung wurde so vorgegangen, daB cation of Diseases/Extended) an. Danach wird der ent oberstes Kriterium flir die Benutzung der Hierarchie der sprechende Term der SNOP aufgeftihrt (Abb. 3). In den Klassifikation als auch der Facettengliederung die Frage jenigen Fallen, in welchen eine Reprasentation des ent des Benutzers war, so kann ich wie etwas ablegen, wo sprechenden Begriffes nicht in clem zusatzlich eingeftihr kann ich wie etwas wiederfinden! SelbstversUindlich ten Schltisselsystem vorgefunden wurde, konnten die wurde ebenfalls der operationale Aspekt (und damit der Terms (selbstverstiindlich) nicht aufgefiihrt werden (ins intersubjektiv nachweisbare Anteil) berticksichtigt. An besondere beim KDS als auch bei der SNOP) haben sich hand des vorgelegten Beispieles (hepatolentikulare De erhebliche Kompatibilitatslticken herausgestellt. generation, Morbus Wilson) wird demonstriert, dall die Suchstrukturen nicht identisch sind mit den Bedeutungs strukturen eines Begriffes (Abb_ 2). In jedem Einzelfall Quellen: wurde davon ausgegangen, dall gleichzeitig beide Aspekte (1) American Medical Association: Standard Nomenclature of zu berticksichtigen sind. Diseases and Operations (SNDO). 5 th Ed. 1961. (2) College of American Pathologists. Committee on Nomcn Jedern Begriffwurde entsprechend seinem sernantischen clature and Classification of Diseases: Systematized Nomen Bedeutungsinhalt eine Stringkombination zugeordnet. clature of Pathology (SNOP). Chicago, 1965 Diese setzt sich aus den bereits angesprochenen mnerno (3) Hopker, W.-W.: Vergleichskritcrien unterschiedlicher Klas technischen Ktirzeln der hierarchischen Klassifikation als sifikationssysteme. In: Meth. Inf. Med. 11 (1972) p. 144- auch den dreistelligen Zahlenkombinationen (Facetten 151. (4) Hopker, W.-W.; Grellmann, U.; Kayser, K; Mehracin, P.; klassifikation) zusammen. Zusammengeh6rige String Miiller, U.; Ramisch, W.; Rothemund, E.; Seither, G.; anteile werden durch einen "." (Punkt) rniteinanderver Weimer, W.: Das Problem der Diagnose und ihre operationale bunden. Die dreistellige Zahlenkombination hinter dem Darstellung in der Mcdizin. - Berlin-Heidelberg-New York: mnernotechnischen Buchstabenktirzel ist demnach als Springer-Verlag 1977: (5) Immich, H. : Klinischer Diagnosenschliissel (KDS). Stuttgart: Differenzierung def hierarchischen Klassifikation aufzu Schattauer-Verlag 1966. fassen. Verwechslungsmoglichkeiten sind durch die ein (6) Kay�er, K., Hopker, W.-W.: Formal Consideration on Text deutige Stringzuordnung ausgeschlossen. Die Anzahl der Analysis in Anatomic Pathology. In: Mcth. Inf. Med 12 Teilstrings (Zahlenkombination) ist nieht begrenzt, die (1973) p. 143-146. FACETTENGLIE DERUNG HIERARCHISCHE DIMENSION KlASSIFIKATION differential segmental a!lgemein hierarchisch a!lgemein hierarchisch ••. • Harz .... rechls Herz •... Brust .... ZNS TOPOGRAPHIE Harnblase links .... S�itze Bauch Endokrinum Uterus �roximal Se�lum Rucken Harnorgane .... Magen .... distal .... Klapp. .... Becken .... Psyche 88 16 1098 9 17 .... Fremdknrper . . .. Kachexie Fremdkorper •..• Zysle ..•• Geburl i i l NOSOlOGIE MiDbildungen Kama .... lesl D vert ke Vergillung anti. Eingrilfe Fieber lIilssig Fislel Senium .... Metastmn .... Suchl .. . gasliirmig .... Stenose .... Gulachlen 19 34 375 60 19 .. Bakterien Viren .•.. Pocken ATIOlOGIE Viren Pharmaka Her�es •... physik.Urs. •... Grippe 10 161 .... Grad Zeit MOOIFIKATION GroBe .... frisch Diagn;-Sich. aller . ... Zeit . . . . all 2084 4 53 r Abb. 1: Hierarchische sowie Fa cettenklassification des 771esaurusder Medizin (TdM). Die hierarcMsche Klassijfkatioll f bezieht sich auf die Dimensionen Topographie, No sologie, itiologie, Modlfikation. Die Facetteli unterteilcl1 sich in Differential- sowie Segmentalfacetten, wobei jewells allgemeine und lliemrcMsche Gliederungen ange geben werden! Die Ziffe rn ;'1 jeder Zelle bedeuten den Begrijj'sumfang, die angcgebenen Termilli Beispiele alls den entsprechenden Gliederungsbereichel1. Anordnung und Umfang der Gliederung entsprechell ill/onnatiol1s theoretischen Kriterien. Intern. Classificat.. 3 (1976) No. 2 Hopker - Thesaurus der tvIcdizin 83 IZ KDS ICD/E HEPATOLENTICULARE DEGENERATION 026986 WILSON 'SCHE KRANKHEIT 17461 27311 SNOP : - LEB. 840. 935 ! M-5053 I I Ve rd auung ssvs I em Bauch Leber - ZNH. 330. 820. 905 ! I Zen I ra loe rvensySiB m I j Kopl Unsenktrn Gehirn - STD. 200 I I Degenerallon S loflwe chselSl0 rung - ST I. 290 I I Ku pre r -8 10 Ilwechs el s loru ng S 10 IIwechs e IsHirung L-.. LEB. 840. 935 ZNH. 330. 820.905 STD. 200 STI. 290 Abb. 2: Beispielfiirdie Codierung des Begriffes "Hepatolentieuliire Degeneration, WILSON'sehe Krankheit". Wie aus dem Beispiel ersiehtlich, macht es keine Schwierigkeiten, gleic hzeitig verschiedene tapographisehe als aueh nosologische Po sitionen anzugeben. Der Terminus "Degeneration" ist ein histol'isch gewachsener Begri/t, der aussehliejllieh aus GrUnden der Vergr6jlerung der Benutzerfreulldliehkeit /laeh M6gliehkeit - im entspreehen den Sinnzusammenhang - bei siimtliehen innerhalb des TdMenthaltenen Begriffen aufgefilhrtwird. IZ: Identifikatiollsziffe r; iibrige Abkilrzungen vgl Tex t. 2154 L � 22000 TdM (Komp.) Abb. 3: Kompatibilitiit des Thesaurus der Medizill (TdM). Inllerhalb des KDS ist die ICD/E (IMMICH) enthalten. Beide Schlilssel wurdell vo/lstdlldig ill dell PDS (Pathoana{omiseher Diagnosensehlilssel) aufgenommen. Dieser bildete die Grundlage for den TdM. Fiir siimtliehe in diesem Th esaurus aufgefiihrten Begriffe wurden die en t spreehelldell Codebegriffe aus dem SNOP dargeste/lt. Der Ablauf dieses Vorgehens ist entseheidend fUr den Benutzer des TdM. Wellll nach eiller SNOP-Codierung eines Begriffe s gefragt wird, darfnicht der TdMbefragt werden. In diesem Faile ist auf die SNOP zurilekzugreife ll. Andererseits ist es durehaus moglieh, Begriffe des KDS aus dem TdM zu entnehmen. 84 Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Hopker � Thesaurus der Medizin an end in itself. It probably was only after 1491, when the Italian humanist and poet, Angelo Poliziano published Ingetraut Dahlberg his "Panepistemon" - a scheme that was not meant to be University ofMainz the outline of a text but rather to show schematically the relationships between the sciences or fields of knowledge - that this "movement" of designing classification sys· terns actually got under way. After him, numerous others Classification Theor y. Yesterday tried their hand at the same thing, none of them better known than Francis Bacon, who about 100 years later, and Today! in 1605 to be exact, published a pertinent scheme in his work HDe dignitate et augmentis scientiarum". However, this art of designing schemes was not called "classifica tion" until almost 200 years later, towards the end of the eighteenth century. From this time on only, we have Dahlberg, I.: Classificationtheor y, yesterday and evidence, especially through the bibliographies of C. W. today, Shields, (2), R. Flint (3), and E. C. Richardson (4), that In: Intern. Classificat. 3{l976) No. 2, p. 85-90 the term "classification" was used in titles of books (5, Until very recently, classification theory was held p. 17) concerned with the presentation of a scheme for to be nothing but an expressed or unconscious the classification of the sciences and of books. Especially knowledge framed in intuitively given reasons for in the 19th century the construction of such schemes the subdivision and arrangement of any universe. became a hobby for each philosopher, as well as for some Today, after clarification of the elements of classi· scientists, e. g. for the physicist A. -M. Ampere (6), and fication systems as well as of the basis of concept relationships it is possible to apply a number of even for a statesman, as Th. G. Mazaryk, the later principles in the evaluation of existing systems as Czechoslovakian President (1886). The inspiration well as in the construction of new ones and by this derived from these works of philosophers influenced achieving relatively predictable and repeatable reo librarians too, to design ever new systems for the sys· suIts. (Author) tematization of the contents of their. book collections. This art of designing systems with some intuitive idea about divisions, priorities in arrangement, firsthierarchies and subordinations and finally also "auxiliaries" was held I. A short history of classification theory to be the classification theory until fairly recent times; The old art of classifying, as old as mankind, has only we still find it reflected also in the great work of the late recently acquired an adequate theoretical basis - a basis E. I Samurin, the Russian librarian and historian of classi· permitting us to assume that it has advanced from the fication, who spent 20 years of his life in collecting, de status of an art to that of a science. While still only an scribing and interpreting most of the classification sys· art, classification was applied in many ways, shapes and tems of universal character the world had known until forms as our knowledge developed. It has left its traces in then (1). all of the systematic arrangements that have gone into the composition of the works of great philosophers 2. First steps toward a new approach starting with the Indic Vedas, the Bible, the encyclopedic It was actually already in the 16th century that an Italian collections of all things known at a given point in time, philosopher, Mario Nizolio (1498-1556) expressed his as e. g. the encyclopedia of the Egyptian Amenope irritation at the fact that some sciences may be found (1250 B. C.), of Gaius Plinius Secundus (23-79 A. D.), under several aspects if displayed in an overall scheme of as well as in the great encyclopedias of the middle ages, the sciences. In his 1533 treatise "Antibarbarus philoso· e. g. those by Isidor of Sevilla, Vincenee ofBeauvais, phicus" containing his own classification suggestion for Bartholomaeus Anglicus, Brunetto Latini and in the ones knowledge fields, he would not list any sciences at all of the Renaissance e. g. the encyclopedias of Georg Va lla, that may occur in several divisions, such as the ones we Raphael Maffei, Johann Heinrich Alsted, Wo lfgang Ratke. still find in the scheme of 1. Hllarte (1575), who distin· All of these works were arranged systematically i. e. the guishes between "Theoretical Medicine" and "Practical knowledge they presented was ordered according to some Medicine", "Positive Theology" and "Scholastic Theo· preconceived idea. The last encyclopedia in this develop· logy", "Theoretical Law" and "Practical Law", with each ment was the one of Diderot and d'Alembert (1751- of these disciplines being found in a different division. 1780), which, however, was presented not only in a However, all of 300 years had to pass before a theoretical systematic but also - as a new approach - in an alphabe· investigation of the phenomenon was attempted by tic arrangement. (For a detailed history see (I).) Ampere. In the Foreword to his classification of 1834- In the early times, the systematization of knowledge was 1843 he wrote: not accomplished in the schematic manner in which we "For some time I have already been aware that, in know it today. Until 1491 it was not customary to trying to determine the distinguishing characteristics elaborate systems for the classification of the sciences as for the definition and classification of the sciences it is necessary to consider not only the nature of the Lecture presented at the Brazilian CIHssification Conference, obj ects to which they are related but also the points Sept. 12-17, 1976, Rio tic Janeiro ("A CDU e 0 Centenario of view under which these obj ects may be Seen ..." de Dewey") (6, p. VII). Intern, Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Dahlberg - Classification theory 85 The special viewpionts under which a certain area of he did not apply mathematics in a quantitative or statisti object-related knowledge may be seen were therefore cal way. His mathematical approach was very similar to given special positions in the subdivisions of his scheme. the one already aimed at by the great German philosopher In a similar way I. G. de Saint-Hilaire (1805-1861), as G_ W. Leibniz (1646- 1716), who not only laid the foun well as others later on, tried to display the diversity of dation of both integral and differential calculus (1675) the aspects diagrammatically as a "classification paraI but who also hadbeen looking all his life for a new kind lelique" (see 1, II, p_ 73-76). The first librarian to of mathematics, a "qualitative" one, as he termed it. Ever consider this fact in the discussion of the theory since .his dissertation "De arte combinatoria" (1666) underlying his scheme was Henry Evelyn Bliss (1870- Leibniz had been searching for a "characteristica uni 1955). After a first publication of his ideas in 1910 he versalis", a kind of concept language for the combinatory concerned himself with the philosophical background of expression of any concept and subject existing in this classification and wrote his two famous books: "The world (l2), (13), thus eventually also infiuencing organization of knowledge and the system of the sci G. Frege 's predicate logic and "Begriffsschrift" {I 4) as ences" (7) and "The organization of know ledgein li well as most of modern logic today. braries" (8). In a third volume he tried to combine the Possibly it is in the way in which Ranganathan tried to philosophical knowledge about classification with the analyze subjects into their constituent elements and to demand of shelving books in a library _ Although in his subsequently formulate and formalize through his "facet resulting classification system, first published in 1935 formulas" the statements about subjects found in books and revised and enlarged in 1940-1953, the different and other kinds of documents that we find this new kind aspects for each area were also shown diagrammatically of qualitative mathematics expressed that Leibniz had (according to the philosophy, science, history and tech been looking for. It consists in the rules for the "devices" nology/art points of view), he generally rearranged the which he introduced as general representatives of the two-dimensionally displayed fields mostly on one hier notational elements that would have to replace the archical level only, this for the sake of brevity of nota concepts of the subjects in question. tion and of the resultant easier shelving of books. Ranganathan's approach to classification was thus entirely His real contribution to classification theory consisted different from all previous ones. Although an analytical in the fact of having put library classification again into and combinatorial approach to classification may already closer contact with the philosophical principles of classifi be perceived in the systems of Dewey (especially through cation, e. g. with the conceptual foundations of class the generating of the UDC by P. Otlet and H. LaFontaine), formation, division and partition. is also fair to state, It of C. A. Cutter (1837-1903),l. D. Brown (l862-1914) however, that Bliss did not himself discover and formulate and H. E. Bliss, Ranganathans system differed from the a great number of new concepts in classification theory. others above all in that he did not work with preestab Looking back from our present-day vantage point we lished, ready-made classes to which titles had to be related must even state that the real, visible contribution Bliss but rather created the classes of books only at the made with his three aforementioned books, was the most moment at which a book was analyzed according to the fruitful inspiration he gave to the Indian classificationist conceptual elements of its subject and synthesized accord Ranganathan. ing to the rules of his discipline-bound facet formulas. But this also means that the number of classes generated 3. Ranganathan, father of modern classification theory by this system may equal the number of books in the library concerned if its holdings are diversified enough 1937 In his "Prolegomena to library classification" of since two books can only then be said to belong to 'one (lO)S_ R_ Ranganathan (1892-1972) describes this and the same class if they yield the same syn thesis. situation most vividly. Once he could not find sleep in the night; a friend advised him to read something for Among all of Ranganathan's many new ideas and the distraction. Ranganathan had the three Bliss volumes on multitude of new classification concepts created by him his desk and hitherto had not found the time to look into (and often most picturesquely expressed), what three them. So he followed the advice of the friend. But in things can be regarded as his major contributions to stead of finding sleep he could not stop reading until he modern classification theory? had fi nished all of them. He was fascinated by the idea First of all he introduced the three distinct levels on of writing a theoretical background for a classification which classificationists ( :::designers of classification sys system, and he was motivated at the same time to write tems) and "classifyers" work. These levels are down such a theory of his own, the theory of the Colon the so -called 'idea plane', the level of ideas, concepts Classification as presented in his famous "Prolegomena ... ". the 'verbal plane', the level of the verbal expressions This happend four years after the publication of the first of concepts (which may be varying with the language edition of the ce, then developed on intuitive grounds employed) only. Now, he formulated rules, and stated canons and - the 'notational plane', the level of the fixation of con- postulates, from which he derived his principles and cepts in abstract forms, such as signs (letters, numbers) introduced his so-called "devices" for the formationof conceptual representations on the theoretical level. This three-level-distinction helped considerably to clarify what may be regarded as the object of the science of Before becoming a librarian, Ranganathan specialized in classification: it is the single concept and its combinability mathematics, a subject he even taught at Madras Univer to represent the knowledge of man about the objects of sity. Through his theoretical approach Ranganathan can his world that - ever since Ranganathan's new approach perhaps be said to have mathematized classification. But to classification - may be regarded as the characteristic 86 IntL'rn. ClassificaL 3(1976) No. 2 Dahlberg - Classification theory element of classification systems. It presupposes the Bibliography as well as in all the other information services availability of natural language expressions for its descrip which have already adopted his system. tion (verbal plane) and uses notations for its representa tion in a semiotic fonn. S. Research in concept relationships Ranganathan's second contribution to modern classifica As soon as one began to consider classificatory structures tion theory is his analytic-synthetic-approach to the from an analytical point of view - as made possible by identification of subjects. This implies that every classing the conscious construction of facets on the basis of con of a document requires an analysis of its title or a descrip cept categories - one also realized the necessity of a clari tive statement about its content in terms of the concepts fication of categorial elements in classification systems. forming the components of the science to which the One study must be mentioned here above all as the funda document belongs. After this analysis and subsequent mental text for further research: E. de GroZier's book "A ordering of these elements into the socalled facets (which study of general categories applicable to classification and are representatives of kinds of concepts in special fields coding in documentation", Paris 1960/62 (18). It con of knowledge), he was able to synthesize the elements of tains a detailed collection and presentation of all the these facets into combinative expressions forming the general categories of the major universal classification sys analytico-synthetically constructed class of a given topic tems as well as some special ones, either as represented in of a document. All of this had to be accomplished accord the auxiliaries or in the main classes. He also listed all the ing to the facet-formulas mentioned above with their proposals for syntactical elements which had been made generalized formula, the sequence of PMEST (Personality, in recent schemes as well as kinds of representatives of Matter, Energy, Space and Time). These served categories found in riatural language. a) for the representation of subj ects and About the time of this study by de Grolier in France b) for the ordering of the concepts of a given discipline another Frenchman, J. C Gardin and his group were into fonnal classes according to the categories occurring working on the construction of SYNTOL, the socalled in that discipline. SyntagmaticOrganisation Language which was to allow His third major contribution may be seen in the formula syntactical indexing with the help of a computer (19). tion of his 18 principles for arrangement of elements of In England, J. Fa rradane had developed already in 1950 facets in a repeatable manner, his 'arrangement rules' or his scheme of nine operators which were to serve as 'principles for helpful sequence'. These latter very clearly relationship indicators for the expression of his socalled outlined principles may also be regarded as one helpful "analet.s" (two or more concepts combined together by tool for the evaluation of classification systems. an operator to express a more informative statement about the contents of a document than just by a single 4. Ranganathan's influence term or by unrelated terms) (20). A fair assessment of Ranganathan's influencewould have In the United States, especially in the former Center for to consider much more of his work than just the contribu Documentation and Communication Research (CDCR) tions mentioned above, not to forget his Colon Classifica in Cleveland, research in the application of role indicators tion (11) itself, which may be regarded today as a model in the WRU-system for the indexing of metallurgical for a new universal faceted classification system. literature was undertaken, and pertinent devices were After World War II his system and the Prolegomena developed which later on influenced also the system of became more widely known in the West, particularly in links and roles propagated by the Engineers Joint Council England, where as of the late fifties the design of faceted (EJC) (21). classification systems for special fields of knowledge has And again in the United States, a philosophical scheme of become very common. about 108 relators was developed by J. M Perreault and When in the early sixties thesaurus development started published in 1965 (22). These relators were meant to to take shape, the English contribution to the modelling serve as syntactic elements together with the elements of of thesauri resulted in Thesaurofacet (15). any classification system. These faceted classification systems were constructed The crowning of all this development was a conference with and without facet formulas, citation formulas. In on relational factors in classification, organized by J. M. general, this contribu tion of Ranganathan was regarded Perreault in Maryland, June 1966, with contributions as too inflexible a limit for the expression of subjects. from all the aforementioned authors, including Ranga B. C Vickery 's proposal (16) for a standard citation order nathan (23). On this occasion, an encyclopedic study and allowed more flexibility and at the same time more gene correlation pf all kinds of relationships ind ications was rality. It contains the following elements: presented in a paper by D. Soergel (24). But no solution Thing/Part/Property /Process/Operation/ Agent to the problems of conceptual relationships was found at this conference. As de Grolier stated: "We still need The discussion about these problems still has not come further research" (23, p. 396). to an end. The questions connected with an orderly syn tactical display of phrases for the expression of subject At most centers fu rther research was stopped in this field, contents of documents went also in to D. Austin's free chiefly on account of the fact that computer processing language-indexing system, called PRECIS. He uses a of literature was becoming less expensive and faster every number of Role Operators (17, p. 92) for the identifica year and many started to believe in automatic indexing. tion of syntactical elements of his phrases and their repre Also, some studies, especially those by Sinnett (25), Mon sentation in the subject index of the British National tague (26) and Lancaster (27), seemed to prove that the Intcrn. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Dahlberg - Classification theory 87 use of syntactic devices was not very helpful in coordinate phrases, they are not restricted to either one of them, a indexing. fact already noted by D. Soergel (31). In the fo llowing we shall give some examples of the kinds of relationships However, with the masses of documented literature still mentioned: growing, there is today a noticeable and increasing dissatisfaction with the poor kind of information which genus-species relationships: many large data bases are furnishing. On the basis of I) which theory would better retrieval results become objects kinds of objects kinds of kinds of objects feasible? trees fruit trees apple trees, pear trees nut trees walnut trees, hazelnut trees Thanks to the construction of documentation thesauri 2) whole-part relationship: and the conscious determination of relationships of concepts, as well as to some new research in analytical whole parts concept theory (28), (29), we can perhaps claim to have tree roots, stem, branches, leaves etc. arrived by now at a better understanding of the nature 3) opposition relationship: of concepts. This concept theory implies that concepts height - depth, numeric - non-numeric, are the labelled syntheses of true statements made on objects of thought, with the statements - the predications 4) functional relationship: - leading to the recognition or separation of the charac donation - gift - wedding teristics of concepts which may also be regarded as the typing - paper - conference elements of concepts. Relationships between concepts can thus be stated by the common possession of certain One may easily see that these kinds of relationships have characteristics in different concepts. The well-known majority occurrences with special kinds of concepts, thus kinds of relationships, such as e. g. the the genus-species relation usually occurs with concepts genus-species relation denoting objects or abstractions, although it occurs also partition relation (whole/part relation) with concepts denoting processes and properties; the opposition relation partition relation also occurs mostly with obj ects, since functional relation these may be separated into their parts. Of course this may now be explained (that is, with the help of this relationships is also applicable in such cases as e. g. the theory) on account of the elements of concepts, their partition of a field of knowledge into its component set of intensional characteristics. Also, the categories to facets; the opposition relation may be detected mostly which concepts belong may be determined by the very with concepts denoting properties, and the fu nctional last predication possible about a given object of thought. relation mostly with concepts denoting actions or pro Thus, according to the ultimate form categories of their cesses and their necessary or facultative complements. characteristics one may distinguish between the hllowing This latter fact, however, is also the reason why this kinds of concepts: relationship occurs more often in the syntagmatic - object-related concepts arrangement of concepts in a phrase than in the hierarchies - phenomenon-related concepts of the paradigmaticarrangement of a classification system. - process-related concepts The number of complements in a given phrase, expressing - property-related concepts the functional relation might be extended to comprise - relation-related concepts any fu rther information necessary or possible, e. g. about - dimension-related concepts special conditions, about the purpose of an action, about as well as combinations of these among each other. With the reason for something, the agent, about the place and these categories the intellectual tool for the organisation the time. Usually the necessary amount of such comple of concepts in a general systematization of knowledge ments is determined by the valence of a special verb in elements as well as in any of its given subject-fields is the predication of a phrase, a statement, a subject; the available. facultative amount depends on the given circumstances With this analytical concept theory it is also possible to which may be mentioned to give the information in explain the socalled "paradigmatic"and "syntagmatic" question some more concreteness. It is therefore also relationships in classification, which were introduced by possible to construct the fo rmula for a citation order on J. C. Gardin in analogy to the understanding of these other new grounds: it is no longer necessary anymore to terms in modern lingusitics (30). The paradigmatic rela demand that such a fo rmula should start with the more tionships were understood as those existing in classifica concrete concept and end with the more general one, as tion systems, the syntagmatic ones as those occuring in e. g. by beginning with theob jects/things and by putting the phrases composed of elements of classifications sys "time" as the "most general concept" at the end. The tems for the description of contents of documents. concepts as they are represented consecutively in a state ment about a subject of concern rather follow the pattern Both of these kinds of relationships may now be under that is given by the structure of a passive-voice sentence stood as depending on kinds of concepts and their special with the object in the first pOSition, the predicate in the kinds of relationships; the paradigmatic one occurring following and the possible complements in the positions with concepts in genus-species, whole-part and opposition thereafter. With the indications of space and time thus in relation, the syntagmatic one occuring with concepts in the very last positions of a statement the utmost possible fu nctional relation. concreteness and individuality of a statement or an infor Both kinds of relationships may occur in classification mation may be attained. Usually the overall amount of systems as well as in free or faceted kinds of classificatory the complements of verbs is limited 88 Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Dahlberg - Classification theory a) to the "natural" valence of the verb in the predicate in now acquired the instruments which enable us to evaluate question ("the functionality" of the characteristics of existing classification systems, to state what exactly has its concept) been wrong or right, and to recognize how classification b) to the required manner of forming and extending systems could be improved. statements to comprise the necessary details of infor� I went through a very encouraging experience recently mation in a given case. when, at the end of the course on classification theory held at the Brazilian Institute of Information in Science 6. Necessary consequences of the concept theory and Technology (lBICT), Rio de Janeiro, I could examine outlined the results of the term papers. The assigrunent had been On the basis of the research described above we are to make a comparative analysis of existing universal today in the position to apply the principles of concept classification systems (DDC, UDC, LCC, BC, CC) in one organisation in varying ways in the recognition, construc� field of knowledge (28 different fields had been investi· tion and use of classification systems. To sum this up gated) (33). The analysis was to be both quantitative, briefly we may thus say that classification theory today regarding numbers of classes on different levels of abo is understood to comprise straction and the location of their terms in the different 1) the recognition of the concept as the material element systems, and qualitative, regarding the kinds of relation· of classification systems ships found as well as the kinds of arrangement rules 2) the application of an analytical concept theory for the applied. After this analysis each student was to propose explanation of concept relationships as structural ele� a new faceted classification for the field in question ffients of classification systems with a citation order for the sequencing of the elements 3) the use of concept·based statement structures for the of a classificatory statement (the classate). The proposed representation of knowledge or information systems were - in part - worked out excellently. It may and we may at least see three consequences following thus be assumed that with the application of the prin· from this new theoretical approach to classification, since ciples established and with the help of trained subject we may use it specialists it will be possible to elaborate new classifica· 1) for the evaluation of existing classification systems, tion systems that will not only be more flexible, and 2) for the construction of new systems with predictable thus rendering better service in the expression of new groupings and arrangements, knowledge but also be more readily acceptable to the 3) for the formalization of statements about the contents professional world. of documents. New research should now be directed towards Such statements may also be searched consistently either 1) analyses of concepts, especially of concept combina· manually or by computer on the basis of pre determinable tions sentence structures. 2) analyses of verb valencies in different languages and in different subj Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Dahlberg - Classification theory 89 archical structure principle (34). If nature itself thus (15) Aitchison, J. et al: Thesaurofacct. A thesaurus and faceted seems to lise hierarchical fa cilities for its processes, why classification for engineering and related subjects. - should these principles then be abandoned in our macro· Whetstone, Leicester: The English Electric Co. 1969. XXV, 491 p. scopic world of knowledge structures? Why domany (16) Vickery, B. C.: Classification and indexing in science. 3rd infonnation systems still continue to use undefined and ed. London: Butterworths 1975. 228 p. unrelated index terms for subject analysis? Should we (17) Austin, D.: An indexing manual for PRECIS. In: Intcrn. really waste our time and capacities with such inferior Cia"ificat. ! (1974) No. 2, p. 91-94. (18) Grolier; E. de: A study of general categories applicablc to tools only because of the inadequacy of the existing old classification and coding in documentation. Paris: Unesco classification systems? For the sake of - and thus hOllv 1962. 248 p. During today and at this conference - the contributions (19) Cros, R. c.; Gardin, J.-c., Levy, F.: L'automatisation des to mankind by Melvil Dewey whose system has helped recherches documentaires - un modele general 'Ie Syntol'. on a worldvwide basis to improve access to knowledge, Paris: Gauthiers-Villars 1964. (2nd cd. 1968). 260 p. (20) Farradane, J. E. 1.: A scicntific theory of classification let us now strive toward a better understanding and appli· and indexing and its practical applications. In: J. Doc. 6 cation of the principles of classification. (1950) p. 83-99. (21) Hyslop, M.: Role indicators and their use in information searching-relationships of ASM and EJC systems. In: Parameters of Information Science. Amer. Doc. Inst. Ann. References: Meeting 1964. p. 99-107. (22) Perreault, 1. M.: Categories and relators: a new schema. In: (1) Samurin, E. I.: Gcschichte der bibliothekarisch-bibliogra Rev. Int. Doc. 32 (1965) No. 4, p. 136-�144. Also in: phischen Klassifikation. Bd. I und II. Mtinchen: Verlag Perreault, J. M.: Towards a theory for the UDC. London: Dokumentation 1967. 404 + 781 p. (Transl. from Russian. C. Bingley 1969. p. 119-148. Russ. Orig. 1955-1959). (23) Perreault, J. M. (Ed.): Proceedings of the Intern. Sympo (2) Shields, C. W.: Philo sophia ultima or Science of the sci sium on Relational Factors in Classification. Univ. of ences. Vol II: The history of the sciences and the logic of Maryland, 8-11 Junc 1966. In: Inform. Storage and the sciences. - New York: Ch. Scribeners Sons 1889. Retrieval 3 (1967) No. 4, p. 177-410. 482 p. (24) Soergei, D.: Some remarks on information languages, their (3) Flint, R.: Classification of the sciences. In: Presb. R. 6 analysis and comparison. In: Inform. Storage and Retric\ (1885) p. 401,435, 7 (1886) p. 486-536. val 3 (1967) No. 4, p. 219-291, 62 refs. (4) Richardson� E. c. : Classification. Theoretical and practical. (25) Sinnett, J. D. : An evaluation of links and rolcs used in in 3rd ed. Hamden, Conn.: Shoe String Press 1964. XVIII, formation retrieval. Wright-Patterson Air Force Basc, 228 p. (reprint). Ohio 1963. AD 432 198. (5) Dahlberg, I.: Grundlagen universaler Wissensordnung. (26) Montague, B. A.: Testing, comaprison and evaluation of Miinchen: Verlag Dokumentation 1974. XVIII, 366 p. recall, relevance and cost of coordinate indexing with links (6) Ampere, A.-M.: Essai sur la philosophic des sciences, ou and roles. In: Parameters of Information Science. Amer. exposition analytique d'une classification naturelle de Doc. Inst. Ann. Meeting 1964. p. 357 -367. tOlltes les connaissances humaines. Partie 1-2. Paris 1834- (27) Lancaster, F. W.: Some observations on the performance 1843. of EJC rolc indicators in a mechanizcd retrieval system. (7) Bliss, H. E.: The organization of knowledge and the system In: Spec. Libf. 55 (1964) No. 10, p. 696-701. of the sciences. New York: Holz 1929. 433 p. (28) Dahlberg, I.: Zur Theorie des Begriffs. (Towards a theory (8) Bliss, H. E.: The organization of knowledge in libraries. of the concept.) In: Intern. Classificat. l (1974) No. 1, 2nd ed. (1st ed. 1933). rev. and partly rewritten. New York: p. 12-19. In English slightly rev. and extended to appear H. Wilson 1939. 347 p. in the proceedings of the FID/CR Conference, Bombay, (9) Bliss, H. E.: A system of bibliographic classification. India, Jan. 1975. New Ymk 1935, 2 (1940-1953). (29) Dahlberg, I.: Ubcr Gegenstande, Begriffe, Definitionen und (0) Ranganathan, S. R.: Prolegomena to library classification. Benennungen. Zur moglichen Neufassung von DIN 2330. 3rd cd. Bombay: Asia Publ. House 1967. 640 p. In: Muttersprache 86 (1976) No. 2, p. 81-117. (11) Ranganathan, S. R.: Colon Classification. Madras-London: (30) Gardin, J.-C.: Free classifications and faceted classifications; 1933. 2 (1939), 3 (1950), 4 (1952), 5 (1957), 6 (1960). their exploitation with computers. In: Athcrton, P. (Ed.): rcprint 1964. 28 + 124 + 172 + 126 p. Classification Research. Proc. 2nd Intern. Study Conf. (12) Schepers, M.: Begriffsanalyse und Kategorialsynthese. Zur FID/CR.EIsinore,Denmark.Copenhagen: Munksgaard 1965. Verflechtung von Logik und Mctaphysik bei Lcibniz. In: p. 161-168. Akten des Intern. Leibniz-Kongresses, Hannover 14.-19. (31) Soergel, D.: Dokumentation und Organisation des Wissens. November 1966. Bd. III, S. 34-49. Wiesbaden: F. Steiner Berlin: Duncker & Humblot 1971. 380 p. (here p. 315-). YerL 1969. (32) Diemer, A.: Studien zur allgemeinen Ordnungslehre. L In: (13) Schepers, M.: Lelbniz Arbeiten zu einer Reformation der Intern. Classificat. 1 (1974) No.2, p. 61-68. Kategorien. In: Z. philosoph. Forsch. 20 (1966) p. 539- (33) Dahlberg, I.: Classification Theory Course in Rio de Janeiro. 567. In: Intern. Classificat. 3 (1976) No. 2, p. 103-104. (14) Frege, G.: Begriffsschrift, eine der arithmetischen nach (34) Eigcn, M., Winkler, R.: Das Spiel. Naturgesetze steuern den gebildete Formelsprache des reinen Denkens. Halle: Vcrlag Zufall. Miinchen-Zurich: R. Piper Vcrlag 1976. 404 p. L Nebert 1879. (here p. 99). Please note that the index to volumes I -3 of International Classification is added to this number: pp. 131 -134 of this issue. 90 Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Dahlberg - Classification theory which were cut down to only 51 in the Danish version. It was inaugurated in 1900 by Andreas Schack Steenberg in his book "Folkebogsamlinger" (Public Libraries). He J. B. FriiswHansen was in favor of the "American invention", although Danish School of Librarianship, Copenhagen commenting that this mechanical way of a decimalized break-down of the universe of knowledge resulted in "uneven libraries", with e. g. the library 100 'Philosophy' Library Classification Systems being very small as compared with the one for 900 'His tory, Geography and Biography'. in Denmark In the introduction to DKI the decimal philosophy was accepted, but the original class 900 was reduced in the corresponding Danish class 90 to comprise history and biography only, with geography being moved to class 40 and linguistics being despelled from there and chain ed to literature as an adjoining discipline. The latter ope FriiswHansen, J. B.: Library classification systems ration, it was argued, had already become standard shelv in Denmark. ing practice in American libraries. In true "Cutter spirit", In: Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2,p. 91-93 future expansions were envisaged. Report about the development of the classification system for public libraries in Denmark, the "Danish Committee work on DKI was started in the years shortly Dewey" and its five editions since its first one in before the first world war with the DKI itself being pub 1915, as well as brief outline of more recent devel lished only in 1915. On the Committee were some of the opmen ts concering subject cataloguing and coopew most prominent library pioneers of that time, including ration between the Danish public libraries and the Thomas Dessing. It was decided that two fi gures would research libraries. I. C. be sufficient in the base number for the purpose of classifying the then very small book-collections of the scarce Danish public libraries. This characteristic of the system has been retained through the five editions. The 1. Introduction system was published originally by the State Inspector The use of library classification systems in Denmark is ate for the public libraries, that is, DKI (1915), DK2 closely related to the facts of library organization in our (1929), DK3 (1942) with the latest two editions DK4 country. As libraries fall into several worlds of some (1954) and DK5 (1970) being published by the Library similarity, but are far from being totally unified while Bureau which is the institution authorized by Danish also having to serve different clienteles - as e. g. research public library legislation to publish this classification and university libraries, special libraries and documentaw system, willch all government-subsidized public libraries tion services, public libraries, school libraries - the develw are required to use. opment of library classification systems has not been co In 1929 the second edition was launched by the Com ordinated and cooperation in classification has been mittee. By now, Iibrarianship and libraries were f10UTw attained only to a certain degree. ishing to such an extent that the system could offer The UDC has been in use in technical and related special optional lengths in the notation, according to the differ libraries for many years, the Dansk Central for Dokuw ing sizes of the collections to be classed. Alongside with mentation at the Technical University Library being the the book-numbers, this idea of expansitivity was the Danish link to the FID. An interesting new development "gift" from that other great American: Charles A. Cutter. is the use of the UDC in two newer Danish university Several changes were introduced in this edition, especi libraries (Roskilde, Aalborg) whereas older Danish uni ally in class 30 - Social Sciences and in class 60 - Tech versal libraries have developed their own universal syw nology. stems or adopted and adapted other systems. Special Thirteen years later - in 1942 - the third edition ap libraries not using UDC have in some cases preferred peared, bigger in size and in number of pages. The num especially elaborated systems, fit for special disciplines. ber of subject headings had likewise been enlarged with The most widely used system is the Danish Decimal a view to the centralized cataloguing started in the late Classification System (an illegitimate daugther of thirties with the establishment of the Danish Bibliograph Dewey's), in librarians' slang acronymically named DKl, ic Office, now renamed the Library Bureau. Tills instituw DK2, DK3, DK4 and DK5, indicating at the same time tion also supplied printed cards for the public libraries, also the five existing editions. This is the system in use as well as bibliographic aids for librarians and library in public libraries, in school libraries, in the collection of users, and it initiated an extensive use of the services of Danish books at the Royal Library, Copenhagen, at the specialists, who cooperated as consultants in the classing Teachers' School Library, in the Danish National Biblio of books, in terming subject headings and in developing graphy and in other links in the chain of national biblio the DK-system. graphic publications. The fourth edition of 1954 brought no major changes in the schedules and was largely an updating. 2. five editions of the Danish Dewey The Work on the fifth edition was started in 1959, when it Our Danish Dewey emanates from the 7th edition of the was felt that the system was in need of some thorough Dewey Decimal Classificationof 1911, the 800 pages of overhauling work by a committee, owing to the fact that Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Friis-Hansen �- Library classification Denmark 91 the old system was not only a bit out of fashion but had The unusual conservatism observed had its explanation also great difficultiesin properly accomodating such new in the centralized classifica tion of books, periodicals and subject fields as cybernetics , infonnation science, com� newspapers at the Library Bureau. puter science, etc. The necessary reclassifications seemed rather disquieting, although better search possibilities on the shelves, in the A decisive question for the Committee to solve was that catalogues and in bibliographies were the reward of the concerning the aim and scope of the new edition: should new edition. A new Classification Committee was appoint its main purpose be shelving, should it serve also as an effective search instrument in library collections or ed immediately upon the dissolution of the old one. This should it even have purely bibiographic search qualities? Committee was to see to it that alterations in the system A mixture of these three demands had been observed for would be carried out as soon as manifest changes inside many years so as to ensure that each book would always or between disciplines were discovered, thus avoiding have the same address wherever it would appear. As this that libraries would ever again have to face such a burden question was rather controversial with nobody being able of reclassification as was the bitter harvest after the appe to predict the possible effects of a change, it was decided arance of DK5. However, such minor alterations as were to uphold the tradition of having one system for all three published were not welcomed by the libraries which were purposes. DKS got more refined classes but mostly so on badly in need of a more tranquil period and had had an empirical basis. The guiding principle had alway been quite enough of reclassification. not the change anything just for the sake of better logic; any inconsistencies detected should be allowed to live on. 3. New ways for subject cataloguing irritating reclassifications had to be avoided since they would not make anybody happy, neither the borrowers, Since World War II classified catalogues have gradually who would neither care nor know, nor the librarians, gained ground against the dictionary catalogues. They who would know but not care. Only the committee are now the only way to subject approach in Danish members, having discovered the inconsistencies, might public libraries. This fact has led to big organizational possibly rejoice, but who cares about their happiness? gains and eliminated all individuality in library cata logues. The centralization mentioned above was work The work on the new, the fifth edition lasted for 10 ing well. The loss of the alphabetical approach was, how· years; the democratic procedure of the committee being ever, regretted by some. In 1974 a Subject·Catalogue partly an excuse for the slowness. Besides the several Committee was organized by the Library Bureau with specialists acting as consultants the committee had organ the object of recommending procedures for computer . ized a background corresponding group consisting of ized subject catalogues for public libraries as well as for representatives from 30 public libraries. This group de· school libraries. Alphabetical and systematic indexing voted itself not only to the solution of problems of a methods were to be examined for both off·line and on more difficult nature such as the conservation of the line searches. A separation of shelving systems and clas basic philosophy of the system and the amount of re sified catalogue systems was to be discussed. Coopera classification to be tolerated, but also to more detailed tion possibilities with research and special lib raries and questions of fu ndamental interest such as the question the possible international exchange of bibliographical of how to avoid interference with the search procedures data were also to be investigated. All the members of the in a long line of bibliographies which would be inter· DKS committee were appointed members of the Subject· rupted by too vehement and radical alterations in the Catalogue Committee also and in addition two representa schemes and by too harsh decisions. tives from the Council of the Danish Research Libraries soon joined the group - a historical event, since this When DKS was finally published the number of its clas meant the first official cooperation between public and ses had grown to more than 3000. Among other things, school libraries on the one hand and research and special this was due to the fact that almost all classes had been libraries on the other hand in the historyof Danish Ii· compared with the newest editions of Dewey, the UDC, brarianship. the Swedish SAB·system and various other systems in It was soon felt that a survey of the literature on classifi· order to keep abreast with or even a little ahead of the cation and indexingsystems was badly needed, as well as foreseeable acquisitions of our public libraries. The main an evaluation of different classification systems versus structure, however, had been preserved. indexing systems. A joint interest in a common subject Since there had been also representatives from research indexing system was soon apparent, but unanimity in a libraries on the Committee, the possible use of thisclassi joint classification system �eems to be still a matter of fication in research libraries with open shelves was discus the very distant future. The many years of work with sed. Such libraries would, however, need more extended the DK in public and in school libraries as well as in the classes and more flexibility, and the enumerative system bibliographies have cemented it in the minds of many would have to be changed into one with combination librarians. facilities. Although the extension was not agreed upon, In Danish special libraries and in the aforementioned synthetics were allowed to creep into the precincts of university libraries the UDe is in use, although with the system; auxiliary tables were discussed but introduc some modifications. A real UDC-committee was estab ed only in a very embrionic way, namely only the 05 for lished only this year, however. It will be very useful in periodicals. The basic structure of the general subdivision offering cooperation possibilities among UDC-users in table is shown together with the introduction to the Denmark. It may become the forum for a follow·up of edition. a recommendation set forth by another committee, 92 Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Friis-Hansen - Library classification Denmark which was appointed by the Council of the Research Lib raries in Denmark in 1972. This recommendation advised to look for a classification system that would Mogens Weitemeyer be suitable for the demands of the research libraries. The Royal Library, Copenhagen The UDC, being considered as the system that with the least endeavors and with the least elaboration could be fitted to the purpose if it was available in a Danish edition, came Qut as the winner. Which way to "Shared At present the situation regarding classification in Den� Classification"? A Danish View mark is in the state of a draw. Hopes for a common clas� sification system exist, and much thought is being given to the possibilitiesfor its realization. The American Dewey is entering the discussions, too, since it is provid ed on the Marc tapes and since it possesses the peculiar Weitemeyer, M.: Which way to "Shared Classifica extra merit of not being used by either kind of library tion"? A Danish view. in Denmark. Since it is the ancestor of both of the sy In: Intern. Classificat. 3 (1976) No. 2, p. 93-96 · stems in use it may have some chances. Report on the results of an investigation to clarify Cooperation regarding the index to DK5 and a future 1) which classification systems are in use in other UDC also seems to be something very desirable. So far, countries than Denmark meeting some preestab however, the doors are open to any new development. lished criteria and 2) how much of the Danish classi fication data is preclassified on available magnetic tapes and in which classification system. Data for the use of the systems are shown as well as the percentages for language distribution of foreign literature in Danish research libraries. Discussion of new trends which may lead to use of a rough classification supplemented with subject headings. Available in Spring 1977 I. C. in reprinted edition 1. Introduction Evgenij Ivanovk Samurin Geschichte der bibliothekarisch The following is a summary of the main points of a report, delivered in December 1975 to the Danish bibliographischen Klassifikation Advisory Council for Research Libraries on the use of (History of Library-Bibliographical Classification) international classification systems in Denmark (1). It had been preceded by two other reports of 1967 and 1972 respectively. In the 1967 report the UDC, DDC and Band 1: Vom Altertum bis zum Beginn des 19. Jah, hunderts (From antiquity to the beginning of the LeC were investigated and evaluated with reference to a 19 th century) new university library's policy for shelving and cataloguing. Band 2: Das 19. und 20. Jahrhundert (The 19th and The UDC was recommended in very cautious terms. It 20th century) was realized that use of an 'international' system would result in the acceptance of rules or notations that seemed 19 77. Reprint the edition 19 69. Vol. 1/11 in one of superfluous and in a lack of rules of notations of national volume. XXXII, 1186 pages, 12 illustrations. Cloth appr. DM 16 0.00. In German. and local value. The notation of the UDC seemed to mini mize these problems, chiefly on account of its combina In view of the structural diversity to be found in the torial structure (2). In the 1972 report on administrative subject catalogues of German libraries one is conscious requirements, the following five criteria were considered of the urgent need fur standardization, for a classifica basic for a general classification system : tion system commensurate with the present state of 1) universality the various branches of learning, resulting in the op 2) possibilities for Danish influence on the system timal exploitation of library stocks. 3) internationality This study by the internationally well-known Soviet 4) a system already known in Denmark library scholar E.!. Samurin provides an historical 5) possibilities for a subject index survey on the develop ment of classification systems from antiquity to the present day. By critical exami Classification data (notations for a classed item entered nation and evaluation of material at hand as also of on a bibliographic description, as e. g. the MARC format his own personal experience, he gives practical sug descriptions) were only touched upon in an appendix to gestions for the establishing of a subject catalogue. the report in which the codes on exchange tapes were mentioned. At the time of the report it appeared that the USA, England, Sweden and France would all use the UDC. VERLAG OOKUMENTATlON, Publishers This would have meant that roughly 60 % of the Danish 0-8000 Miinchen 71, P.O.B. 71 10 09 research libraries accessions of foreign books would have Federal Republic of Germany been preclassified by the UDC. This aspect was of course Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Wcitemeyer - "Shared Classification"? 93 most convincing for administrators. It depends of course countries. The focus has now been shifted: the problem on the actual availability of such classification data. does not lie with the advantages or disadvantages of the classification systems but with the possible availability of R. E. Coward's 1970 remarks (7) on conversion possibili classification data according to one of these systems. ties from UDC to other systems (but not vice versa) are perhaps still correct, but if the UDC is not used exten What RolfKluth called "shared classification" can be sively on bibliographic data exchange tapes there is not both - a national and an international activity. For inter very much to convert. national use either an international system would be Regarding criterion 2) above - the question of Danish necessary or a conversion mechanism from a national to influence on the system would be restricted to local an internationalsystem (and vice versa). It is vital however, topics and special disciplines. Regarding criterion 4): - to know which classification data are available or will be it is possible that a system similar to systems in use (e. g. in the near future. the Dewey Decimal Classification) would be regarded as 3.2 National bibliographies sufficiently fa miliar. The printed editions of national bibliographies are the 2. The 1975 Report: Exchange and "Shared Classifica first obvious source of classification data. , tion . A revision of the information in G. Pomassls Synoptic Until recently descriptive cataloguing was the major area Table (9) according to the material received in this in for exchange projects. It is only now that the problem of vestigation indicates that the national bibliographies that international exchange of classification data is receiving use UDe are: Belgium, Finland, Hungary, Luxembourg, so much attention that we should begin to discuss the Portugal, Rumania and Yugoslavia. topic of "shared classification"l. These bibliographies are unlikely to assume a significant The fiow of cataloguing data is now (or will be in the position as suppliers of classification data to Danish re near future) centralized through national agencies. In a search libraries. more distant future the flow of classification data may 3.3 Classification data in MARC form be decentralized through libraries with special responsi Another source of classification data are the available bilities in different countries. national bibliographies on tape. Ifwe consider those that [n 1972 it seemed that the UDC would be given preference are or will be available in computer readable form in the by USA, England Sweden and France. Now, however, it next years, we will get an entirely different picture. The appears that the DDC has assumed the dominant pOSition following figure shows this clearly; in all of the cases the for use in national bibliographies. In order to acquire a 18th ed. of the DDC has been applied: better picture of the systems actually in use at present in England... other countries and of any changes planned for the future, 1950 r- , a questionnaire was sent out, in which data were requested DDC 1 , on both classification and indexing systems. The investiga ta actually , Classification da tion centered on systems used in libraries (research. spe used or planned in connection with Harc-distribution cial and public) as well as in national bibliographies. It , was intended to clarify the following two aspects of the , problem: , , I) which systems are in use that meet the criteria set up , by the National Advisory Council's Classification Com I , mittee 2) how much of our classification data is pre classified on magnetic tapes for exchange, and in which classifica tion systems. I , Eleven countries replied to the questionnaire: Belgium. 1969 USA Bulgaria, England, Finland, France, the Netherlands, r;Dcir:cc I Norway, Sweden, Germany (FRG), USA and USSR. 1970 �' There were also replies from the Federation Internationale Lee de Documentation (FID). 3. Results from the investigation 3.1 Classification systems and classification data 1975 NeilL ", �,£I!n� "rM The systems used in libraries in foreign countries vary f'U 1976 DDC i, n o widely. Because of the great disparity in size and number I DD SA DlK: 1977 Finland GeTUl8.ny of libraries per country and the widespread use of indivi I . . I , , , --'-�U� tm dual or national systems. it would be a distortion of the ------� 'Lee"" international picture to put too much emphasis on the UDC None fact that UDC has a leading position in a number of �� Dewey, 18th ed. 1) This expression was coined by Rolf Kluth in an unpublished Fig. 1: Availability of classification data on computerized paper. national bibliographies since 1950. 94 Intern. Classificut. 3(1976) No. 2 Weitcmeyer - "Shared Classification'''! The Library of Co ngress Classification (LCC) is used by documents; however, of the remaining 40%, 20 % is USA and England, which means that classification data available without classification data or with non�interna is supplied for almost all of English literature since 1970. tional ones. The UDC will only be available for about 3 %. This situation may change some time, but it is unlikely The Dewey Decimal Classifica tion (DDC) is used on that the figures will rise above 10-·15 %. Even if France MARC records from USA, England and Norway and may would add UDC numbers to its entries, this would bring probably be implemented on the tapes from France and UDC only up to about 20 %; it would, however, have no Sweden. effect on the 60 % DDC data since France would retain The Universal Decimal Classification (UDC) will only be the Dewey numbers, if only because of the French public supplied by the tapes from Finland. libraries. Germany's national bibliography has been computerized A possible German decision to lise UDC numbers as well ever since 1965; however, it does not carry any classifica� as the Einheitsklassifikation on magnetic tapes from the tion data according to any of the international systems. Deutsche Bibliothek would increase the UDC data to about 35 %. As far as f can see, West Germany might just 4. Language distribution of foreign literature in Danish as well choose the DDC. research libraries It is thus very obvious that the decisions of some major The collection size of foreign language literature in Danish countries with regard to the use of an international classi� research libraries will presumably vary with the subject fication system do have a considerable influence on the areas involved. The libraries with heavy humanistic·phi· administrative planning of some smaller ones. lological collections will probably exhibit a more varied language picture than the technical and natural sciences 5. Distribution of classification data libraries. A practical bibliographic information net must be In order to clarify the ratios of the language distribution capable of delivering cataloguing data about titles easily a count was taken in the 1973 and 1974 edition of the and quickly. The UNIMARC standardized exchange Danish Union CMalogue for Books (Accessionskatalogen) format has been developed for the purpose of using the 90 000 which comprises about titles per year. The foreign data in automated national bibliographies as they appear. language literature is distributed as follows: In addition to the cataloguing data, classification data % 1973 1974 could be distributed in the same way. Countries using a DDC special classification system could add to their machine English 52.7 48.7 readable exchange edition also the data from an interna� NOlWegian 2.3 2.8 tional classification system. French 7.4 8.8 It is expected that a MARC network will be set up in the Swedish(? ) 5.4 4.7 course of 1977-78 to channel the bibliographic data 67.8 64.8 appropriate for exchange. Classification data available could be used directly or via conversion. Conversion UDC mechanisms and correlation tables between national and & Spanish international systems would have to be worked out. Potuguese 0.8 0.8 1.4 1.4 Other/No system The present use of the different classification systems, German 19.4 22.8 not in the last place of the UDC could be made much (12) Italian 1.5 2.6 more effectice by such an exchange system. The Russian 4.8 4.1 possibilities should be examined both from a technical Other 5.7 4.7 and an administrative point of view. The FID or the existing MARC Network Committee should be interested 31.4 33.8 in this. 100.0 100.0 6. New trends? If the Belgian and Swiss French literature (estimated at 2 %) is registered under UDC as well as within the group Which theory or tendency may indicate in which direction "other" (including Finnish) the figures will be: one should look to find a more suitable solution for the subject analysis and representation than via the existing DDC 65.8 62.8 classification schemes? There are trends bearing some UDC 8.5 7.7 relevance to this question that should be pursued, as e. g. Other/no 25.7 29.5 the necessity to keep track with the constant restructuring 100.0 100.0 of scientificdisciplines, which leads to constant revisions of classification systems and thus to collisions with the Comments on the language distribution of foreigu administration of libraries. Might a simpler location sys literature tem, perhaps together with a rough classification, become The figures show that UDC and Other/No systems make the preferred solution? Its hierarchy need not be very up about 40% (the Swedish figures are added here), detailed, but it should be thoroughly supplemented with whereas DDC alone covers about 60 %. subject headings. In machine readable form the classification data is In the Anglo-Saxon countries systems of subject headings available for nearly all of the 60 % of the DDC classed supplementing classificationdata - either LCC or DDC - Intern. Classificat. 3 ( ' )76) No. 2 Wcitcmeycr - "Shared Clas-<;ification"? 95 have long been in use. When the British National Biblio graphy tried to expand the DDC with verbal subdivisions, they laid the basis for a verbal form of the Dewey number, the "Dewey-feature". It contains information for use REPORTS with subject headings. Library of Congress Subject Head· AND COMMUNICATIONS ings (LCSH) does not reflect the LCC always, but PRECIS might be employed together with LCC as well as with DDC. The DDC Allerton House Conference The combination of classification data together with subject headings as a solution of future problems in the Sponsored by Forest Press and the Graduate School of Danish library world is not a new idea. R. Molgaard-Hansen Library Science, University of Illinois at Urbana-Cham recommended this already in November 1965 by propos· paign the 21 st Annual Allerton Library Institute was ing a combination of UDC and subject headings for the devoted to the topic "Major Classification Systems: the university library of Odense (2). Dewey Centennial". It took place Nov. 9-12, 1975 in Monticello, Illinois, with an attendance of almost 100 The recent attempts towards establislunent of an interna participants. The following ten lectures were presented tionally acceptable system, the Broad System of Ordering and discussed: C. David Batty: Library classification: (BSO), were only briefly mentioned in the Danish Classifi· 100 years after Dewey. Jo hn P. Comraromi: The historical cation Report of October 1972. Though it is not as yet development of the Dewey Classification System. Margaret known to what extent if any, the system may gain E Co ckshutt: Dewey today: an analysis of recent editions. acceptance, the basic idea corresponds to the present Mary Ellen Michael: Dewey today: The United States and trend toward less detailed systems with either verbal or Canada; a sUlVey of users. - Joel C. Downing: Dewey notational extensions according to special systems. At today: the British and European scene. - Gordon Steven any rate, it seems that increased efficiency might be son: The Library of Congress Classification scheme and its achieved for subject access, be it by combination of relation to Dewey. - Peter Lewis: Factors in the selection classification data and subject headings or by using classi of a classification scheme for a large general library . - ficationdata and conversion mechanisms between differ John Rather: Bibliographic searching by classification in ent classification systems. an automated system. - Derek Austin: The role of index I t remains for the Danish libraries to fu rther investigate ing in subject retrieval. -Paule Rolland·Thomas: The role the use offoreign classification systems regarding both of classification in subject retrieval in the future. notational and subject indexing (verbal) representation of document contents, wether for direct use (DDC) or for conversion from one system to the other (DDC to UDC European Centenary Seminar on the DDC and vice versa). An indeXing system will selVe our purposes September 26-30, 1976, Banbury, Great Britain: too, especially if it is applicable to both DDC and UDC, 40 librarians from 18 European countries and the United as is the case with PRECIS (13). States met on occasion of the 100th anniversary of the References: publication of the first edition of Melvil Deweys Decimal Classification (DDC). Just days of celebration and comme· (I) Wcikmeycr, M.: Klassifikationssystemer og klassifikations moration? By no means! data i udlandet 1975. Copenhagen 1976. 56 p. (2) M6Igaard-Hansen, R.: UDC, DC, and LC in compctition Users exchanged experience. Practitioners of different on the domain of the university library. In: Tidskrift for colors became acquainted with the editor of the DDC, Dokumcntation 24 (1968) No. I, p. 12�,I6. Ben Custer of the Library of Congress. He and the pub· (3) Wcitcmcycr, M., Ticdjc, A.: Rapport til overbibliotekaren, Odcnsc Univcrsitetsbibliotek. Trc klassifikationssystemers lishers (Forest Press) endeavored once again to determine muIige anvendelighed. Odense 1967. the future commitments of the DDC in an international (4) Foskett, A. c.: The subjcct approach to information. library community, in which effort they sometimes seem London 1969. 310 p. ed to be looking ahead to the nex t hundred years of Deci· (5) Gutachten zur Frage cincr Einheitsklassifikation fUr die mal Classification! Bibliothcken dcr Bundcsrcpublik Deutschland. Berlin: Blichereiverband. Arbeilsstelle flir das Blichereiwesen 1972. In addition to a few orientation addresses, e. g. by R. K. 152 p. "" Bibliothcksdienst BeUlcft 78/79. Gardner on the use of the DDC in North America, the (6) Maltby, A. (Ed.): Classification in the 1970's. London seminar had three thematic centers of interest, namely: 1972. 269 p. (7) Coward, R. E.: MARC Intcrnational. In: Libri 21 (1971) (I) Cooperation in the library field between Washington p. 132. and London (i. e. between the USA and the UK) in the (8) Salomonsen, A., Wcitcmcycr, M.: National bibliographies fu rther development of the DDC and the preparation of a and automation. Bibliographies nalionalcs ct automation. new edition - a cooperation which, as is well known, came Intermarc Group. Copcnhagen, May 1975. 32 p. about only in the past 10 years (papers by R Sweeney, (9) Pomassl, G.: Synoptic table concerning the current national Downing, B. Custer). bibliographies. (If LA). J and (10) Flcischer, D.: Am. Kollotjuium Einhcitsklassifikation in (2) Problems of the translation of the DDC into other Frankfurt am 3. u. 4. Oke 1974. In. Bibliothcksdicnst languages and in particular of its transposition and trans (1974) p. 544-548. posability into other civilizations: the question at issue (II) Schultheis, J.: Dic doppclt noticrtc Einhcitsklassifikation. here was the practical application of the DDC in countries In: Buch u. Blichcrci (1975) p. 68 ·69, 72. (12) Rigby, M.: Computers and thc UDC. A decade of progress. and cultures presenting non-negligible differences from The Haguc: FID· 1974. 108 p. (=FlD 523). conditions in the USA and Great Britain (papers by G. (13) Austin, D.: PRECIS. A manuaL London 1974. 551 p. Guillien, M Pelletier, and C. Rovira). 96 Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Reports and Communications (3) Possibilities and limitations of the DDC in the age Within, as well as without the Anglo-American world the of electronic data processing (papers by D. Anderson and DDC is known and relatively widely used as a universal D. Austin). classification for independently appearing literature. The A few impressions of the seminar and certain results from question thus presents itself whether within the frame the papers read and discussions held are highlighted in the work of the interchange of bibliographic information in following. machine readable form the DDC will soon be accepted as the language-independent code par excellence for the On an international level the DDC has been meeting with exchange of information - or whether it can be intro increasing interest in the past few years. This is due to duced as an inofficial standard within an international several factors, first and foremost to the much�applauded bibliographic communication system. Dorothy Anderson 18th edition of the classification, which appeared in 1971. at first gave a cautious answer to this question ("The But strictly speaking it is not so much this one edition DDC could be a practical choice") and in the further which justifies special confidence in the DDC but rather course of her address even adopted a positive stand ("Lets the pennanent staff in the Library of Congress, who give make use of it = the DDC)!"), in which connection she not only short-term but also medium and long-term atten ( was thinking primarily of utilizing the DDC for the pur tion to the Classification, and an equally important factor poses of selection and choice of literature: libraries uti is the excellent cooperation between this staff, the Ameri lizing MARC tapes were interested in "extracting" from can Library Association, the (British) Library Association the host of titles presented each week the ones relevant and the publishers! The 18th edition, too, is a product of for them. This requires: thiscooperation - one of whose other products is the subject information on each title announced, fact that the British National Bibliography has been using information on the intellectual level (the question of the DDC since January 1971 without modifying it in any " how to denote the intellectual level on MARC tapes is way (as it used to do up to 1970). The "history of the already being considered in the committees and other DDC from the 16th to the 17th to the 18th edition un bodies concerned). mistakably reflects the efforts to let all disciplines (both D. Anderson of the sciences and of the humanities) share equally in A sober appraisal will tell us, however, that all fu rther development and in "continuous revision". This actually advocated was that in the international exchange does not exclude a total reshuffling (with the continuity of bibliographic data the title entries on magnetic tapes principle than taking second place only) of specific divi should be accompanied by the corresponding DDC num Sions, such as happened some years ago with "Law" and bers to a greater extent than has been the case so far. In "Mathematics". There are not a few librarians who are view of the huge amount of time and effort involved in willing to credit the Library of Congress classification with getting the unification and standardization principle accep "greater stability" but the DDC with greater "topicality". ted in the field of descriptive (meaning: alphabetic) cata And the importance of such topicality for the DDC is loguing, there was hardly a one among the participants in clear from the way in which the DDC defines itself, the seminar to succumb to the utopian idea, that the DDC namely as a means might really find worldwiderecognition and that within for shelving the freely accessible books of a library (the the foreseeabl, fu ture a uniform application of this sys purpose of presenting books to the user), tem, acceptable to all countries, might be achieved. for arranging titles in a printed bibliography, e. g. in a Derek Austin spoke on the subject "The DDC and Auto national bibliography. mated Subject Retrieval". He had fo und the DDC class The favorable wind which the DDC is riding at present is numbers to be of some value for evident from its numerous translations, particularly of the retrieval of literature on larger subject fields the abridged edition. An unabridged French translation (interest fields), of the 18th edition of the DDC appeared in 1974 as the the elimination of non-relevant literature (class marks result of several years' cooperation between French and as negative discriminators). Canadian librarians. A complete Spanish translation is in After the motto "A knife is not a proper tool to eat soup" preparation and is to appear in 1979. Evidently, it is al he warned, however, against demanding too much of the ready being most eagerly awaited in Latin America! DDC. He advised against any modifications of DDC per The translation of the DDC has given - and is still giving formed for the purpose of converting it into a universal - rise to various problems, which were presented during documentation language ; such attempts, he said in sub� the seminar and discussed in detail. Sample quotations stance, might spell the end of DDC.Austin thus made a from this discussion read (in substance) as follwos: plea for the retention of the largely e-iIumerative construc Pelletier and Rovira: The 18th edition is more inter� tion of Deweys Decimal Classification, which he delimited nationally oriented than fonner editions were. Yet at the same time - though not in so many words - from even the 18th edition does not in fact present truly the UDC. international schedules. Regrettably there were also some questions which were Pelletier: In countries outside the Anglo-Saxon world, not answered at all or not satisfactorily at the seminar. politics, law and administration should be suitably For example: adapted. a) Can a situation be achieved whereby Washington and Custer: We can't feel completely responsible for other London will soon arrive at a largely uniform practice cultures. in classification according to DDC? It seems pointless Anderson: National ex tensions of the DDC seem to be to speak of "shared classification" unless the British necessary to meet the needs of users in different coun Library adopts for the books appearing in the USA tries and different social environments. the DDC numbers assigned by the Library of Congress, I ntcrn. Classificat. 3 (1976) No. 2 Reports and Communications 97 with the latter conversely accepting for the literature Toussaint, G. T.: Recent results on generalized informa� published in the UK the DDC numbers selected by the tion measures and their relation to probability of British Library. The quality of the cooperation and misclassification. agreement between Washington and London in this Carayannopoulos, G. L. et a1.: Feature selection, classifi field should logically serve as an indicator for the cation and evaluation of Radar signature. changes of international cooperation on a larger scale Forsen, G., Zoracki, M.: Interactive image processing. (in the field of exchange of subject infonnation). Kanal, L. et al: Hierarchical classifier design using MIPACS. b) The British National Bibliography sometimes attaches Mezzich, J. E.: Empirically evaluating cluster analytic more than one class number to one title, whereas the approaches. Library of Congress always attaches just one class Aldenderfer, M. S., Blashfield, R. K.: A survey of the use number. Will one arrive at a common understanding of cluster analysis in scientific research. to attach Lorr, M.: The virtues and limitations of Q-factor analysis. a "main entry" class number (the preferred number), Woodbury, M.: A generalized ditto algorithm for initial as well as fuzzy clusters. "added entry" class numbers (optional numbers), if Ruspini, E.: Fuzzy clusterring as an optimum mapping desirable? between metric spaces. c) The "map of knowledge", said P. Quigg in Banbury, Bezdek, J.: Feature selection for binary data with fuzzy bears more resemblance to a weather map than to a ISODATA. geographic one. For a library with meticulously arran� Johnson, L. L.: Graph theoretic analysis of the Auguas ged stocks according to the DDC this means that it Verdes Industry of Northern Chile. must develop a concept on how it is going to deal Aldenderfer, M.: Inter-site relationships in the highlands with such older literature as was acquired many years of Ethiophia: the use of cluster analysis for hypothesis ago and classified according to earlier DDC editions. generation and verification in archaeology. Here we are confronted with an eminently practical Lankford, P. M.: The interface of classification and plan problem for which there are several solutions requiring ning. the expenditure of different amounts of efforts and Cahoon, L. et al: A multi-dimensional statistical procedure funds. This subject was given too little attention, a fact which must be termed amazing - firstly, because the for spatial analysis. Guttenberg, A. Z.: The definition and classification of DDC (fortunately) follows the overall development of land use regions. human knowledge at not too great a distance in time, Eisenbeis, R. A.: Pitfalls in the application of discriminant and secondly, because the delegates assembled in Ban analysis in business, finance and economics. bury were mainly librarians. Goldstein, M.: An overview of multinomial discriminant The conference was analysis. generously sponsored by Forest Press, Inc., Albany, Broffitt, J. D. et al: Rand procedures in partial and forced NY. (a division of the Lake Placid Education Found - discriminant analysis. tion), and Bryant, E., Dodge, A. G.: Forest type mapping using very well organized by the (British) Library Associa LANDSAT data. tion. Haralick, R. M.: Texture ton� analysis of image data. A printed report on the seminar will probably be made Lee, J. C.: Inference on the Eigenvalues. available in 1977 by the Library Association and/or by Harris, R. J.: The invalidity of partitioned U-tests of in Forest Press. Ullrich Fellmann dividual roots in Manova and in canonical analysis. Srivastava, J. N.: Multivariate search models. Goodman, K. C. L. et al: An experimental computer Classification Society Conference, USA based system for the selective dissemination of diabe tes-related literature. The Seventh Annual Meetings of The Classification So Strauss, J. S. et al: Use of the Biplot for the classification ciety, North American Branch, were held at the Univer of psychiatric disorders. sity of Rochester, May 23-25, 1976 with about 60 parti Brennan, T., Huizinga, D.: A review of classification in cipants, more than half of which (36) presenting papers delinquency and social deviance. in the following topical sessions: (I) Classification oflarge Phipps, J. B., Dewdney, A. K.: On the most different document collections, (2) Pattern recognition, (3) Com classifications of the same set of entities. parative methodology, (4) Fuzzy clustering algorithms, Matula, D. W.: Advances in k-linkage cluster analysis. (5) Applications, (6) Discriminant analYSiS, (7) Multi Day, W. H. E.: Flat cluster methods based on concepts of variate analysis and its applications, (8) Theory. The connectedness. fo llowing papers were presented: Diday, E. : Representation and clustering. Small, H. G.: Structural dynamics of scientific literature. Hartigan, J. A.: Significance tests in clustering. Cannone, F. J., Bearman, T. C.: An application of cluster Carroll, D.: Non-spatial and hybrid scaling models. analysis to the study of overlap of abstracting and A concluding panel discussion "Consumer report on indexing services. cluster analysis packages" involving J. Rohlf, H. Friedman Salton, G.: Fast automatic classification systems for in and R. Blashfield was meant to critically discuss cluster formation storage and retrieval. analysis programs and to describe their availability. The Yu, C. T.: Automatic pseudo-classification. banquet talk was given by Alexander Woodcock on "Ca Lainiotis, D. G.: Adaptive pattern recognition: a survey. tastrophe theory". 98 Intern.Classifica t. 3 (1976) No. 2 Reports and Communications Classification and Phylogeny national and international tradeand since promotion of terminological work means promotion of human under This was the topic of the Sept. 29, 1976 meeting of The standing and development. Classification Society, European Branch at the Univer 1. Translation and terminology sity of York in Heslington, York, England. The problem M,. Forgues Mr. Tc hirikoff, to find new approaches for the classification of organisms and of the United Nations was treated in the following lectures:D. Boulter: Problems Division of Translation, New York, and of the Section and progress in use of amino acid sequence data in plant of Terminology and Documentation, Geneva, respect phylogenetic studies. - F. A. Bisby: The evolutionary im· ively, dealt with problems encountered by translators plications of discordance between diffe renct character within international organizations. Given the nature of sets in high plants. - P. H. A. Sneath: Methods of distin· the UN, documents must be translated without delay in guishing reliable indicators of phylogeny. - A. Parker a number of languages, and the corpus of the UN termin F. ology is thus evolved in the translation services by trans Rhodes: Taxonomy and evolutionary status. - A. 1. Cain: The difficulty of inferring phylogeny. lators themselves rather than by trained terminologists. The Commission of the European Communities on the other hand, as Mr. Goffin, Head, Terminology Bureau, Brussels, reported was in a much better position since Colloque Intemationale de Terminologie, terminological research as sllch was carried out to quite Paris, June 1976 an extent. Persons to be hired as terminologists first have The Association Fran,aise de Terminologie (AFTERM), to pass examinations for translators. established a year ago, is to fu lfill the following tasks Mr. Pare, Director of the Banque de Terminologie, re with particular emphasis on the French language : ported on experiences gained at the Universite de Mont to organise a permanent inventory of terminological real, and stressed the interdependence of terminologists work in order to establish a terminology documenta and translators, and the valuable contribution both tion bank could make towards standardization of terminology. to collect and classify terminological data prepared Mr. Sliosberg, President of the Societe Fran�aise des by specialized organizations Traducteurs Paris, too elaborated on the difficulties, to facilitate exchange between terminological organi translators were due to encounter in our rapidly chang zations ing world. Mr. Zareba, Director, Department of Method to encourage preparation and publication of special ology of Teaching in French at the Institute of Romance ized vocabularies Philology at the University J agellonne, Poland, reported to support standardization of tenninology on their experiences with a phraseological French to promote the establishment of terminology networks Polish dictionary. to direct training of technicians and experts in tech 2. Science and terminology - technology nical French terminology and tenninology to promote methodological research necessary for - terminologicalwork Chaired by .f. E. Dubois, Director of Research, at the to ensure French participation in meetings dealing Ministere de la Defense, representatives of the Comite with problems of linguistics and tenninology. d'Etude des Termes Technique Fran,ais, Paris (P. Agron), of the Regie de la Langue Fran,aise (RLF) Quebec With these tasks in mind, AFTERM convened a meeting (M Forget), of the Conseil International de la Langue in Paris - La Defense, June 15-18, 1976 which was Fran,aise (CILF), Paris, (H faly), and of the Bureau attended by more than 300 experts from 15 different National de l'Information Scientifique et Technique, countries. (BNIST), Paris (f. Michel), emphasized the importance The papers and subsequent discussions focused on the of carefully selected and well defined technical terms fo llowing topics: fo r science and technology, and for the humanities. Translation and terminology These problems became particularly evident with regard Science and terminology - Technology and termin to the French language since the greater part of scientific ology literature originates in languages other than French, Documentation and terminology - Linguistics and primarily in English. For this reason organizations such terminology as CILF and RLF, respectively, have started elaboration Terminology data banks of vocabularies for particular fi elds in order to meet the Terminology networks most pressing needs. In the opening session the tone was set by the addresses Standardization and regulation of terminology were of R. Frontard, Director General of the Association brought to the fore by the Director of AFNOR, MR. Fran,aise de Normalisation (AFNOR) Cloutier, Mini· F. Fr antaI'd, and the representative of the Tekniska Nomen stre des Affaires Intergouvemementales du Quebec, klaturcentralen, Sweden, Mr. HeYlll11. C. Pelletier, Canadian Ambassador in France, and eh. Scrivener, Secn�taire d'Etat au pres du Ministre de l'Eco Increasing importance of terminological word banks for nomie et des Finances (Consommation). world-wide communication was stressed by speakers from the CEC (A. Reichling), from the RLF, (M. Forge t), The inaugural speakers stressed the necessity fo r a con and from Siemens (H -P. Bl7l11old). certed effort of all concerned, be it on the national or international level, in order to improve communication 3. Terminology and its relation to documentation in all fields, since unambiquous communication is at the Problems of terminology of information and documen base of scientific and technological research as well as of tation and measures undertaken so far were discussed by Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Reports and Communications 99 Ms. F. Cestac of the Union Fran�aise des Organismes de The meeting as a whole represented as well-rounded Documentation (UFOD), Paris. Ms. M. MOlireali of the report on the state-of-the-art of terminological work in French Oil Institute Rueil - Malmaison illustrated vari the "francophone" countries. ous aspects of bibliographic research such as fo rmation The presence of members of government, both from of search words (truncation). France and Canada, confirmed the fa ct that terminology Other relevant linguistic research strategies, particular has become a matter of great importance not only for lexicological and lexicographical issues were discussed experts immediately concerned with terminology (such by A. Ya nez of the Centre de Documentation de l'Arme· as translators, terminologists, documentalists) but also ment, Ministere de la Defense, Paris, L. Guilbert, Direc fo r those involved in policy making; in a way, termin tor of the Centre d'Etude de la Neoiogie Lexicale, Paris, ology has become a political affair. and A. Rey, the Editor·in·chief of Robert dictionaries, Similar endeavours (as undertaken by AFTERM) for Paris. other languages or language groups are recommended. Convergences and divergences of thesauri and terminolo Magdalena Krornmer-Benz gies were discussed by J. Maniez, Institut Universitaire de Technologie, Dijon. 4. Terminology data banks Moscow Meeting of ISOjTC 37jWG I "Principles of In a spectacular demonstration of direct interrogation of terminology" word banks in Europe and Canada - the high· light of the meeting the following terminological data bases were At the fifth meeting of the Technical Committee 37 tapped for infonnation on specific technical terms, their "Terminology(principles and co-ordination)" of the context, existing definitions or foreign language, equi International Organization for Standardization (ISO) valents, or wether it was a standardized term, a neolo in Vienna in June 1974, we 1 "Flinciples of termino' gism, etc.: logy " was set up. From 27 to 30 September 1976, WG the Bundessprachenamt [Federal Office of Langu· 1 held its first meeting at the Vsesojuznyj Naucno·Issle· ages] in HtirthjK6ln (presented by K. F. Berner), dovatel'skij Institut Teclmiceskoj Informacii, Klassifi· kacii i Kodirovanija (VNIIKI) in Moscow, one of the AFNOR's base NORMA TERM, Paris (Ms. J. Laurent) the Banque de terminologie du Quebec (J. ·C Corbeil), specialized institutes of Gosstandart, the Soviet member the CEC, Luxembourg (A . Reichling), of ISO. VNIIKI also holds the Secretariat of ISOjTC 37j the Banque de terminologie de I'Universite de Mont WG 1. real, (F. Le Quellec and M. Fare). At this meeting representatives of Austria, Canada, There, on the big screen in the Salle des Nations of the France, Germany, Poland and of USSR were present, Tour d'Europe, experts witnessed a demonstration which altogether 16 persons. - surpassing technical obstacles - still illustrated the 1. Report of TC 37 amount of work that has to be undertaken on the In the report of TC 37 Secretariat it was pointed out standardization level, particularly as regards unified that the terminologicaland lexicographical principles data exchange fo rmats. Moreover, diacritical marks, prepared by TC 37 represented a very important tool essential fo r many languages, cannot just simply be left for the unification of terminologywork in the world. out without jeopardizing fu ture exchange of termino For this reason they are recommended for application logical data. in the world information network UNISIST which is It has to be kept in mind, of course, that each one of being developed by Unesco and in particular in the net· these word banks existing was conceived out of a parti work of terminologicalbodies which is developed by the cular need and is to fulfill particular requirements. International InfOlmation Centre for Terminology (In· Questions of compatibility are, therefore, also questions foterm). Infoterm functions within the framework of of funds and will have to be tackled carefully . UNISIST. Nevertheless, awareness of these problems is there, and The scope of WG 1 was defined as follows: collaboration between French-speaking countries is "Standardization of methods for setting up national under-way, certainly representing the beginning for an and international terminologies and of methods for exchange of terminological data on a international level. co-ordinating such activities with the exclusion of 5. Terminological networks lexicographical methods." Work has already been undertaken on the national level, 2. Revision of ISOjR 1087 "Vocacu/ary of terminology" in France, via CYCLADES, as reported by L. Pouzin of WG 1 decided to review ISOjR 1087. The revised version the Institut de Recherches d'lnfonnatique et d'Automa of R 1087 should include concepts and terms used in tique Rocqucncourt; on the European level, EURONET, documents prepared by TC 37 with their definitions, as described by J. A. Bachrach of the CEC, Luxembourg, plus generic terms necessary to construct the system of on the "francophone" level, as described by I.-D. Gen concepts. In addition it was decided to include a revised dron and on the international level by H. Felber, Direc version of document 37 N 200 "Chapter 4. Vocabularies tor of Infoterm, who reported on a plan concerning a and dictionaries". The revised version of R 1087 will be world·wide terminology network (infoterm·net) and published as ISO Standard if accepted by TC 37 and ISO possibilities for its realization. member bodies. The Secretariats of ISOjTC 37jWG 1 M Bruguiere, Rapporteur of the Haut Comite de la (VNIIKI) and ISOjTC 37 (Austria) will co·operate in Langue Fran�aise summarized the results of the Colloque. preparing a revised version. 100 Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Reports and Communications 3. Revision of ISO/R 704 ''Naming principles" nounced in the same manner as in the original lang� WG I decided to review ISOjR 704. The Secretariat of uage. WG I will prepare a draft revised version of R 704 which As Annex 3 of document 37 N 268 the development of will be submitted to WG I for comment. the idea of an international "key to terminology" is The revised version of R 704 will be published as ISO given from 1934 until today. Standard if accepted by TC 37 and ISO member bodies. It is also mentioned that work on such a key has been 4. In ternational key to tenninology going on for some time in the Austrian Standards Institute. On the instigation of a Swedish specialist via letter of the After discussion WG I decided that TC 37 Secretariat Swedish Standards Institution to Austrian Standards In should prepare a Working Document intended to be in stitute the TC 37 Secretariat prepared document 37 N cluded as Annex in a draft revised version of ISOjR 860 268 for discussion at the Moscow meeting in which the "International unification of concepts and terms". TC 37 nature of the key to terminology is described under item Secretariat should invite specialists in the field of the 2.6.2 in the following way: internationalisation of terminologies via the members of "The international key to terminology is a compila� TC 37 in order to join this work. tion of word elements (� roots and affixes) and rules 5. Revision of ISO/R 860 "International unification of necessary for the correct fo rming af international concepts and terms" terms. " WG 1 decided to review ISOjR 860. The Secretariat of The most important features of the key to terminology TC 37 will prepare a draft revised version of R 860 with are: an Annex "Key to terminology" mentioned above which (I) The key to terminology is not designed to satisfy will be submitted to WG I for comment. The revised ver philological interests but to meet the needs of termin� sion of R 860 will be published as ISO Standard if ac alogists. cepted by TC 37 and ISO member bodies. It equally serves as a basis for tenninologies in Ra� 6. Terminology of signs and symbols mance, Germanic, Slavic and other languages, even WG 1 postponed the decision on undertaking a new task far constructed languages such as Esperanto. "Terminologyof signs and symbols" to the next WG 1 (2) Word elements are primarily arranged according to meeting until the German Draft Standard DIN 2338 concepts, i. e. in classified order; alphabetic order is "Begriffssystem Zeichen" [System of concepts for signs only secondary. and symbols] is translated into English and French. (3) The frequency of word elements has to be taken into 7. Task Group on ISO Technical Vo cabulmy (lTV) account and to be marked. Thus, rating of synonyms will be possible, i. e. selec� WG I considered the preparation of the lTV very im tive use of the key. portant for diffusion and application of standardized Tlus is the only way to teach the key to terminology, terminologies. For this reason TC 37 Secretariat will set i. e. step by step. up a Task Group of experts within TC 37 for giving advice to the ISO Central Secretariat in undertaking (4) Word elements have to be written in the same way such a project. as Latin today. This spelling has been maintained in HehnutFelber the most complete way in French and English. (5) Word elements are presented in a standard form showing no national peculiarities (prototype form). Bibliothekarische Ausbildung in Sacherschlieflung Based on strict rules the standard form can be trans� (A library classification training program) formed (= transposed) into national variants. Am Bibliothekar-Lehrinstitut des Landes Nordrhein (6) For easy learning and practicing of the key to termin Westfalen in Kaln liegt dem Fach Sacherschlieflung ology an internationally unified prononciation is innerhalb des sechssemestrigen Studiums fUr Diplom� assigned to the Latin type prototype form s. Appro Bibliothekare an Offentlichen Bibliotheken seit 1970 priate proposals for a "continental prononciation" folgendes Lehrkonzeptl zugrunde. are available. (7) International words which are not Latin type terms A. Lehrziel are admitted in the key as "ethnic forms" (ethnic VermiUlung von Theorie und Praxis der wichtigsten Er� type terms) without modification. They are pro- schlief�ungsmethoden unter Berticksichtigung ihrer An� This manual presents a compilation of rules for the formal recording of documents in the fie ld of literary documen� tation, which have proved themselves nationally and internationally in practise. The manual is specially conceived for the practitioner and is so designed th at it can be used by the conventional documentation centres as also by ,those centres that have already been converted to mechanical processes. Leitfaden fOr die formale Erfassungvon Dokumenten in der Literaturdokumentation Von Christiane Hitzeroth, Dagmar Marek und Isa MOiler unter Mitarbeit von Cornelia Hafner, Marianne Knarr, Beate Metzler und Christa Seeger 1976. IX, 493 Seiten. Format DIN A. 4. Leinen DM·20,-. ISBN 3-7940-7002-X Verlag Dokumentation , Publishers, POB 71 1009, D-8000 Munchen 71 , Phone (089) 79 89 01 Intl'rn. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Reports anct Communications 101 wendung in deutschen Universalbibliotheken sowie der 4. Schlagwortmethode und analytische Literaturerschlie Tiitigkeiten von Diplom-Bibliothekaren an bffentlichen flung Bibliotheken. Diese spezifisch bibliothekarische Ausrich 4.1 Geschichte und Typen der Schlagwortkatalogisierung tung schlieflt jedoch nicht aus, dafl auchdie unkonven 4.2 Verhiiltnis der Schlagwortmethode zu anderen Er tionellen, insbesondere in der Dokumentation gebrauch schlieflungsverfahren lichen Erschlieflungsverfahren zu den Lehrinhalten ge 4.3 Schlagwortgebung: Sprachliche Form, Schlagwort h6ren. arten und -verweisungen, Vorzugsfolgen bei Schlag wortketten B. Studienorganisation 4.4 Standardverzeichnisse und Regelwerke: Vergleich der Entsprechend der geltenden Studienordnung2 gliedern Schlagwortinstruktionen der Universitlitsbibliothe sich die Kurse in das obligatorische Grundstudium vom ken Edangen, Berlin, Dtisseldorf - ETH Ztirich - 1.-6. Semester und in das der fakultativen Spezialisie bsterreichische Modellrichtlinien u. a. rung dienende Wahlfachstudium zwischen dem 3.-6. 4.5 Sonderformen: Biographische u. geographische Kata- Semester. Das Grundstudium umfaflt fUrdie Sacher loge schlieflung insgesamt 110 Einzelstunden, davon 80 in 4.6 Methoden der analytischen Literaturerschlieflung Vorlesungsform und 30 fUr praktische Ubungen. Die 5. Thesaurus und andere Indexierungsmethoden unter C. 1-6 aufgeftihrten Hauptkapitel des Vorlesungs 5.1 Definition und Entwicklung der Thesaurusmethode programms entsprechen jeweils dem Lehrstoff eines Se 5.2 Struktur, Formen und Erstellung eines Thesaurus mesters. Fiir die Seminare und Kolloquien des Wahlfach 5.3 Thesaurusmodelle: TEST, Thesaurofacet, DK-The- studiums gilt die Belegung von 60 Einzelstunden als Min saurus destzahl. 5.4 Gegentiberstellung: Thesaurus und Klassifikation 5.5 Bibliothekarische Sacherschlieflung und EDV C. Abrifldes Vodesungsprogramms fUr das 5.6 Computereinsatz in bffentlichen Bibliotheken am Grundstudium Beispiel der Katalogmodelle der "Arbeitsgemein schaft Kommunale Datenverarbeitung Nordrhein 1. Einftihrung in die bibliothekarische Sacherschlieflung3 Westfalen" 1.1 Begriffund Funktion der Bibliothekskataloge 5.7 Maschinelle Registererstellung: KWIC- und KWOC 1.2 Hauptformen der konventionellen Sacherschlieflung Verfahren 1.2.1 Systematischer Katalog - Systematische Aufstel- lung - Reader-jnterest-arrangement 6. Facettenmethode - Vereinheitlichungsbestrebungen 1.2.2 Schlagwortkatalog - Schlagwortindex - Kreuz in der KlassifIkation katalog 6.1 Polyhierarchische Klassifikationen 1.2.3 Thematische Erschlieflungder Schonen Literatur 6.1.1 Ranganathan und die Colon-Classification 1.3 Organisation des Erschlieflungssystemsbff entlicher 6.1.2 Facettenklassifikationen der Classification research Bibliotheken group 1.4 Katalogbenutzerforschung und Benutzerschulung 6.1.3 Methodik der Facettenanalyse 1.5 Uberblick tiber die Einteilung von Ordnungstypen 6.2 Einheitsklassifikation flirdeutsche Bibliotheken (Informationsrecherchesprachen) 6.2.1 Entwicklung der Vereinheitlichungsbestrebungen (1884-1945) 2. Theorie und Terminologie der Klassifikation 6.2.2 Die " doppelt notierte" Einheits!�lassifikation 2.1 Definitionen und Typen der Klassifikation 6.2.3 Probleme kooperatixer Sacherschlieflung 2.2 Charakteristika bibliothekarischer Klassifikation 6.3 Internationale Standardisierungsbestrebungen 2.3 Geschichte der Klassifikation und des systematischen 6.3.1 Problematik universeller Ordnungsprojekte Kataloges 6.3.2 Entwicklung und Stand der UDC-Reform 2.4 Grundbegriffe und Bewertungskriterien fUr Universal- 6.3.3 Broad system of ordering (UNISIST) klassifikationen4 2.4.1 Inhaltliche Grundstruktur und Pfiege 2.4.2 Gliederungstiefe und -prinzipien D. Ubungsprogrammedes Grundstudiums 2.4.3 Strukturierungsmittel: Nonnung, Schltisselung u. ii. 2.4.4 Notationssystem 1. Einftihrung in die Methodik der Inhaltsanalyse, des 2.4.5 Zugriffs- und Gestaltungsformen: Index, Benut Klassifizierens und Indexierens. zungshilfen u. a. 2. Einordnung konkreter Literaturbeispiele anhand ver schiedener Klassifikationssysteme (siehe C. 3.1-3.3) 3. Vergleichende Analysen ausgewahlterUniversalklassi und Schlagwort-Regelwerke (siehe C. 4.4). Die ca. 30 fikationens (entsprechend den Kriterien bei 2.4) ObungsfaUe werden von den Studenten in unterrichts 3.1 Klassifikationssysteme deutscher bffentlicher Biblio freien Stunden anhand der in der Institutsbibliothek theken: Allgemeine Systematik ftir Btichereien (AS B) vorhandenen Materialien bearbeitet, die Diskussion - Systematiken der Stadtbibliotheken Duisburg und der gefundenen Ergebnisse erfolgt wiihrend der Hannover (SSD, SSH). Obungen. 3.2 Klassifikationssysteme und -methoden deutscher 3. Erarbeitung von Gesichtspunkten zur Erstellung von wissenschaftlicher Bibliotheken: Systematik der Uni Klassifizierungs- und Indexierungsregeln (unter Be versitiitsbibliothek Bremen - Mainzer Sachkatalog rlicksichtigung einer Normvorlage). (Eppelsheimer-Methode) - Systematischer Katalog der Bayerischen Staatsbibliothek (BSB). E. Seminare und Kolloquien des Wahlfachstudiums 3.3 International verbreitete Klassifikationssysteme: Aufbauend auf den im Grundstudium vermittelten DDC - UDC - LCC - BBK. Kenntnissen werden in diesen Lehrveranstaltungen vor 102 Intern. Classificat. 3 (1976) No. 2 Reports and Communications aHem spezielle bzw. kontroverse Themen von den Stu about classification, 8 had read one book, the rest be denten selbsHindig untersucht. Dafiir hier nur einige tween two and four books. Beispiele: Methoden der Terminologiearbeit zu klassifi The teaching program included the following topics: katorischen Fragen - Einheitsklassifikation und univer sale Facettenklassifikation - Untersuchungen zu GOLEM I. Aristotele's contributions to the theory of classifica und PRECIS - RegeIwerk zur Annotierung von Sach tion Iiteratur - Benutzerfreundlichkeit von Bibliothekskata- 2. A short history of library classification logen. Gisela Heinrich 3. An outline of concept theory (concept relations, concept categorization, etc.) 4. Definition theory Anmerkungen 5. Thesaurus and classification terminology 6. Approaches for the construction of classification Fili einen ausfiih.rlichen Be.richt Ube.r BegrUndungen und Er fahrungen zu dem vorgelegten Lehrp.rogramm siehe Heinrich, systems G.: Zur Didaktik und Methodik des Faches "Sache.rschlie 7. Arrangement rules for classification systems and Bung". In: Bibliothckarische Ausbildung in Theorie und methodology of fa cetting Praxis. Hrsg. von R. Jung und L. Sickmann. K61n 1975. 8. Notation - its significance, fu nction and typology S. 203-216. 2 VorJaufige Studienordnung flir Diplom-Bibliothcka.re an Of 9. Presentation, especially of the structure of the fe ntlichen Bibliotheken im Land No.rdrhein-Westfalen. In: fo llowing universal classification systems: Dewey Bibliothcksdicnst (1973) S. 97-101. Decimal (DDC), Universal Decimal (UDC), Library 3 Zu Beginn der Kurse werden zwei Bibliographien mit Hin of Congress (LCC), Bliss (BC), Colon (CC) and the weisen auf grundlegende Fachliteratur Onsgesamt 66 THel) new Russian BBK als vervielfiiltigtes Lehrmate.rial ausgegeben. 4 Als Lernmittel (in maschinensch.riftlicher Form) dienen ein 10. Application of these systems: classing topics, stages Terminologie-Worterbueh zur Klassifikation (25 Seiten) sowie in classing, classing versus indexing eine Kriterienliste zur Unte.rsuchung von Universalklassifika 11. 'Relational indexing'. Relationship indications used Honen (8 Seiten), die vom Dozenten zusammengestellt wur 12. Growth and formation of subject fields, citation den. 5 Von diesen 10 vorgesteUten Klassifikationen we.rden die DOC, order, fi ling order LCe und BBK sowie der Katalog der BSB lediglich kursorisch 13. History of classification in the last 20 years in UK, behandelt, wiiruend die Systeme Offentliche.r Bibliotheken France, Germany, USA, USSR und die UDC (siehe auch Punkt 6.3.2) eingchend analysiert 14. UNISIST efforts towards compatibility of classifica werden. Zur Vcranschaulichung diencn fotokopiertc Text auszUge aus Klassifikationen oder Demonstrationen durch tion systems and thesauri Tageslichtfolien im Overheadprojektor. AuBerdem stehen als 15. Organisation of classification on a national and inter- Lehrmaterial tabellarische Obersichten mit GegenUbe.rstelIun national level. gen der wesentlichsten Fakten flir die 10 Klassifikationen zur Three exercises were held during the course to control VerfUgung. understanding and to allow some practical experience with categorial analysis of thesaurus terms. As a fm al work a term paper with the following assignment had Classification Theory Course Rio de Janeiro in to be delivered: ·Since almost 6 years a Master Degree Course in informa "Comparative analysis of a special subject-field in diffe r tion science is offered by the Universidade Federal do ent universal classification systems and proposal fo ra Rio de Janeiro together with the former !BBD and now new stmcture of this field. !BICT (Instituto Brasileiro de Informa,ao em Ciencia e Tecnologia) since March 1976 under the direction of Task: Select a special subject-field in which you feel to Dr. Jose Vencovsky. Among its three semester program have some knowledge and interest. It should not com fo r altogether 19 courses two are devoted to indexing prise more than - say - 3-5 hierarchies with perhaps and thesauri and one to the theory and systems of classi altogether 30 to 50 subdivisions. Examine and describe: fi cation. The latter one had been held for this year's master degree program (Mestrado) from Aug. 2 - a) its form of presentation in the DDC, UDC, LCC, Sept. 10, 1976 in Rio de Janeiro at the !BICT-Building, Bliss and CC if possible or at least in three of these systems (with a quantitative analysis of the classes for 28 very interested students in 54 hours altogether. (Former courses were given by J. Mills (1972) and and terms fo und and a diagrammatic display of the A. G. Brown (1974). source of each term). A first survey on the expectations of this course - for b) Analyze the structures (facets) and material relation which the knowledge of the English language was prere ships in the groupings and in the arrangement. Name quisite - showed following special interests: the arrangement rules you find applied. 4 wanted to get a general overview about the concerns c) From all the concepts you find in your selected field of classification in the different systems try to construct a new faceted 12 expected something about the theory of the struct classification. Define the principles used. Establish ures of classification systems also an alphabetical index to it. 8 wished to receive methodical advice for the prac d) Show in about 5 examples, how your system can be tical elaboration of classification systems and applied to class titles of documents. How can the 4 hoped to learnhow to teach classification them concepts from your facets be combined in a consistent selves. way to fa cilitate what is called "citation order/filing A request for the previous knowledge in classification order"? revealed that six students had not read any book as yet The paper should have a length of 15-20 pages." Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Reports and Communications 103 The results of these term papers have been very satisfy elements in classification systems; they also showed that ing indeed. They are summarized in short as fo llows: the single structures of the systems investigated were In Table 1 a compilation is given of the quantiative analy not always as bad as deemed. The newly proposed ses of the number of relevant classes fo und in different systems of the students, mostly in beautiful fa ceted universal schemes referring to one subject-field(numbers order and even also useful citation order, however, very given are the sum of the classes on mostly three hier often lacked the suggestion of a correspondingly well archical levels)_ In each paper the classes have been organised notation. Here some more research will be "dissolved" into single terms; the sources fo r each term necessary to provide guidelines on how to adapt possible were displayed diagrammatically. In comparing the occur choices with necessary bases of notation for the diffe r rences of terms a new concept in the comparative analy ent cases in each field of knowledge. sis of classification systemswas created by one student: Most of those who had not had any experience in classi the "linguistic coincidence ratio" - being the percentage ficationbefore the course concluded with an excellent of linguistical identity in the English terms of a given mark, as did many others also. All in all the interest of field in different systems. just thismostly female group in the very abstract prob The qualitative analysis of the genus/species, partition, lems of the theoretical basis of classificationwas in opposition and fu nctional relationships as well as spiring and refreshing at the same time. May there be arrangement rules identified in the systems showed a more groups of this kind soon. clear understanding of these usually hidden structural Ingetraut Dahlberg Subject-field DDC UDC* LCC BC CC Logic 16 56 17 Nuclear and atomic physics 56 30 22 19 Astronomy 158 61 37 103 Animal husbandry 120 42 67 Agricultural soil-science 50 40 42 Food Technology 120 125 88 Cardiology 6 4 4 25 18 Psychiatry 19 54 21 4 Ophthahnology 38 65 18 Gynecology 20 12 144 109 Teaching methods 41 25 30 Higher education 22 15 59 9 19 Leisure 29 27 24 11 Cooking 33 25 146 4 Composite dishes 54 23 II Leather manufacture 70 24 14 Land transportation 47 8 18 Postal communication 19 26 42 Techn. processes in libraries 35 9 17 Printing 38 25 7 Secular vocal music 27 10 13 2 Musical instruments 38 46 33 Drawing 25 24 42 Painting 20 12 32 27 17 History of architecture 25 50 22 48 Theater 34 101 26 Folklore 35 19 138 66 3 Occultism 62 70 19 * With the exception of the number mentioned for Food technology taken from the Portuguese Full Edition, the Abridged English edition of 1961 was used. Table 1: Survey on the subject-fields selected and the number of relevant classes by field in the chosen systems (the "empty systems" had not been considered in the respective analysis): 104 Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Reports and Communications Centered heading. A heading representing a concept for which there is no specific number in the hierarchy of notation, and which, therefore, covers a span of num TERMINOLOGY CO RNER bers. Characteristic of division. Any of the various ways in which a given subject may be divided. Example: divi sion of textiles by material, process used in manu Classification Terminology - DDC facture, color, destined usage, etc. Editors note: It seemed timely to include in a 1976 issue Citation order. The order in which the classifier should of thisjournal's section the special terms and their defini select the subdivisions of a subject that is divided by tions used with the classification of Melvil Dewey. We more than one characteristic. Example: weaving cotton gratefully acknowledge the DDC Editors (Mr. Ben Custer's) textiles is clast first by material (cotton), then by pro and the DDC Publishers (Forest Press, Mr. R. Sealock's) cess (weaving). May be specified by an instruction note kind permission to reprint the following glossary from or a table of precedence (q.v.). vol. I of the Dewey Decimal Classification, Ed. 18. Lake Class. (noull) (1) A group of objects exhibiting one or Placid Club, N. Y. 1971. p. 57-61. more common characteristics, usually identified by a specific notation. (2) One of the ten major groups Add note. An instruction directing the addition to a numbered 0-9 of the DDC. Also known as main class. designated base number of digits derived either from (3) A subdivision of the DDC of any degree of specifi a number sequence in the schedules or from a table. city. (verb) To assign a class number to an individual Replaces the former instruction to "divide like". work. See also Classify . Application. A principle, concept, procedure, or technique Class elsewhere note. An instruction under a heading basic to a specific discipline, used in another discipline. directing that certain specific portions of the topic, or Example : application of psychology to management. related topics, be clast in another number. "Areas". Table 2. A table of notations designating geo Class here note. An instruction under a heading directing graphical areas. Applied to other notations in the sched that topics broader than the heading, or otherwise not ules and tables thru add notes. obviously part of the heading be clast in the given num Artificial digit. A letter or other symbol used in certain ber and, by implication, its subdivisions. cases as a substitute for digits 0-9 to provide a more Class number. That portion of a call number which de prominent location or shorter notation for various signates the class of a given work. languages, literatures, religions, cultures, ethnic groups. Classification. (1) An arrangement in some logical order Aspect. That part of a single subject which belongs to a of the whole field of knowledge, or of some specified specific discipline. Examples: the technical and econo portion thereof. (2) The art of arranging books or other mic aspects of automobile manufacture. objects in conformity with such a scheme. Attraction. Classification of a specific aspect of a subject Classified catalog. A catalog arranged according to the in a discipline not devoted to that aspect, usually be order of a classification scheme rather than alphabeti cause the correct discipline contains no specific provi cally. sion for the subject in question. Classify. To arrange a collection of works according to Author number. A combination ofletters and/or figures the provisions of a classification scheme. See also Class representing the name of an author. (verb). Auxiliary table. See Ta ble. Close classification. (1) A classification providing for Base number. (1) In a sequence of numbers, that portion minute subdivision of topics. Also called bibliographic which does not vary but remains the same in each classification. (2) Arrangement of works in conformity member of the sequence. To this number digits from with the provisions of such a scheme. the tables or from another sequence in the schedules Co mprehensive work. A work on a given subject within may be added as instructed. (2) The unvarying portion one discipline covering all, or most, of the subdivisions of a sequence from which digits are taken to form of the subject. See also Interdisciplinary work. another sequence may also be referred to as a base Cross classification. A situation in which a given work number. deals with two or more subdivisions of a subject, with Bibliographic classification. See Close classification. each subdivision representing a different characteristic Book number. That portion of a call number which of division. Such a situation creates the possibility of designates a specific individual work within its class. inconsistent classification. Example: a work on weaving May consist of author number and/or other elements, cotton cloth deals with two subdivisions of textile tech e. g., subject of a biography. nology, cotton (material) and weaving (process), and Broad classification. (1) Use of only the more inclusive may be clast with either. See also Citation order. classes of a classification scheme, omitting detailed sub Cross reference. An instruction note leading from the division. Also called reduction of numbers. (2) A classi point at which comprehensive works on a subject are fication scheme which does not provide for minute clast (whether stated or implied) to subdivisions of the subdivision of topics. See also Reduction of numbers. topic located in numbers other than those subordinate Ca ll number. A set of letters, numerals, and/or other sym to the number used for comprehensive works. bols providing complete identification of an individual DDC Dewey Decimal Classification. work and its relative location, consisting of class and Discipline. An organized fieldof study or branch of learn book number and sometimes of such other data as ing dealing with specific kinds of subjects and/or sub date, volume number, copy number, location symbol. jects considered from specific points of view. Intern. Classificat. 3 (1976) No. 2 Terminology Corner 105 Discontinued number. A number from the immediately Number colimm. The column of numbers printed at the preceding edition vacated because its content has been left side of the entries in the schedules and tables, and moved back to a more general number. at the right side of those in the index. Divide-like. (Obsolete) An instruction to develop a span Optional provision. A variation from the preferred provi· of numbers like another sequence by using the same sion, offered to users in the printed schedules and pattern of terminal digits. Superseded by Add note tables of the DDC, but not used in centralized classifi (q. v.). cation as supplied by the Library of Congress. Division of DDC The second degree of subdivision in the "Persolls". Table 7. A table of notations designating Classification (the first degree of subdivision of one of persons by specific occupational and other class. the ten main classes), represented by the second digit Applied to other notations in the schedules and tables in the notation, e. g., the 2 in 620. There are 100 of thm use of add notes. Used where topicS were formerly these. divided like 00 1-999 or like 920-928. Entry. (l) In schedules and tables a self-contained unit of Phoenix schedule. A completely new development of the the text consisting of a number or span of numbers, a schedule for a specific discipline. Except by change, heading, and often one or more notes. (2) In index a only the basic number for the discipline remains the term or phrase followed by information in the form same as in previous editions, all other numbers being either of a number or of a reference to another tenn freely reused. or phrase. Precedence table. See Ta ble of precedence. Ex pansion. The development of a concept or series of "Racial, Ethnic, National Groups ". Table 5. A table of concepts in the schedules or tables to provide for more notations designating specific racial, ethnic, or national minute subdivision. groups. Applied to other notations in the schedules General special concept. A subdivision of a topic accord� thru add notes. Used where topics were fo nnerly ing to a characteristic which has general applicability divided like 420-490 to indicate such groups. to other subdivisions that are based on different cha� Reduction of numbers. Dropping by the classifier of one racteristics. Example: division of textiles by the process or more digits at the end of a number given in the of weaving, which applies to kinds of textile materials, schedules or tables. Results in a shorter number with such as cotton. a more inclusive meaning, thus in broader classification. Heading. A word or phrase used as the title or rubric of a See Broad classification (I). given class. Reduction of schedules. Dropping by the editors of some Hierarchical fo rce. The property by which headings and or all of the previous subdivisions of a number with certain notes apply to all subdivisions of the topic resultant classification of these concepts in a higher described and defined. number. This results in a notation for the topic that is Hierarchy. The arrangement of diciplines and subjects in one or more digits shorter than it was in the immedia� an order ranging from the most general to the most tely preceding edition. See Discontinued number. specific. In DDC degree of specificity is indicated with Relativity. That property of the index which reverses the rare exceptions by length of notation and always by subordination of subject to discipline, thus bringing depth of indention. together from all disciplines the various aspects of in· Inclusion note. An enumeration of subordinate topics dividual subjects. under a heading, not obviously part of it, that have Relocation An adjustment in the schedules resulting in not yet been given separate provision. Such notes do the shifting of a topic between successive editions from not apply to subdivisions of the topic. one number to another that differs in respects other Instruction note. A note directing the user to take some than length. specific step which is not obvious from the heading Reuse of numbers. A total change in the meaning of a and its context or from the general notes. given number from one edition to another. Rarely interdisciplinary work. A work dealing with a specific occurs in DDC unless the reused number has been subject from the point of view of more than one vacant for at least 25 years. discipline. Scatter note. A class elsewhere note that does not lead "Languages". Table 6. A table of notations designating to a specific location, but indicates that the topic will specific languages. Applied to other notations in the will be clast in a wide variety of applicable locations. schedules and tables thru add notes. Used where topics Scatter reference. A cross reference in the index not were formerly divided like 420-490 to indicate referring to a specific term but suggesting a variety of language. possibilities. Main class of DDC One of the ten major subdivisions of Schedules. The series of numbers constituting the nota� the ClaSSification, represented by the first digit in the tion for the ten main DDC classes and all their subdivi� notation, e. g., the 6 in 600. sions. Formerly called general tables or tables. Mnemonic device. Any of various methods of using the Scope note. A note enumerating general special qualifica· same combination of numbers to represent the same tions applicable to a subject and its subdivisions but topic in various contexts. not given a separate development. No tation. Numerals, letters, and/or other symbols used Section of DDC The third degree of subdivision in the to represent the main and subordinate divisions of a Classification (the second degree of subdivision of one classification scheme. of the ten main classes, and the first degree of subdivi� Number building. The process of making a number more sion of one of the 100 divisions), represented by the specific thm addition of segments taken from other third digit in the notation, e. g., the 9 in 629. There parts of the classification. are 1000 of these. 106 Intern.Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Terminology Corner Shelf classifica tion. A classification designed for use in Translation and Computerization of the Portuguese arranging books on shelves rather than for minute pre Medium Edition of the UOC cision in designating subject areas and relationships. In 1967, the fo rmer IBBD/UOC Commission decided to "Standard Subdivisions". Table I. A table of notations translate into Portuguese the Medium Edition on the designating certain frequently occurring forms or basis of the German UDC Handausgabe, then the only methods of treatment applicable to any subject or medium edition available (the French version,published discipline. May be added, as required, to any number somewhat later, was considered in later stages of the trans in the schedules. lation too). The translation was accomplished by the "Subdivisions ofIndivi dual Languages". Table 4. A table members of the UDC Commission, coordinated by the of notations designating regularly occurring topics Executive Group for the revision of the UDC. The use applicable to any language. May be added, as directed, of a computer for the printout of the index had been to individual languages in 420-490. envisaged already in 1972, but computer input of the "Subdivisions ofIndividual Literatures ". Table 3. A table translated tables could only be started in 1974, since of notations designating regularly occurring topics only then about 40 % of the whole edition was available applicable to any literature. May be added, as directed, in Portuguese translation. to individual literatures in 810-890. Subject. A specific unit or object of study. May be a per· It took the time of four months of one person to prepare son, group of. people, thing, place, process, .activity, the translated tables for input. The other 60 % were pre abstract concept. Usually exhibits aspects belonging pared during 1975, according to the availability of the rest to more than one diScipline. of the translations coming in. Summary. A listing of the chief subdivisions of a number The preparation of the tables for the automatic generati (i. e., those one digit longer) set forth at the head of on followed the description as given in (l), which means, the full development of the topic. The first three sum that the texts of the schedules were adapted to the re maries (of main classes, divisions, sections respectively) quirements of the index generation system whenever stand at the head of the whole classification. necessary in order to avoid erroneous entries. For this Sy nthesis of notation. See Nu mber building. the class descriptions had to be coded in such a way that Ta ble. A sequence of dependent notations indicating the computer program could handle the possible gram various special concepts used repeatedly with a variety matical alternatives automatically. of subjects and disciplines. Used in number building The three volumes of the completed edition (2) were but never by itself. Also called auxiliary table. Formerly presented to the public at the inauguration of the Brazi called supplementary tables. The term Tables was lian Conference on Bibliographic Classification, Rio de formerly used also for what are now called Schedules Janeiro, Sept. 12, 1976 by P. Asterio T. Campos. The (q. v.). two index volumes comprise an extensive natural lang Ta ble of precedenee. A table stating the correct citation uage approach to the schedules. This was intended for order under a subject that the schedules subdivide the sake of best accessibility. It could very easily be according to several characteristics. See also Citation reduced, if synonyms would be excluded and if also a order. number of other terms from the sometimes extensive Work. A unit or series of units of information having phy class descriptions would be dropped. sical form and lending itself to bibliographic descrip Elvia de Andrade Oliveira tion. Examples: books, periodicals, phonorecords, films, microforms. 1) Oliveira, E. de Andrade: An automatic index in natural Libraries Honoured language for UDC editions. In: Intern. Classificat. 2(1975) No. 2, p. 89-93. 2) Classificac;:ao Decimal Universal. Edic;:ao media em lingua por In celebration of the 100th birthday of the DDC, Forest tuguesa. Rio de Janeiro: Instituto Brasileiro de Informa�ao Press, the publisher of the Classification, presented cen em Cieneia e Tecnologia 1976. 3 vols. 456 + 1443 p. tennial certificates to libraries which adopted the DDC in the 19th century and are still using the system today. In honour of their early and continuous use of the Dewey Decimal Classification, four British libraries have been Bibliography of Thesauri awarded special centennial certificates by the Forest Press Division of the Lake Placid Education Foundation, The FID Secretariat is preparing a Bibliography of Albany, New York. Th esauri and Controlled Vo cabularies for publication The libraries are: Peterborough, part of Cambridgeshire in early 1977. It is planned that this inventory will include Libraries; Bradford; the National Library of Ireland; and information on published thesauri, as wen as those in pre Tameside, Ashton-under-Lyne. The presentation took paration, in all subject fields (science, technology, social place at a reception at Library Association Headquarters, sciences, and the humanities), and in all languages. In London, Friday, Oct. 1 st, 1976. order to have the coverage as comprehensive as possible The DDC is used in England by 99 % of the public libra interested persons are invited to contribute information, ries, 85 % of college libraries and beady a third of uni in particular relating to works in preparation. cersity libraries. Contact: FID Secretariat, Information Department, The Ubf. Assoc. Press Release 7 Hofweg, The Hague 2001, Netherlands. Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Terminology Corner 107 ahnlichkeitskonzepte und mithin auch �maBe nur vom Ziel del' Klassifikation her entwickelt bzw. bestirnmtwer� den k6nnen. Fili metrische Merkmale werden die ge� BOOK REVIEWS brauchlichsten Distanzen sowie Elemente def Profil BUCHBESPR ECHUNGEN analyse, fUr binare Merkrnale werden die wichtigsten Ahnlichkeitskoeffizienten diskutiert. Grundslitzlieh ist den vorgetragenen Oberlegungen zuzustimmen. Die Auf� fassung, dafl die "city-block-Distanz" (= absoluter Ab stand) allen anderen Distanzen vorzuziehen sei, wenn es SODEUR, W.: Empirische Verfahren zur Klassifikation. nieht von der Zielsetzung her besondere Grunde fUr die (Empirical processes of (numerical) classification.) Wahl einer anderen Distanz gibt, kann jedoch keineswegs Stuttgart: Teubner 1974. 183 S., Studienskripten zur ge teilt werden. Auflerdem ist zu bertieksichtigen, dafl Soziologie 42, DM 9,80 hliufig das Ziel der Klassifikation nieht derart prazisiert Klassifikationsverfahren werden als Instrumente def In� werden kann, daB daraus zwingend die Verwendung formationskonzentration und Datenreduktion in zahlrei eines bestimmten Ahnlichkeits- bzw. Unahnliehkeits chen Disziplinen eingesetzt, nicht zuletzt im Bereich def mafles folgt, aueh kann die Wahl eines bestimmten Mafles empirischen Sozialforschung. Das vorliegende Buch von nicht unabhangig sein vom K1assifikationsverfahren. Auf W. Sodeur ist eine mehr praktisch orientierte Einfiihrung Mafle fUr die Ahnlichkeit bzw. Unahnlichkeit von Klassen in die Verfahren der numerischen Klassifikation mit be von Einheiten wird nur hingewiesen, obwohi auch (oder sonderer Berticksichtigung ihrer Zielsetzungen. Dem Ver gerade) hier Entseheidungen zu treffen sind, die das Klas fasser geht es vor aHem darum, mogliche Auswirkungen sifikationsergebnis wesentlich beeinflussen k6nnen. subjektiver Entscheidungen auf das Klassifikationsergeb 1m vierten und letzten Kapitel (S. 1 17-171) werden nis aufzuzeigen. Beinl Leser werden nur mathematisch Optimalitatsrnafleund Verfahren zur Klassenbildung er statistische Grundkenntnisse vorausgesetzt. artert. Ausgangspunkt der Vberlegungen sind bestimmte 1m ersten einftihrenden Kapitel (S. 9-37) werden die - Vorstellungen tiber die gesuehte Partition, die sichdurch fUr die Bildung disjunkter Typen (= disjunkter Klassen) die Forderungen nach "interner HomogenWit"und/oder - wichtigsten Grundbegriffe erartert. FUr die weiteren "externer Isolierung" von Klassen beschreiben lassen. Ausftihrungen grundlegend ist dabei der Begriff des Optimalitatskriterien sind Ersatzkriterien fUr die Gtite nMerkmalraumes", mit dem def Verfasser die Gesamt einer Partition, die in aller Regel die interneHomogeni heit der Merkmale bezeichnet. Aus dem Merkmalsraum tat der Klassen messenund bei bestimmten Klassifika wird - unter Berticksichtigung der jeweiligen Zielsetzung tionsverfahren zur Steuerung der Klassenbildung benatigt - der Klassifikationsraum, das ist jener (oft euklidisch werden. Von den gebrauchlichen Optimalitatskriterien gedachte) Raum, der der Klassenbildung zugrunde Hegt, werden fUrmetrische Merkmale das Spurkriterium sowie abgeleitet. Ktinstliche und nattirliche Typologien (= Klas eine Verallgemeinerung von FRIEDMAN/RUBIN (1967), sen) sowie monothetische und polythetische Typologien ftir binare Merkmale die totale Entropie innerhalb der (= Klassen) werden anschaulich tiber die Strukturierung Klassen erarter!. Auf Optimalitatsrnafle fUrkomparative des Merkmalsraumes erklart. Schliefllich werden Zielset Merkmale wird hingewiesen. Der Abschnitt tiber Verfah zungen und Verwendungszwecke fUr Typologien (= Klas ren zur Bildung von Iqassen ist auch fOr eine Einftihrung sifIkationsergebnisse) diskutiert. etwas knapp ausgefallen, so dall nur die Grundztige der wichtigsten Verfahrenstypen skizziert werden konnen. Das zweite Kapitel (S. 38-74) ist der "Darstellung der Elemente im Merkmalsraum" gewidmet. Geht man - wie Der Verfasser unterseheidet dabei globale Verfahren, die oft tiblich - von der Vorstellung aus, dafl die Klassifika die Suche nach der optimalen Partition tiber Optimalitats tionsmerkmale eineo euklidischen Raum aufspannen, kriterien steuern und partielle Verfahren, die die in irgend dann kann, z. B. bedingt durch untersehiedliche Merk einem Sinne beste Partition durch optimale Schritte zu malstypen und/oder abhangige Merkmale, der ursprting erreichen versuchen, fe rner - nach der Art des Suchpro liche Merkmalsraum Defekte aufweisen. Dem Verfasser zesses - iterative und nicht-iterative Verfahren sowie gelingt es in einer sehr anschaullchen Weise, die wichtig� hierarehische Verfahren, die durch ihr Endprodukt, eine sten Ursachen und m6g1ichen Auswirkungen solcher De� Hierarchie von Klassen, gekennzeichnet sind. fekte aufzuzeigen und - zumindest in graben Ztigen - Insgesamt ist dieses Buch eine gelungene kurze Einftih L6sungsansiitze zu ihrer Beseitigung zu skizzieren. Dabei rung in die numerische Klassifikation, die durch zahl� venneidet er sorgsam, Standardrezepte zu Hefern. Eror� reiche Hinweise auf weiterftihrende Literatur, ein recht tert werden unter anderem Auswahl, Gewichtung, Mefl umfangreiches Literaturverzeiclmis und ein Sachregister niveau und Standardisierung von Merkmalen sowie Pro abgerundet wird, und deren besonderer Vorzug darin zu bleme, die durch Merkmalszusammenhange, durch die sehen ist, daB der Verfasser auch erkIart, wie aufgrund Reduktion des Merkmalsraums, durch Merkmalstrans subjektiver Entscheidungen Artefakte entstehen kannen, formationen sowie durch abhiingige Merkmale entstehen. wenn auch keine allgemeingiiltigen Lasungen fUr thre Grundlage des dritten Kapitels (S. 75-116) ist ein korri Beseitigung angegeben werden k6nnen. gierter Merkmalsraum, auf den die Vorstellung eines eu� Friedrich Vogel klidischen Raumes zutriff!. In diesem Kapitel werden - getrennt fUr metrische und biniire Merkmale - die wich tigsten Ahnlichkeits- und Unahnlichkeitsmafle fUr Paare von Einheiten erortert. Dabei weist der Verfasser wieder� holt daraufhin, dafl adaequateAhnlichkeits- bzw. Un- 108 Intern. Classificat. 3 (1976) No. 2 Book Reviews Tenninologie der Infonnation und Dokumentation. on "Documentary languages" (the latter being such an Hrsg. vom Komitee Terminologie und Sprachfragen artificial term itself). There is also a peculiar unevenness (KTS) der Deutschen Gesellschaft fUr Dokumentation in the treatment of certain terms and their compounds, (DGD). Redaktion: Ulrich Neveling und Gernot Wersig. probably due to a certain bias on the part of the editors Munchen: Verlag Dokumentation 1975. X, 307 p., (as expressed in occasional notes); some terms occur in DM 48,-, � DGD Schriftenreihe 4 a large number of possible combinations with other terms, while others, which are known to have more than Whether information science (IS) can really claim to be one denotation both within and without IS are being a science in its own righthas been questioned - among briefly dismissed with a single definition. Thus, the most others by myself, although I am now moreinclined to central term, namely Information itself, is defined only answer the question positively. The tenninological con� as " Verringerung von Ungewissheit" (reduction of unw fu sion that besets this field has, however, not become certainty). Where are the definitions of Shannon,McKay, less bafflingwith the gradual development of IS, a fea and Fairthorne, to name only three that have an imme� ture which it seems to share with many other branches dia te bearing on IS? The compound Information System of science during their early stages. (Some of these, is obviously needed, but it is followed by Information notably the social sciences, actually have to cope with Sy phrase, not more terminological difficulties the more they expand stem within an Organization (which is a a and extend the range of their inquiries). Any attempt term, it being irrelevant that the German source tenn can to bring order into the terminological chaos of IS must be written as one word due to the syntactics of the Ma nage therefore be welcomed, but it must also be subjected to German language); this, in tum, is followed by thorough scrutiny lest it add to the confusion it is in ment Information System and Hospital Information Sy stem tended to resolve, the more so if it is a trilingual glossary (both with acronyms not known to be used gener that seeks to establish standardized terminology in Ger· ally in the English-speaking world). Now,Information man, English and French. Unfortunately, what was no Sy stem can be linked up with a great many terms such as doubt destined to become a noble horse has ended up, 'business', 'commerical', 'biological', 'engineering'. as is so often the case with the work of a committee in etc. Why single out hospital? Documentation is lavishly the shape of the proverbial camel, and at that not e:en treated to no less than six different definitions, which a very useful one, having too many humps. may be necessary in Germany where the term is widely used, but is an anachronism in the U. S. where it is now Despite the protestations of the editors that this work is virtually obsolete and has ahoost pejorative overtones. by no means to be taken as a finalproduct and that they No amount of diligent inventing of non-existing English invite comments and criticism, the fact that the glossary terms that contain the word "documentation" or "docu� is presented as a hardbound book by a reputable pub mentary" will revive it in the American language com lisher defers on it a measure of authority and status munity (where, after all, the bulk of IS literature is which is both premature and partially undeserved. Per being generated). haps the true sentiments of the editors are better ex� pressed in the foreword by Mr. Lutterbeck, who states The preface expresses the hope that "the work ought that the method used in compiling the work "is inten also to promote international cooperation". Alas, it will tionally aimed at achieving also propagandistic effects not achieve this goal, for several reasons. One is the fact within the profession itself as well as outside it among that all definitions and explanatory notes and examples the rest of the professional world" (my translation of are given in German only. Although most educated the Gennan text). In other words, this is a prescriptive Germans have at least a reading knowledge of English, list of terms: it tries to tell us what we ought to call the opposite is unfortunately not true: if English·speak certain things and phenomena in an ideal world of in ing information scientists are to derive any benefit from formation science. In view of the widespread and indis a multi-lingual glossary, the text must be accessible in criminate use of mutually inconsistent and often in English throughout. The same is probably true for French comprehensible terms by various practitioners of IS speaking users. Much as I personally deplore this state of in different countries, such a prescriptive approach is affairs, it is a fact of life which compilers of multi-lingual to some extent justified, so long as the best and most glossariesmust bear in mind. Second, while the editors, useful terms are chosen among those that are presently as indicated in their introduction, secured the services of current. But to anyone familiar with the actual literature a Francophone to advise them on the validity of French of IS in any of the three languages covered it will be terms, the absence of a similar acknowled�ent of an obvious that a large number of terms in this work have English expert leads me to believe that they thought been artificially invented because they seemed to fit a themselves to be sufficiently well versed in that language preconceived framework in the German language,regard to (a) list existing English terms for German ones, and less of whether they exist, and whether or not they have (b) where those are lacking, to invent them for the bene fit of their English-speaking colleagues. Sad to say, the equivalents in any of the other two languages. This 1 con sider to be the main fault of this glossary. self-confidence of Messrs. Neveling and Wersig is not mat ched by their proficiency in English, and money spent on The terms dealing with purely technical matters, especi· a native English adviser would have been a good invest ally those that already have a long-standing tradition in ment. librarianship, and many that have been established in the related field of computer science are, on the whole, well To give just a few examples, culled at random: Indexie chosen, and their English and French equivalents are cor rung is anglicized as 'indexation ' which does not exist rectly given. The questionable (because artificial) terms in English usage (the correct term is indexing); in comw Occur mainly in the sections on "General concepts" and pound terms, however (e. g. lndexierungsgenauigkeit, Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Book Reviews 109 lndexierungstiefe , eCL), the corresponding English term with the close collaboration and supervision of native is indeed indexing. I t would be interesting to find out speakers of the languages who are also information what if any difference the editors perceive between scientists themselves, so as to assure truly idiomatic and "indexation" and "indexing" and why they think that authoritative renderings of terms which will be accept the first term has to be added to the already overburd able to the IS community throughout the Western world. ened English vocabulary of IS. Wirkungsgrad is not over Hans W. Wellisch all efficiency but 'effectiveness', Wil'tschaftlichkeit is not 'economic efficiency' but 'cost�effectiveness' (the editors tell us in a note that this term "ought not to be used", but it nevertheless exists and is widely used in the liter BUCHANAN, Brian: A Glossary of Indexing Terms. ature of management written in English, and cannot London: C. Bingley; Hamden,Conn. : Linnet Books 1976. arbitrarily declared to be unsuitable). And where, in this 144 p., S 8.- £ 3.75, ISBN 0-208-01377-6 context, is cost�benefi t ratio? In English, at least, it is This book contains nearly 1000 entries, expanded from a defiriitely not a "quasi-synonym" for cost-effectiveness. word list provided for students at Loughborough School There are also outright howlers: Schrift (in the sense of Librarianship, in England. A glossary was originally a intended in the glossary) is not 'writing' but script. (In collection of glosses, which could be definitions of, or cidentally, it would have been useful to include Schrift comments upon, words in a given text. Nowadays, a also in the sense in which it is used in German for "work" glossary or "document".) Fehlselektion is not a (non-existing) is usually taken to mean a collection of (hope fully authoritative) definitions of specialized, technical, 'noise-unit' but a fa lse drop , and there are many more instances where the editors happened to look up the ar unfamiliar terms in a given field of knowledge, without wrong translation in their dictionary or were simply not the addition of comments or criticisms, although, if syno familiar with English terminology. nyms exist, preference for one term over another may be indicated. With the rapid growth of specialist jargon today, The glossary is studded with what the learned editors the need for glossaries is evident. I regret to have to say call their "propositions" (someone ought to explain to that this present book seems to me to be very unsatisfac them that the difference between this word and the tory. The author breaks all the 'rules' for good construc correct "proposal" is the one between German "Antrag" tion of a glossary. He divides entries Into (a) definitions, and "Vorschlag"), clumsy and for the most part linguist (b) examples and comments, and (c) 'see also' references. ically deficient attempts to invent English terms. Such a The definitions are not always clear, and are sometimes venture is doomed to failure because neither the British inaccurate, and examples of comments are sometimes in nor the Americans will readily accept terms coined for termixed with them. The incorporation of examples and them by foreigners, even if they do not happen to have extended explanations may be justifiable in a work to be equivalents in their language for German terms . I am not used in teaching, but the (b) sections sometimes contain even sure that the editors were justified in inventing non criticisms and opinions on the value of methods, or even existing Gennanterms for the Germans; moreover, the only anecdotes; these are often clearly personal, and profeSSional language of IS in East and West Germany is should not appear. The 'see also' references are sometimes now considerably divergent, a fact which is scarcely to antonyms, which can be mUddling. There are also acknowledged anywhere in the glossary. errors in the examples, e. g. that for 'Analets'; the dia Finally, despite the large number of terms and their grams for Arrowgraphs and Circular Thesaurus (which occasionally hairsplitting proliferation (is there really a appear to have been the authors invention - he has a need to distinguish between Document, Documentary penchant for the subject of weapons and hun ting) show Un it, and Documentmy Reference Un it, quite apart from some strange interconnections. There are many unneces the fact that the last two terms do not exist anywhere in sary entries (such as "Brevity" and "Length see Brevity"); English IS literature?) there is at least one area that has an entry for "Serendipity" gives only an anecdote (a letter been entirely neglected, namely kinds of documents as from Horace Walpole) and a cross reference to Browsing, to their physical form, mode of production, handling, which is defined as 'to look ...at random, with no con physical storage, preservation and use. In an (unpub scious search strategy' or 'to choose ...among documents lished) draft for a new classification schedule in the UDC, by examining each'; browsing has a least the strategy that submitted for discussion several years ago, more than a one is trying to find something on a desired topic, and not thousand such terms were identified . While this may necessarily examining each. In any case, why enter 'Seren� have been too large a number, there are certainly at least dipity' at all? several dozens of terms that necessarily belong in a glos� There are some obvious omissions, e. g. File (Inverted File sary ofIS, a science which, after all, deals with physical and Uninverted File (horrid term) are entered); MARC documents and records of all kinds, and not only with (surely a 'must' in an indexing glossary), Body-punched theories about them. cards, Free-text searching, Cycling (as used in searching A trilingual glossary of IS, reflecting the terminology of the Science Citation Index), etc. The area covered seems the 1970's is indeed a worthwhile and urgently needed in fact rather vague and the terms defined show peculiar undertaking. The glossary under review here is, however, biases in favour of edge-punched cards, certain types of definitely not it. The KTS committee and the editors classification, and early work on keywords and informa would be well advised to take it back to the drawing tion retrieval systems, and what there is, is outdated. In board, with a view to produce a work based less on a fact, one gets the impression that the terminology and ex preconceived scheme and more on actual usage, with perience of the author is that of ten to fifteen years ago. definitions and explanations in all three languages, and For example, there are several references to "the proposed 110 Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Book Reviews CRG general classification", which is described as being Gebrauch der UDC existieren . Positiv am vorliegenden based on only two facets: Entities and Attributes, follow Lehrb uch ist der Bezug zur Colon-Klassifikation,der ing the work of Barbara Kyle; actually she used person methodologisch neue Aspekte auch bei der Benutzung alities and activities facets for her social sciences classifica der UDC erbringt. Siegfried Reball tion, and certainly not just two facets for general classifi cation; she unfortunately died in 1966, and the CRG ge neral classification attempt, though discussed for some time, has not yet taken shape. An unwarranted piece of INFOTERM : International co-operation in terminology. editing is a reference to Deweys 'Relative Index'; aU scho First Infoterm Symposium, Vienna 9 to II April 1975 . lars scrupulously use the original Dewey spelling of 'Rela Mtillchen: Verlag Dokumentation 1976. 332 p., DM 48,-, tivJndex'. The entries under Confounding, Integrative Infoterm Series 3. ISBN 3-7940-5503-9 Levels, Literary Warrant are very misleading and partly inaccurate. There is not a clear distinction between Rela From April 9-11, 1975, one hundred and four experts met tional Indexing (which displays the relations in the index in Vienna to discuss various aspects of terminology. The unifying topic of the conference was international ing - and he omits Gardins SYNTOL, or Selyes Symbolic co-operation in terminological work. The participants Shorthand, both of this type) and PRECIS, which uses relations in the initial analytic stage, but does not reveal represented sixteen countries from Europe and North America and sixteen international and European organi these relations in the final print-out. zations. The strongest delegations came from three of It is, I am aware, unfair to level s11ch criticisms without the countries in which the study of terminology is an giving many more examples, but limitations ef space con active and well-established fi eld: twenty from Austria, strain their omission. Your reviewer, who has carefully the host country, and twelve apiece from the Federal examined every entry in the book, can only claim that Republic of Germany and from Canada. Sponsored by he has been fortunate in having had extensive experience Unesco and initiated by Eugen Wtister, the symposium of glossary construction in the documentation field, for was organized and convened by Infoterm (International the British Standards Institution, and in ISO, and there Information Centre for Terminology), directed by Hel fore hopes he can be granted some authority of viewpoint. mut Felber. What follows is a review of the proceedings Jason Farradane of the symposium, recently published by Verlag Doku mentation as the third volume in their Infoterm Series. The papers are written in English (19), French (15) and German (4), some being available in parallel versions in BROWN, A. G.: An Introduction to Subject Indexing. two languages. They are arbitrarily arranged in five Vol. 2: UDC and chain procedure in subject cataloguing. broad sections representing specific Infoterm priorities: Clive Bingley, London 1976. ca. 120 p., (a) terminology in special subject fields (pp. 43-106), ISBN 0-208-01529-9 (b) international networks for terminological documen Der Untertitel deutet an, worum es sich wirklich handelt: tation (pp. 107-172), (c) terminological word banks urn ein programmiertes Lehrbuch, das auf ca. 120 Seiten (pp. 173-140), (d) central registration of neologisms (frames) den Gebrauch der Universalen Dezimalklassifi (pp. 241-264) and (e) other reports (pp. 265-320). kation (UDC) ftir Katalogisierung und Registerherstellung Most of the thirty-five papers included in the proceedings lehrt. ZUht Band I, der die Colon-Klassifikation behan represent either a clear description of a complex termin delt, besteht ein unmittelbarer Zusammenhang insofern, ological task or a result of long experience with termin als auch ftir die Benutzung der UDC empfohien wird, ology and they cover an area much larger than suggested mindestens die bekannte Formel PME-ST zu nutzen, urn by the five sections above. Here is a selection of articles bei der Zuordnung von UDC-Zahlen zu Dokumenten illustrating the variety of this valuable volume : inhalten eine gewisse Einheitlichkeit zu erzielen. E. Wtister's opening address (pp. 32-36) outlines the Der zweite Band kann mit Erfolg nur gelesen werden, development of terminological work and its pioneers, wenn man die Colon-Klassifikation bis zu einem gewis other than himself, and draws parallels between lingu sen Grade kennt und eine (engl.) Auflage der UDC zur istics and the study of terminology. H. Felber's well Hand hat. Dann allerdings wird man grtindlich tiber alle documented paper (pp. 281-296) is a useful comple Moglichkeiten und auch alle Fehlermoglichkeiten der ment, indispensable especially for those who need infor UDC-Benutzung informiert. So empfihelt sich das Buch mation on past evolution of terminological standardiza als Einftihrung fUr aUe Bibliothekare und Mitarbeiter tion and documentation in general, and on Infoterm in von Informationssystemen, die praktisch mit der UDC particular. The position of Infoterm within a world-wide arbeiten und Karteien, Kataloge, alphabetische Register information-sharing project is explained in the address o. a. mit oder ohne Computerhilfe auf ihrer Basis anle by Wolfgang Lohner, representing Unesco (pp.25-27). gen mUssen. Among the more specifically linguistic contributions Auch dieses programmierte Lehrbuch hat die bekannten may be mentioned those by Guilbert, Spang-Hanssen Vor- und Nachteile soleher Lehrmittel. Der Verlag legt and Rondeau. Louis Guilbert's paper (pp. 242-249) ein ganzes Spektrum dieser Art programmierter Lehr deals with essential, though often ignored questions of bticher vor. u. a. auch schon eine frtihere Einftihrung in the specificity and the formation of terms ("tennino die UDC. logisms"). Henning Spang-Hanssen (pp. 96-101) exa Es sei daraufverwiesen, da� insbesondere im deutsch mines the role of linguistics in terminological studies sprachigen Raum bereits einige gute Einftihrungen in den and warns against the shortcomings of standardization. Intern. ClassificaL 3 (1976) No. 2 Book Reviews III Guy Rondeau's article (pp. 152�-158) is a linguist's real· Sciellce alld Techllology Abstracts (FSTA), and has been is tic reminder that terminological data (foreign equi· applied since the start of Volume 7 in 1975. The manual valents) are to be looked for in texts (good translations) being reviewed is a reference tool for the practising index and that computers can help in the process. er, but the standard of production is far higher than Specialized lexicography and the problems of analytic average for works of this type. The size (approximately comparison of corresponding terminologies in different AS) is convenient, and type faces have been well-chosen; a languages expressing divergent cultures is the topic of sensible use has been made of different types to empha Alexander Lane's report on legal and administrative sise points in the text or to represent examples of working documents and output. As an extra bonus, the text is terminology (pp. 77-84). punctuated at various points by well-chosen examples of The numerous facettes of computer-assisted terminologi the computer graphics of Manfred Mohr. The work is cal work are discussed, for example, in the accounts pre divided into three sections covering: (a) a general account sented by Friedrich Lang (pp. 143-144), K.H. Brink of the system; (b) working with the indexing input form; mann and Eberhard Tanke (pp. 180-186) and Marcel (c) data recording and processing. Explanatory text Pare (224-233). appears on recto pages, and examples are shown on the Ingetraut Dahlberg's approach to classification through facing verso pages. the intermediary of terms designating subject fields The production of the CASIN manual emphasizes the reemphasizes the significance of terminology for the point that we are now in the age of the computer-aided construction of classification systems (pp. 61-71; see subject index. Inevitably, then, the system has to stand also Intern. Classificat. 2 (\ 975), 31-37). comparison with other indexes of this type, such as: (a) Of the reports on translation services could be noted for the Articulated Subject Index (ASI) developed by Armi example those by J. Albert Bachrach, dealing with the tage and Lynch at Sheffield University in England, and joys and miseries of translating and interpreting (pp. currently used in World Textile Abstracts; (b) PRECIS 108-1 17) and by J. Goetschalckx, characterizing the (PREserved Context Index System), the system used in work ofa bureau for terminology (pp. 137-140). the British Na tional Bibliography , the Australian National Bibliography , A balanced description of the problems facing a com and various other catalogues and biblio· mittee serving users by coining new terms and wording graphies. (A brief account of PRECIS was printed in an ntern Class. (1974) 91-94, definitions was presented by Pierre Agron (pp. 44-55) earlier issue ofI . I No. 2, p. and the problems of terminological advisory activities and the PRECIS 'Manual' was reviewed in a later issue, 2 (1975) No. 2, p. 1I6- l 17). were sketched by Miroslav ROlldny (pp. 92-95). In these, as in other systems of the same type, it is the J.-D. Gendron's is an interesing account of centralized computer, not the human indexer, which formats the terminological activities resulting from a con centra ted index entries, and the indexer's task is limited to writing effort to improve and enrich the terminology of a lang machine-readable input in accordance with the rules of uage entering into new functions previously performed the system. Entries in all three systems can occupy two by another language (pp. 130-I 36). lines in the index if they refer to compound subjects. In The report by S. Czerni surveys more than thirty years CASIN, as in the ASI, the first line consists of bold face of extensive experience in publishing specialized diction heading, supplemented by further information on the aries and teclmical literature and in linking terminolo second line. The fotmat of PRECIS is slightly more com gical standardization to technical publishing (pp. 126- plex, insofar as the first line contains two positions, i. e. 129). a bold face lead term , followed by other terms in roman The longest report in the volume is by J. S. F. Laurent or italic, called the qualifier, which establish the 'con and provides information about the activities of a natio text' in which the lead has been considered in the subject nal standardization institution (AFNOR) and about its to hand. The second line in PRECIS is called the display , terminological bank of standardized terms, NORMA· and this shows those terms which are themselves context TERM (pp. 193-223). dependent upon the lead. Examples of subjects taken from the CASlN manual, but treated in accordance with From the viewpoint of Infoterm, the essential result of PRECIS procedures, are shown below for comparison. the symposium was the participants' recommendation "tha t Infoterm take immediately appropriate action The ASI differs from both CASIN and PRECIS in its with a view to establishing a world-wide network for the lack of formal guidance to indexers on the preparation co-ordination of terminological work" (p. 322) This of input. No particular rules are laid down which regu endorsement can be considered a success and an en· late the order in which·concepts should be organised couragement for further steps in this vast and ambitious into input strings: it is usually enough to write a 'title� international project. Rostislav Kocourek like' phrase, close to natural language, but favouring the use of prepositions as much as possible. Terms which are needed as headings are indicated by special marks, and the prepositions then function as articulation points SCHNEIDER, Klaus: Computer aided Subject Index when the index is being produced. Little or no provision System for the Life Seienees. Munchen: Verlag Doku is made in ASI to indicate extra-subject factors, such as mentation 1976. XIII, 205 p., DM 36,-. ISBN 3-7940- the type of document, or the cIass of users for whom it 28104. is intended. The system CASIN (Computer A ided Subject Index) A space for writing a title-like phrase is also provided on was developed to produce the subject index to Food the CASlN input form, but the articulation of the phrase, 112 Intern.ClassificaL 3(1976) No. 2 Book Reviews generally by simple inversion, is not controlled by the The author of the manual acknowledges certain difficul· prepositions, but is indicated by a special mark, II, ties in the treatment of compound terms, particularly written after a preposition. Any term in the phrase requi adjectival constructions. These are inverted to emphasise red as a heading is written in a special 'keyword' box, as the noun, though it is recognised that " ...this way of well as in the phrase itself. In addition, the indexer can ordering the adjectives may be slightly wrong from a assign terms to extra boxes which hold names of biblio· linguistic point of view, but for indexing purposes it is graphic forms and place names. For example, if the in· desirable." (p. 45). To reinforce this point, the author dexer wrote a phrase such as: later adds that " ...Since the noun represents the essen� tial information of the [concept 1, I would recommend aflatoxins in IT cheese - and also filled in extra boxes indicating a place ele· that the indexer place the qualifying adjective after the ment, 'USA', and two form elements, '(for Regulations)' noun it modifies ... The user should accept this un· and '(for Review)', the computer would produce the usual ordering in the subject index because it is to his following entries : advantage". Nevertheless, the present reviewer is not sure how far a user is prepared to accept entries such as: Aflatoxins cheese, aflatoxins in, Regulations, Review, USA equipment automatic for equipment computerized for Cheese particularly the user accustomed to a PRECIS index, aflatoxins in cheese, Regu1ations, Review, USA in which term inversion does not occur, but entries can Regulations nevertheless be generated under any part of a compound cheese, aflatoxins in, Review, USA term, e. g. Reviews Automatic equipment cheese, aflatoxins in, Regulations, USA Computerized equipment United States of America cheese, aflatoxins in, Regulations, Review Eqnipment Automatic equipment When the elements written in the separate boxes (form and place names) appear in the second line of the entry, Computerized equipment they are printed in pre- Cheese. Components: Aflatoxins - Regulations - another of the following categories: Reviews m�type: materials, media, constituents etc. Cheese. United States p�type: properties, processes etc. Components: Aflatoxins - Regulations -Reviews t�type: technical equipment, instruments, containers Aflatoxins. Cheese. United States etc. -Regulations - Reviews To that extent, therefore, CASIN incorporates a rudi· Regulations mentary machine-held thesaurus: a facility lacking al· together in the ASI, but more highly developed in United States. Cheese. Components. Aflatoxins - Regulations - Reviews PRECIS, which allows terms into the system as soon as they have been encountered in literature, then assigns Reviews them to a machine�held network organised according to United States. Cheese. Components. Aflatoxins the principles set out in the new International Standard, Regulations IS 2788. It seems clear, from some of the examples in the manual, Any prospective user of CASIN will find that the manual that the articulation mark can only handle subjects up to deals clearly with detailed procedures, such as filling in a certain level of complexity. For example, a subject such the input form and recording the data. It then goes bey as 'Effects of fertilizers on the composition of tomatoes' ond this, and explains how the data are processed - an would be input as: aspect of computerized indexing which is frequently not fe rtilizers & composition of ITtomatoes explained in manuals of this kind, though it must be of and this would generate the entries: benefit to the indexer. Fertilizers There is little doubt that a system such as CASIN would tomatoes, fertilizers & composition of be effective in a limited subject field. Reference is made Tomatoes in the manual to experiments with materials from sources fertilizers & composition of other than the FSTA, such as AGRINDEX, ASFA (Aqua· To the present reviewer, these entries appear to be more tic Science and Fisheries Abstracts), and others. It is also ambiguous than those produced from the treatment of stated (p. 27) that the name of any organic material, or this subject by PRECIS: a product made from organic material, could be used as a keyword, which suggests that the author has wider Tomatoes applications in mind. However, it is not certain that a Composition. Effects of fertilizers completely general application would be effective within Fertilizers the acknowledged limitations imposed by the system. Effects on composition of tomatoes Germaine Lambert Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Book Reviews 113 DEUTSCHES KOMITEE FOR REPROGRAPHIE: schen Dimension - mancherlei zu leisten; genannt seien: Dictionary of Reprography. (Title also in D and F). 2nd eine Beschreibung von Sprache und ihrer Entwickiung, reprint of the 3rd completely rev. ed., MUnchen: Verlag die die jeweiligen wissenschaftliehen und technischen Dokumentation 1976. 273 p. DM 54,-; Gegebenheilen einbegreift; ISBN 3-7940·3259-4 - konkrete Hilfen bei der notwendigen Optimierung Da auf dem .ullerst heterogenen Gebiet der VervieWilti fachbezogener Kommunikation; gung von Schriftshicken und Dokumenten seit langem Verbesserung der kommunikativen Fahigkeiten fach· sprachlicher Sprecher im mutterspraehlichen Bereich eine "blUhende" sprachliche Vielfalt herrscht, ist es sehr zu begrtiBen, daB mit diesem Worterbuch versucht wird, ebenso wie in Fremdsprachen; eine gewisse begriffliche Ordnung und Klarheit zur alIge eine - zumindest partielle - Aufweichung des Gegen rneinenVerstandigung in diesem Gebiete herzustellen. satzes von Experten und Laien, die aus fo rsehungs-, wissenschafts- und gesellschaftspolitischen Erwagun Dieses Werk, fUr dessen Zusammenstellung den Autoren gen dringend geboten erscheint. Dank gebUhrt, geht in seinem Ursprung auf das Jabr 1963 zurUck und fOOft dreisprachig dell t8ch - franzQsisch, eng Die hier genannten Aspekte fUhrt auch Hans·R. Fluck an, lisch - mehr als 600 Benennungen aus dem reprographi urn die Beschaftigung mit den Fachsprachen zu begrtin schen Bereich alphabetisch auf. Dabei wurde jeder dieser den. Er schreibt: "Fachsprachliche Forsehung in diesem Benennungen die jeweilige Definition - ebenfalls drei weitgespannten Rahmen dient nicht nur der Industrie", sprachig - gegenubergestellt. Fur jede Sprache wurde ein von der sie allerdings so gut wie garnicht gefordert wird, in sich geschlossener Teil eingerichtet, somit entfallt an "sondern fordert die allgemeine Vermittlung und Auf nahme von Wissen. Indem sie die sprachliche und sach genehmerwcise jede Art von Vcrweisung. Da die Repro graphie jede fu r iIlr Gebiet zweckdienliche Vervielfalti Hche Kompetenz des einzelnen erhoht, verhindert sie gungstechnik einsetzt, war bei diesel' tcchnischen Vielfalt Manipulationen und Verschleierung dureh Fachsprache kaum zu erwarten, daB die technischen Gegebenheiten ...Die eraffnete Dimension legitirniertnicht nur - wie und Abhangigkeiten zwischen den einzelnen Techniken die okonomisch·technische - eine Intensivierung inter immer definitionsgemaB klar herausgestellt werden konn disziplinarer fachsprachlicher Forschung, sondern macht ten. So schliellt die Definition zu 'VervieWiltigen' die sie zu einer geselIschaftIichen Verpflichtung". (S. 192). Bereiche 'Kopieren' und 'Drucken' ein, wahrend die De Die von Fluck kUrzlich vorgelegte Arbeit, die sieh als finition fUr 'Kopieren' so gefaBt ist, daB sie das Verviel eine Bestandsaufnahme und Beschreibung - vornehm faltigen als auch das Drucken beinhaltet. Auch wird der Iich deutscher - fachsprachIich-terminologischer For Terminus 'Reprographie' in der englischen und franzosi· schung versteht, vermittelt ein weitgehendes zutreffen schen Fassung sachlich zutreffend definiert ("Ia totalite des Bild tiber Versaumtes, Erreichtes, Anzustrebendes. des procedes et techniques de reproduction de docu· Vor allem das FeWen einer Theorie der Fachsprachen, ments") wiihrend die deutsche Definition ("die Gesamt die nur tiber eine hinreichend gentigende Anzahl ent· heit der Kopierverfabren zur Abbildung einerVorlage ") sprechender Detailanalysen zu gewinnen ist, wird als zu stark einschrankt. dringendes Desiderat empfunden. Andererseits zeigt Flucks - hiiufig kompilatorisch anmutende - Darstel· Alles in allem ist dieses jedoch ein ntitzliches Worterbuch, tung, daB die bisherigen Forschungsansatze und ·arbeiten, von dem der Konsultierende bei der KHirung von Begrif die sieh an konkreten sachlichen und sprachlichen Er fen wertvolle Hilfe - auch bei Uhersetzungsarbeiten - er scheinungen orientierten, schon zu wesentlichen Ein halt, was bei der internationalen Bedeutung und Verflech sichten in Struktur und Spezifik der Faehsprachen ge tung dieses Sachgebietes von besonderem Nutzen fliraIle ft ihrt haben. Dies wird deutlich beim Herausarbeiten der Hersteller und Anwender dieses Wirtschaftszweiges ist. spraehliehen Charakteristika der Fachsprachen wie der Die Hoffnung der Bearbeiter, "dall Experten der Repro· Beschreibung hervorstechender Merkrnaleeiniger ausge graphie, Datenverarbeitung und Linguistik an ...Begriffs wahlter Fachsprachen (Borse, Metallverarbeitung, Fische und DefinitionsabkHirungen bei weiteren Auflagen mit- rei, Politik, Linguistik, Chemie , Physik, Medizin, Thea arbeilen", wird voll geteilt. Rolf Agte ter). Dem Forschungsstand entspricht es, wenn hier zu den Fachwortschatzen bzw. den Terminoiogien differen ziertere Aussagen gemacht werden konnen als zur fach· sprachlichen Syntax, die ebenso wie gesprochene Fach FLUCK, H. R.: Fachsprachen. Einftihrung und Biblio sprache vermehrt Untersuchungsgegenstand werden muB. graphie. MUnchen: Francke Verlag 1976. 233 p., Dall die Fachsprachen spezifische syntaktisehe Merkmale DM 17,80; = UTB 483. ISBN 3·7720-1 1594 aufweisen, haben nieht zuletzt die Arbeiten E. Benes' Obgleich von niemandem bestritten wird, daB Wissen· gezeigt; wie diese im einzelnen ausgestaltet sind, das gilt schaft und Technik in den letzten Jahrzehnten besonders es weitgehend noch ausfindig zu machen. Flucks Bestands tiefe Spuren in der Sprache hinterlassen haben, daB sie aufnahme verdeutlicht femer tiberzeugend, wie sehr g�. iIlre weitere Entwicklung zukUnftig mallgeblich beein· rade die praxisorientierten fachsprachlich-terminologi flussen, vielleicht sagar - aus technik- und wissenschafts schen Ansatze nationaler und internationaler technisch imrnanenten, aus akonomischen, aber auch aus gesell wissenschaftlicher Organisationen (DIN, VDI, ISO) dem schaftlichen GrUnden - dominieren werden, fO Ort die Praktiker vor Ort, der zwar standig mit fachsprachlichen Fachsprachenforschung in unserem Lande immer noeh Problemen (Neubenennungen, Produzieren und Uherset ein Schattendasein. Dabei vermachte eine intensive und zen von Fachtexten, Aufbau und Betrieb firmeninterner systematische Auseinandersetzung mit dem Gegenstand Datenspeicher und Dokumentationssysteme) konfron Fachsprache - auch unter Beriicksiehtigung der histori- tiert wird und solche zu lasen hat, ohne Sprachfachrnann 114 Intern.Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Book Reviews zu sein, wichtige Hilfsmittel (Normen, Richtlinien) an Das Bandchen enthalt 20 Beitragc (manche gekiirzt), die Hand gegeben haben. darunter drei Originalbeitrage, eine Einleitung und zwei Dern Aspekt einer gezielten Verbesserung der Kommuni Verzeichnisse ("Internationaler und nationaler Normen kationsfahigkeit tiber fachliche Sachverhalte - sowohl der und VDI Richtlinien zu den technischen Fachsprachen" des Laien wie der des Experten - gibt Fluck breiten und eine Bibliographie von 2+82 Titeln). Vier der 14 Nachdrucke stammen aus Publikationen der Raum. Flir den Fachmann gilt li, a.: Durch die immer " starker werdende Spezialisierung und Verflechtung vieler DDR. In ihrer Einleitung bedauern die Herausgeber,daLl Arbeitsbereiche auf nationalem und internationalem Ge die Nachdruckerlaubnis flir weitere "zentrale Aufsatze hiet gewinnen fachsprachliche Dbersetzungen zur Mittei zurn Thema, die in der DDR erschienen sind, nicht lung und zurn Austausch von Gedanken und Informatio erteilt wurde". Es handelt sich dabei um Arbeiten von neo zusehends an Bedeutung. Mit diesem Prozess verbun W: Schmidt, K. Heller, W. Fleischer und W. Reinhardt. den ist die Notwendigkeit, die Sprachenjener Lander zu Die Beitrage wurden wie folgt gegliedert: eriernen, die am wissenschaftlich-technischen Fortschritt 1. Zur Notwendigkeit spraehlicher Differenzierungen (D. M6hn, wesentlich beteiligt sind oder gewichtige Faktoren im H."R. Spiegel) wirtschaftlichen Leben bilden. Dabei wird vor aUem der 2. Normung, Probleme und Fortsduitte (E. Wti Beuth VerI. 1976. 168 p., DM 28,- = Normungskunde Aspekt nicht eine Tautologie darstellt. H. 4. ISBN 3410-10731·2 Etwas zu kurz gekommen 1st schlieBlich auch das Pro� 1m Gegensatz zu dem unter dem gleichen Titel im sel· blem des Verhiiltnisses 'IonFachsprache und Allgemein ben Jahr erschienenen Werk "Fachsprachen" von H�R. sprache, was insofern bedauerlich ist, als gerade durch Flu ck (siehe vorangegangene Besprechung), das sichin die Rtickflihrung fachsprachlicher Termini auf allgemein· zehn Kapiteln systematisch mit Gegenstand, Geschichte, sprachlich formulierbares Wissen interdisziplinare Ver" Signifikanz,Arten, Normung, Anwendung und Zukunft sHindigung ermoglicht wird. Auch dies war im Geleit· der "sog. Fachsprachen" befaLlt und diese durch eine wort angeboten worden: "die fachsprachlichen Spre� Bibliographie von 458 Titeln erganzt, haben die Heraus· cher ftir einen bewuf�ten Umgang mit ...der Sprache geber der vorliegenden DIN-Publikation das Problem ...zu gewinnen". Ein Beitrag zur Definitionstechnik feid "Fachsprachen" durch eine Auswahl neuerer, aber ware manchem "Fachsprecher" sicherlich willkommen meist schwer zuganglicher Aufs.tze (aus 1965-1974) gewesen. Ingetraut Dahlberg relevanter Autoren des In" und Auslands vorzustellen versucht. Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Book Reviews 115 CLASSIFICATION LITERATURE 3 (1976) No. 2 (1873-2200) The outline of the following survey of recent literature 1200 terms in systematic/alphabetical arrangement with equi in the field of classification was published in Intern. valents in French, German, Russian and Spanish and with a de finition in English as well as indications of relationships of a Classificat. 2 1975 No. 2 . p. 125. We would appreciate ( ) term as e. g. RT, BT, NT. Many classification relevant terms may receiving preprints and reprints from the authors in order be found in the divisions: 1. Basic aspects and 3. Activities in to deliver a quicker service on new publications in our information and documentation. fie ld. An author and subject index ofvols. 1-3 will be provided with No. 1 of 1977. 04 Classification Systems and Thesauri 042 Universal Decimal Classification, UDC o Form Divisions Classifica�o decimal universal. Edi9ao media em lingua portuguesa. Rio de Janeiro: Instituto Brasileiro de Infor 01 Bibliographies ma<;ao em Ciencia e Tecnologia 1976. 3 vols. (= FID 541) Vol. 1 contains the tables, vol. 2 the computer-printout of the 1873 Hobart. A. E. L. (Camp.): Dewey Decimal Classi index A-INVI, vol. 3 the continuation INVO-Z. "Edi�ao come fication since 1971: a reading list. Albany, N. Y.: Forest morative do centenario da primcira edi�iio da cJassifica'fiio deci Press 1976. 16 p. mal de Dewey." Compiled for the delegates to the European Centenary Seminar on the Dewey Decimal Classification. It lists 78 titles on Dewey 1881 Classificazione decimale universale. Edizione com or the DOC that have appeared since 1971, the issue year of the pleta italiana. Classe I: Filosofia. Psicologia. In: Note last, the 18th edition. Author and subject index. Bbg. Document. Sci. (1974) No. 20, p. 3-58 1874 Klimpfer, M.: Generation of indexes. (Erstellen 1882 Classificazione decimale universale. Edizione com von Registern) (In German) Bonn: Bundesanst. f. Vege pleta italiana. Classe 65: Conduzione del!'azienda e orga tationskunde, Naturschutz u. Landschaftspflege 1976. nizzazione nell'industria e nel commercia. Communica 11 p., 107 refs. zioni. In: Note Bbg. Document. Sci. (1974) No. 21, p. Lists alphabetically 107 references from 1948-1976. 1-105 1875 Larsen, P. S. (Camp.): A bibliography of PRECIS. 1883 Classificazione decimale universale. Edizione com Aalborg: The Royal School of Librarianship 1976. 33 p. pleta italiana. Classe 61: Medicina. In: Note Bbg. Docu 66 Titles in chronological order, starting 1970 with D. Austin's paper: 'Subject retrieval in UK MARC' and ending with his con ment. Sci. (1974) No. 22, p. 1-327 tribution 'Citation order and linguistic structure' for the John Metcalfe-Festschrift (in print). Each title (of D. Austin or others) 1884 Deutscher Nonnenausschu!!: DK Dezimalklassifi is supplemented by an abstract, if available c. g. from Library kation. Hilfstafeln. (Auxiliary tables, 2nd German Full and Information Science Abstracts (LISA). Ed.,8th Intern. Ed.) (In German). Berlin: Beuth Verlag 1974. 124 p. = FID 297 03 Dictionaries, Terminologies Corresponds to the updatings of the UDC in Extensions and Correlations to the UDC, Ser. 8, No. 5. 1876 Jolley, J. L.: The terminology of coordinate index 043 Dewey Decimal Classification, DDC ing. Draft definitions. In: Aslib Proc. 28(1976) No. 3, p. 120-128 A core of standard terminology of this subject is proposed by 1885 Dewey Decimal Classification. Centennial 1876- the Coordinate Indexing Group of Aslib. 1976. Facsimile reprinted (of) "A Classification and Sub ject Index for Cataloguing and Arranging the Books and 1877 PRECIS. Multilingual tenninology. London: The Pamphlets of a Library. Amherst, Mass. 1876". Albany, British Library. Bibliographic Services Div., Subject N. Y.: Forest Press Div. of Lake Placid Education Found Systems Office 1975. VI, 52 p. ation 1976. 44 p. Meant as an aid for the discussion or teaching of PRECIS, some Reprint of M. Dewey's first edition with his "Preface", "Expla guidelines for the transla tion of PRECIS terminology arc givcn nations" and "Subject Catalogue". as wcll as the terms to be used themselves in English, German and Danish for each language in alternating arrangement. 044 Library of Congress Classification, Lee 1878 Rolling, L.: Concerning Thesaurus Terminology - 1886 Library of Congress. Subject Cataloging Div.: LC Cla ...ification Outline. II. In: Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 1, p. 37-39 3rd ed. Washington, D. C. Library 21 definitions of thesaurus-related terms in the languages Eng of Congress 1975. 25 p. lish, French and German. 1887 LC Cla ...ification. Class G, Geography, Maps, 1879 Wersig, G., Neveling, U. (Camp.): Terminology of Anthropology, Recreation. 4th ed. Washington, D. C.: documentation. (Title also in F, D, R, S). Paris: Unesco; Library of Congress 1976. 435 p., $ 15,- MUnchen: Verlag Dokumentation 1975. 274 p. DM 55,-, ISBN 92-3·001232-7 (Unesco), ISBN 3-7940-5 15-·5 1888 LC Classification. In: Catalogg. Servo BulL (1976) (Verlag Dokumentation) No. 116, p. 6-8 116 Intern.Classifiea t. 3 (1976) No. 2 Classification Literature Recent modifications in the praxis of the Library of Congress 1899 Centre National de Documentation et d'!nforma Classification: cataloguing of countries, cataloguing of serial han sur l'Eau: Thesaurus National Eau. (National Water publications. Thesaurus) (In French) Paris: Association Fran,. pour l'Etude des Eaux (AFEE) 1975. 84 p. 046 Colon Classification, CC 1900 API Thesaurus, 13th ed. Washington, D. C.: Amer. 1889 Seetharama, S.: Human digestive system: depth Petrol. Institute 1976. 494 p. classification version ofCC. In: Libr. Sci. Slant. Doc. 12 Main part in alphabetical arrangement with a total of 5 284 (1975) No. I, p. 17 -26,9 refs. valid terms. Special lists for new indcxing terms, dropped terms, Definitions. Schedule of Isolates. Notation. Index. Schedule. special use terms and a hierarchical list of ten main categories. Examples. 1901 Groupement de Documentation des Industries 1890 Bibliothekarisch-bibliographische K1assifikation. Extractives. Classification des fiches analytiques. (In Tafeln flir wissenschaftliche Bibliotheken. Bd. 14, Teil 2: French). Paris: CERCHAR 1976. 41 p. Geschichte der UdSSR. (History of the USSR). Berlin-O: Methodisches Zentrum f. wiss. Bibliotheken 1974. 307 p. 1902 Delobez, A., Pare, S.: Thesaurus Geographie du German translation of the Russian BBK, vol. 14, pt. 2: History Commerce. (In French) Paris: Centre National de la of the USSR. Recherche Scientifique 1975. 48 p. 1891 Tables of library classification for children's libra 1903 Thesaurus. Geographie industrieUe. (In French). ries. 3rd ed. (In Russian). Moscow: Kniga 1974. 140 p. Paris: Servo Doc. Cartogr. Gcogr. 1976_ 78 p., 4 refs. ISBN 2901 560017. CNRS. 04-1/9 Special Classification Systems - Subjects (order follows the divisions as given in I.C. 1904 Brodauf, H.: Documentation language and des 75-1, p. 36) criptor list for the Thesaurus of Veterinary Medicine. (In German). Hannover: TieriirztlicheHochschule. Insti 1892 INIS Thesaurus. Wien: International Atomic Ener tut flir Statistik nnd Biometrie 1976. 125 p. gy Agency 1976. 673 p., $ 20,-, = IAEA-INIS-13 (Rev. Thesaurus of 1500 descriptors in systematical and alphabetic 10) arrangement. A numerical notation is used, comprising four numbers for each descriptor. 1893 Energy Microthesaurus - a hierarchical listing of energy indexing terms used in the NTIS data base. 1905 InternationalHistological Classification of Tu Springfield, Va.: National Technical Information Service mours of Domestic Animals. Pt. 1. In: Bull. World 1975. 42 p. = NTlS:COM-75-111 00; NTlS/SR-75/03. Health Org. 50 (1974) No. 1-2, 142 p. (Sw. fr. 18,-). 1894 ERDA. Energy Information Data Base. Subject 1906 Kolbe, H. L., Bergman, R. F.: Population/Fertility Categories. Energy Research and Development Admini� Control Thesaurus. Washington, D. C.: The George Wash stration. Technical Information Center 1976. 51 p. = ington University. Department of Medical and Public TID-4584 Affairs 1976. 243 p. Categories with scope notes and correlation numbers to the sub· Based on the Medical Subject Headings (MeSH) categories of the ject categories within Nuclcar Science Abstracts and Atomindex National Library of Medicine the thesaurus is presented in four (INIS) for use in bibliographies and abstracting journals as well sections: an alphabetical list, a descriptor list, a catcgory list and as for searching in the on·line system RECON. a hierarchical list. 1895 INSPEC Thesaurus 1975. London: Institute of 1907 International Histological Classification of Tu Electrical Engineers 1975. X, 427 p. mours. (Separate editions in E, F, S and some in R). Alphabetical, hierarchical and classified display of 4330 terms. Geneva: World Health Organization 1967-1976. (Revised and amended version of the first one from 1973,) So far 16 books of this classification for different kinds of tu mours have been issued containing the proposed nomenclatures, 1896 Index General du Vocabulaire Electrotechnique definitions and classifications, together with descriptive notes. International/General Index of the International Electro The histological types arc illustrated by colour pholomicro� technical vocabulary. Geneva: Commission Electrotech· graphs and by a collection of 35�mm colour transparencics. nique Internationale 1975. 744 p., SFr 90.00 This F�E, E�F index to the International Electrotechnical Voca+ 1908 National Library of Medicine: Medical subject bulary (I. E. Y.) contains about 11 000 terms, each with an equi· headings - tree structures 1976. Springfield, Va.: Natio valent in the other language and to be fo und from any of its sign· nal Techn. Inform. Servo 1975. 442 p. = PB 243900 ificant constituent words in order to facilitate access to thc Hierarchical arrangement of the medical subject headings various terms of the I. E. Y. pre.�ently in lise. An annotated alphabetical lisl is announced as PB�243901. 1897 NASA Thesaurus, 1976 edition. Washington, D.C.: National Aeronautics and Space Administration 1976. 1909 Institut flir Krankenhausbau, TV Berlin; Deutsches 2 vols. = NASA SP 7050; vol. I, $ 15,-, vol. 2, $ 8.50 Krankenhausinstitut DUsseldorf: Thesaurus Krankenhaus� Vol. I contains 18 403 terms in alphabetical order, vol. 2, access wesen (Th. on hospitals) 3rd rev. ed. (In German) vocabulary, contains 35 801 entry terms for multiple access to Berlin-W: Techn. Univ., Inst. f. Krankenhausbau 1975. the NASA terminology. 190 p. Alphubetical main part with 3 365 terms of which I 048 arc 1898 Thesaurus Geowissenschaften. (Thesaurus for the descriptors. The systematic part lists only descriptors in special Geosciences). (Thesaurus German�French). Hannover: fields in alphabetical scqucnce, as well as field-free descriptors. Bundesanst. Geowiss. u. Rohstoffe 1975. 114 p. Trilingual Thesaurus, German�French�English prepared by the 1910 Dokumentationsring Piidagogik (DOPAED): The Bumlesanstalt fUr Geowissenschaften unu Rohstoffe, the Bureau saurus Piidagogik. Supplement 2: Information and Do de Recherches GlIOlogiqw..'s et Minicres and the CNRS. Contains kumentation. Berlin;W: Piidagogisches Zentrum 1974. :UTow�diagrams, a classification of 19 thema tical areas, rules for 32 p. = DOPAED-Materialien 10 application and an tllphabetical list of the descriptors. Alphabetical list of descriptors and non·descriptors and syslem� atic sorting into six �ubject categories. Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Classification Literature 117 1911 Thesaurus of ERIC Descriptors. With a special saurus 1975. (International Road Documentation The chapter on the role and fu nction of the thesaurus in saurus). Pt. I: German alphabetic thesaurus, Pt. 2: Num education. 5th ed. New York: Macmillan Inform. 1975. erical compilation and arrow-graphs. (In German). 411 p. Paris: OECD 1975. 2 vols. ca. 400 p., ca. 135 figs. The trilingual thesaurus (D, E, F) contains about 2000 descriptors. 1912 !BE Education Thesaurus. 2nd ed. rev. & enl. Paris: Unesco Press 1975. 278 p. 1924 Hermann, G.: Fachthesaurus kombinierter Ver Arrangement in four parts: 1) general headings for fields and kehr. (Thesaurus for combined transportation) 2nd ed. fa cets, 2) alphabetical array of descriptors and identifiers (in E (In German) Frankfurt: Studiengesellschaft fUrden and F) with scope notes, 3) a faceted array of descriptors and kombinier�en Verkehr (SGKV) 1974. 112 p., 4 refs. identifiers, 4) a rotated list of descriptors. A separate French Main part in alphabetical order. Contains about 1350 descriptors edition was published in 1974. (First cd. see entry 579) and ca 1160 non-descriptors. The systematic index comprises 7 large subject categories. Presentation of the descriptors also in 1913 International Standard Classification of Education. diagrammatic form. Abridged ed. Paris: Unesco Office of Statistics. Div. of Statistics on Education 1975. 148 p. 1925 Hofer, A. et al: Fachbegriffe und Sinnbilder der Datenverarbeitung. 2nd ed. (Concepts and graphic signs 1914 Viet, J.: EUDISED-thesaurus multilingue para a for data processing). (In German). MUnchen: Verlag processamento da informa9ao em educa�ao. 2 vals. (In Dokumentation 1976. 166 p., DM 28,- ISBN 3-7940- Portuguese) Rio de Janeiro: Centro Brasileiro de Pesqui· 4179-8 sas Educacionais 1974. 629 p. Alphabetically arranged glossary with definitions of the terms in Portuguese version of the Council of Europe's Thesaurus Eudised. the field of computer science and technology. (A licence print from the German Democratic Republic.) 1915 Ditmer, R. W.: A thesaurusof planning terms. Monticello, Ill.: Council of Planning Librarians 1976. 1926 Williams, B. J. S.: Thesaurus of Micrographic 41 p. $4,- Terms. 3rd ed. rev. by G. Harris. Hatfield, England: Na Alphabetical order of descriptors with relationship indications. tional Reprographic Centre for Documentation 1976. 35 p., £ 2.00 1916 Secretariat des Missions d'Urbanisme et d'Habitat: Thesaurus. Bilingual edition, E-F, F-E. Paris: SMUH 1927 Deutsches Komitee fUr Reprographie: Dictionary 1975. 2 vols., F 350,- of Reprography. (Title also in D and F). MUnchen: Ver Thesaurus contains some 2500 terms presented in the form of a lag Dokumentation 1975. 273 p., DM 54,-. ISBN 3- permuted alphabetical list. Relationship indications with the 7940-3259-4 authorized -terms. Vol. 2 contains graphic and parallel reprensen 600 definitions in English, German and French in alphabetical tation of links between descriptors under 25 categories, includ order (each language in a separa te part) ing five geographical ones. 1928 Viet, J.: Cultural Development/Developpement 1917 Urban Vocabulary, rev. ed. Washington, D. C.: Culturel Thesaurus. Strasbourg: Council of Europe 1976. U. S. Dept. of Housing and Urban Development 1975. 331 p. 96 p. Thesaurus in two parts: systematic section for division of the Part A is an alphabetical controlled vocabulary with correspond descriptors in 14 main groups with subgroups, in E and F, and ing UDC numbers, Part B displays the classification schedule alphabetical lists in E and F as index to the structured part. with the corresponding subject terms. 1929 Thesaurus Religionspiidagogik. (In German). MUn 1918 Sandeau, G.: Thesaurus du management et de ster: Comenius-Institut and Mtinchen: Institut flir Kate l'economie. Pt. I: Guide-list alphabetique permutee. chetik und Homiletik 1976. 616 p., DM 28,- Pt. 2: Schemas fieches -listes outils -listes addition Thesaurus contains 1284 descriptors and 800 non-descriptors nelles. Langage d'indexation pour les services de docu plus 13 500 associate descriptors for the field of religious edu mentation et bibliotheques. 2nd ed. (In French). Paris: cation. Bureau Marcel van Dijk 1975. 195 p. 05 Periodicals and Serials 1919 Thesaurus of Industrial Development Terms. 3rd ed. E-F. Wien: United Nations Industrial Development 1930 Macrothesaurus Newsletter. International Labour Organisation 1976. 151 p., $ 7,- Office. Central Library and Documentation Branch, This edition is the first to include terms in a second language 1211 Geneva 22, Switzerland. No. 1,Oct. 1974, No. 2, (French). Arrangement in 2 parts: I) thematic list of descriptors Aug. 1975, No. 3, Dec. 1975. in English and in French and 2) permuted alphabetical list of After three issues, each of a few pages only. this Newsletter which descriptors in English only. was to provide a communication link between the users of the Macrothesaurus, will not be issued any longer by ILO. Issue 3 1920 Information-retrieval thesaurus for chemical and contains a users survey from 26 answers of 192 known Macro petroleum machinery. (In Russian). Moscow: Centraln. thesaurus possessors to the questionnaire (altogether 5000 co Inst. Nautn.-Techn. Inform. i. techno ekon. issled. po pies of the Macrothesaurus had been sold, however, no sales lists chim. i. neft, ma�inostr. 1975. 171 p. could be obtained from the book-dealers). The answers show Alphabetically arranged thesaurus for chemical and petroleum that only 16 users index documents with the thesaurus, mostly machinery containing some 7000 descriptors and about 500 (7) with the help of the English language version, the termino keywords. logy was revised by 10, further revisions arc intended by 9. It is intended to convert the prescnt Macrothcsaurus into a DEVSIS thesaurus during the years 1976 and 1977. 192 1 Building research thesaurus. 2nd ed. London: Building Research Establishment (BRE). Department 06 Conference Reports. Proceedings of the Environment 1975. 281 p. Updated version of the 1972 rev. cd. (sec also 599). Main part in alphabetical sequence with a subsequent listing of the descript 1931 Union des Associations Internationales (UAI): ors in about 65 subject category groups. Les probtemes du language dans la societe intemationale. Compte-rendu du Colloque tenu a Paris les 28 et 29 1923 Internationale DokumentationStraBe (IDS) . The- mars 1974. Bruxelles: U. A. !, 1975. 266 p., FB 400,- 118 Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Classification Literature Discussions, presentations and 31 reprints (of former matcrial) the College of Librarianship Wales in Aberystwyth, on July concerning problems of a conceptually-based communication 14-18, 1975. especially in the social sciences (work of the Committee on Conceptual and Tcrminological Analysis. International Political 1947 32nd Meeting of the IBBD/UDC Committee. (In Science Association. COCTA). Portuguese). Rio de Janeiro: Instituto Brasileiro de Bi bliografia e Documenta�iio 1976. 63 p. 1932 Deutsche Gesellschaft fUr Dakumentation (DGD); Report of the 32nd mecting which took place on 21 -22 July Laake, M. v. d., Port, P. (Bearb .): Deutscher Dakumentar 1975 in Brasilia during the 8th Brazilian Congress of Librarian tag 1974. Bonn-Bad Godesberg 7.-1 1.10.1974. Bd. 1. (In ship and Documentation. Contains among others also a survey German). Munchen: Verlag Dokumentation 1975_ 472 p., on the number of institutions in Brazil using thc UDC. DM 54,- The volume contains the papers of the sessions on national in 1948 Nacke, O. (Ed.): Scientometrics and bibliametrics formation policy and information Jaw as well as the ones of the in planning and research. (In German). Papers of a Work Open Sessions of Committees. Among the latter are the papers shop on the occasion of the 20-years anniversary of the of the Committee on Classification and Thesaurus Research Institut flir Dokumentatian und Information uber Sozial (KTF) and for Patent Documentation. The following 7 papers medizin und Offentliches Gesundheitswesen (Idis). Biele were presented and discussed: 1933 Diemer, A.: Die Relation feld, 23.-24. Jan. 1976. Bielefeld: Idis 1976. 285 p., als Thema dokumentations- und informationswissenschaftlicher DM 30,- (far DGD members DM 5,-); ISBN 3 88139 Forschung. Arbeitsbericht tiber die Forschungsaktivitaten des KTF zum Thema Relationen. - 1934 Henrichs, N.: Dokument 013 8 spezifische Kennzeichnung von Deskriptorenbeziehungen. Funk (For a short report on this confcrence sec Intern. Classificat. tion undBedeutung. - 1935 Jansen, R.: Die Bedeutung der Zu 3(1976) No. 1, p. 35). Introduction by O. Nacke and bibliogra geh6rigkeitsrelation f'Ur Thcsaurusstruktur, Indexicrungsmethode phy on the conference topic of 295 entries, in addition to the und Recherche. - 1936 Fugmann, R.: Die Grenzen des The texts of the 14 following papers: 1949 Diemer, A.: Die Sziento saurusverfahrens bei der Wiedergabe von Begriffsbeziehungen. - metrie - ihr Anliegen und ilue Probleme. - 1950 Nacke, 0.: 1937 Herbig, E.: Die Internationale Patentklassifikation (IPC) Zwecke und Themen der Scientometrie. - 1951 Gerdel, W., als cinheitliches Ordnungssystem der Patentinformation und Murza, G.: Formale Strukturen der Scientomet.rie. - 1952 Pfei -dokumentation. - 1938 Gehring, G.: Die ErsteUung eines um fer, R.: Quellen der Bibliomctrie. Murza, G.: Mathematische Me fassenden Schlagwortregisters zur Internationalen Patentklassifi thoden. - 1953 Rcnz, D. G.: Formales Verfahren zur Optimie kation (lPC). - 1939 Weiss, W.: Die inhaltserschlie�endc Patent rung der Input/Output Relation. - 1954 Kurzwelly, E.: Daten� dokumentation, insbesondere des Deutschen Patentamtes; Erfah technische Methoden. - 1955 Gerdel, W.: Arheitstechnische rungen mit Prinzip, Entwicklung, Erprobung und Betrieb. Methoden in der Dakumentations- und Wissenschaftsforschung. - 1956 Krug, G.: Bibliomctrie in der Bibliotheksplanung. - 1957 1940 Deutsche Gesellschaft flir Dokumentation (DGD). Hcrz, T. A., Stegemann, H.: Bibliomctrie in der Forschungsdoku Kurz, R., Port, P. (Bearb): Deutscher Dokumentartag mentation: Forschung tiber sozialwisscnschaftliche Forschungs arheiten. - 1958 Henzler, R. G.: Bibliometric in der Thesaurus 1974. Bonn-Bad-Godesberg 7.-1 1.10.1974. Bd. 2: Proble und Klassifikationsforschung. - 1959 Sandor, L., Wagner, G.: me der Tenninoiogiearbeit in Infonnation und Dokumen B ibliometrie in der Krebsforschung. - 1960 Lange, H.: Biblio tation. (Kolloquium DGD-KTS/FFM, 10./1 1.10.1974). metric in def Arbcitsmedizin. - 1961 Kramer, W.: Bibliomctrie (In German, 2 papers E). Munchen: Verlag Dokumenta in der Umwelthygicnc. tion 1975. 242 p.,DM 36,- Contains the 18 papers and their discussions presented at the 1962 Reports of the 18th Annual Meeting of the Com above mentioned colloquium on the terminology in general and mittee for Patentdocumentation, 6./7. Mai 1976 in Mun on information science terminology as well as computer aspects chen. (In German). MOOchen: Deutsche Gesellschaft flir in particular. Dokumentation. AusschuE flir Patentdokumentation 1976. 282 p. = DGD-Schrift (APD-5)1/76 1941 Kumar, P. S. G.: International study conference Out of the 27 papers presented the following 8 arc dealing with on classification research (3). In: Herald Lib. Sci. 14 the special problems of patent subject indexing and evaluation (1975) No. 1, p. 8-26 and with the International Patent CUlssifieation (IPC). 1963 Weir.., W.: Die Systeme der inhaltserschlieBendcn Patentdoku 1942 Neelamegban, A.: Third International Study Con mentation des DPA; Erfahrungen mit den ersten Bcnutzungs ference on Classification Research: Papers, Conclusions testen flir die 6ffcntlichkeit. - 1964 Stein, R.: Korrefcrat, and Recommentations. In: Libr. Sci. Slant Doc. 12 (1975) System "MctaUi'iche Wcrkstoffe". - 1965 Sage, U.: KOHefe No. 1, p. 27-32 rat, System "Waschm ittcl" . - 1966 Neubert, H.: Korrcfcrat, System "Rtickschlagvcntilc". - 1967 S611a, K.: Die Internatio nale Patentklassifikation (lPC): Handhabung, Wcitercntwicklung, 1943 Sokolov, A. V.: Present problems in the theory of PrUfstoff-Umstcllung, Inhaltslisten, Belcgungslisten, u. a. - classification - topic of the Third International Confer 1968 Gehring, G.: Wciterentwicklung des Stich� und Schlag ence in Bombay (In Russian). In: Nautn. i. Techn. w6rtcrvcrzeichnisses zur IPC. - 1969 Erben, J.: Bctciligung dcr Biblioteki SSSR (1976) No. 8, p. 35-47, 25 refs. Offentlichkeit an dcr Ptlcgc der IPC und ihrer Zusatzeinrichtun Discussion of the papers and of the results of the FIDleR Con gen. - 1970 Hcring, H.: Die IPC als Basis cines EDV�Dialog ference in Bombay, Jan. 1975. Systems fUr dic Patentrcchcrche. 1944 Kommission der Europaischen Gemeinschaften: 1971 Kay, M.: Abstracts of the 1976 InternationalCon Zweiter Europaischer KongreB liber Dokumentations ference on Computational Lingoistics - COLING. In: systeme und -netze. Luxemburg, 27.-30. Mai 1975. (In Amer. J. Comput. Lingoist. (1976) Na. 2, MF 48 German). Munchen: Verlag Dokumentation 1976. 271 p., DM 40,- = Eur 5546 d, e, f 07 Textbooks (Book also available in English and in French). Contains the papers and results of language-clustered discussion groups. Of See also 2107 interest here especially session Von language problems with the paper by 1945 M. Wolff-Tenoine: Multilingual Systems. 1972 Brown, A. G.: Introduction to subject indexing. A programmed text. Vol. I: Subject analysis and practi- . 1946 Borko, H.: Printed Subject Indexes - The Aberyst cal classification. London: C. Bingley 1976. 203 p. wyth Institute 1975. In: Intern. Classificat. 2(1975) No. Programmed introduction into the practice of classing, especially 2, p. 106-107 with regard to the usc of the principles of the Colon C'IassiIica Report on this International Study Institute on the Design and tion. Evaluation of Printed Subject Indexes (PSI) which was held at Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Classification Literature 119 1973 Brown, A. G.: Introduction to subject indexing: ience in the development of a bilingual vocabulary for the trade and economic information communication network as part of a programmed text. Vol. 11: UDC and chain procedure Informchim. - 2002 Leont'eva, T. M. et al: Main steps in the in subject cataloguing. London: C. Bingley; Hamden, Conn: Linnet Books 1976. 153 p., £ 3.50; SBN 85157 development of a bilingual (Russian-Gcrman/German-Russian) thesaurus for chemistry and chemical cngineering. - 2003 Gasi 211 1 lina, V. N., Gavrilenko, B. I., Savel'eva, A. I.: Salient fea tures of Programmed introduction into classing with the UOc. a methodology for bilingual thesaurus construction (in the fer rous metallurgy field). - 2004 Mickov, Ch. et al: The method 08 Other Monographs ology of use of the VNIIMI thesaurus descriptor ficlds in devel oping specialised medical thesauri. -- 2005 Kazakov, E. N., 1974 Foskett, D. J.: Classification. In: Batten, W. E. Kapylov, V. A.: A method for computer-based development (Ed.): Handbook of Special Librarianship and [nforma and maintenance of a polythcmatic IR language. - 2006 Dietze, tion Work. London: Aslib 1975. p. 153-197, 109 refs. J.: A frequency-statistical method of automatic indexing. - 2007 Pascenko, N. A., Ivanov, B. S.: Automatic indexing of 1975 Langridge, D. W.: Classification and indexing in query texts with special refere nce to an automatic language having a fully developed grammar. - 2008 Janos, I.: An ex the humanities. London: Butterworths 1976. 143 p., periment in automatic indexing from text fr agments. - 2009 £ 5.50; [SBN 0 408 70777 I Anno, E. I.: An indexing algorithm for an IR system using a de Contains the following chapters: The universe of knowledge and scriptor language with contextual relationships. - 2010 Tafipol' bibliographic classificat ion. The theory of bibliographic classifi skaja, M. Ja. et al: Autoindex-UDC: an indexing algorithm. - cation. Defining the humanities. The classification of history and 2011 Leonov, R. A. et al: Tools for computer-aided mainten biography. The classification of philosophy religion and the oc ance of document files classed by the UDC. - 2012 Tamsov, cult. The classification of arts, crafts and entertainment. The V. I. et HI: Quality assessment algorithms for UDC indexing. construction of special classification schemes in the humanities. Indexing in the humanities. (Name and subject index.) 09 Standards, gu idelines Problems in the design and development of the 1976 See also 202 I International Scientific and Technical Information System. Vol. I. (In Russian). Moscow: Mezdunarod. 2013 ISO 999-1975. Documentation - index of publi Centr Nau�. i Techn. Inform. 1975. 288 p. cation. Genf: International Standardisation Organisa� The volume contains the following 35 contributions trcating problems of organisation of thesauri on a national and intcr tion 1975. 2 p. Set of rules to enable publishers and editors to produce indexes national levcl, compatibility problems and translation between of publications that facilitate their use by bibliographers, librari thesauri as well as automatic indexing: 1977 Mojiisek, I.: ans and researchers. Editing, layout and heading are emphasized. Prospects for IR language development in national and inter national systems of scientific and technical information. - 1978 Sokolov, A. Y.: A system of functionally specialised 2014 ISO 3166-1974 (E). Code for the representationof languages for the integrated information system. - 1979 Barth, names of countries. Genf: International Standardisation Ch.: Thc quality and pcrformance of information retrieval lang Organisation 1974. 22 p. uages assessed. - 1980 Belicka, L.: The national thesaurus sy stem. - 1981 Semakin, J u. L et al: Somc experience in devel 2015 DIN 1463 - 1976. Richtlinien fUr die Erstellung oping a system of information retrieval thesauri. - 1982 Orosz, und Weiterentwicklung von Thesauri. (Guidelines for the G., Makay, A.: Use of the UDC as lR language for searching construction and development of thesauri). ([n German). scientific and technical information. - 1983 Scibor, E.: The Berlin: Beuth-Verlag 1976. 12 p. general concept of the IR language for the Polish national com puter-based system of scientific and technical information. - 1984 Schliler, W.: The usc of spe cialized thesauri in a patent 2016 Multilingnal information-retrieval thesaurus (In information retrieval system: experience and problems. - 1985 Russian). In: Nauen.-techn. Inform. SeL 1(1975) No. 9, Zotova, K.: IR languages in the current national bibliographics p. 31-32 of socialist countries. - 1986 Mol'ska, I.: The SACO informa Presentation of a technical specification approved by the Com tion rctrieval languages. - 1987 Musrukov, N. B.: The interna mittee of Plenipotentiary Representatives of the Comecon mem tionalisation of the vocabulary of the language of science and ber countries. technology and the prospect s for multilingual thesauri. - 1988 Gajicova, E., Sgall, P.: General model of scntcnce semantics in 2017 Indexing principles. 1 st draft. Paris: Unesco the notation of a document search pattern. - 1989 Cajicova, UNISIST 1975. II p. � SC75!WS!58 E.: Basic syntactic rclations in information languages' grammars. - 1990 Majewska, 1., Kwiecien, H.: A specialised electrical power cngineering thesaurus in the Polish People's Republic. - 1991 Tichonov, I. Y.: Devclopment problems of compatible IR language.� for the International Scientific and Tcchnical lnforma 1 Theoretical Foundations of Classification tion System. - 1992 Rosenbaum, H.-D.: DeVelopment of com patible IR languages for the national and international scientific and technical information systems of the CMEA countries. - 11 General Theory of Order 1993 Kofnovec, L: A global outlook for IR language applica tions and an intermediate languagc for the International and 2018 Korner, S.: Classification theory. In: Intern. Technical Information System components. - 1994 Keen, M.: Classifica!. 3(1976) No. I, p. 3-6, 13 refs. Prospects for IR hmguage compatibility: an analysis of experi Outline of the logical and matcrial principles of classification as mental findings. An abstract. - 1995 Vilenskaja, S. K.: De well as of various general problems and criteria and discussion of scriptor and hierarchical languages: the problem of compatibility classification principles in particular domains. within a common IR system. - 1996 Wo lff-Tenoine, M.: Multi lingual systems and thesaurus compatibility. - 1997 SgaU, P., Bcnesova, E.: Feasibility of information language compatibility. 2019 PanoYa, N. S., 5rejder, Yu.: The principle of dual - 1998 Finogenov, A. S.: The development procedure of the ity in the theory of classification. (In Russian). In: international multilingual thesaurus for the construction field. - Nauen. techno Inform. Ser. 2(1975) No. 10, p. 3-10, 1999 Csendes, B.: A motor transport IR language and its com 21 refs. patibility with the IR language of the International Scientific Distinction between taxonomy which studies the division of and Technical Information System. - 2000 Mildner, H.: Some objects into classes and meronomy which studies the inherent experience in the semantic coordination of a Russian�German structure of these objects. Meronomy leads to the identifica vocabulary file with associated UDC and IPe numbers. - 2001 tion of characteristics on which the division into taxons can be Belopol'skaja, L A., Nefedova, T. A., Vass, E. D.: Some exper- based. 120 Intern. ('Jassificat. 3 (1976) No. 2 Classification Literature 12 Conceptual Basis of Classification against the background of the evolution of Iiterature and library-documentation activities. (In Polish). Pr. stud. 2020 Balk, M.: On division principles and divisions con przyczynki IINTE (1975) No. 3, 219 p. cerning definitions. (In German). In: Datenverarb. in Steuer, Wirtsch. u. Recht (1976) Nr. 3, p. 82-88,20 refs. The following kinds of definitions are distinguished: real-defini 2 Structure & Construction of CS tions (vs.) nominal definitions, parallel and synthetical defini tions and syntactical and scmantic definitions. 21 General Questions of Structure :1)21 Dahlberg, !.: On objects, concepts, definitions and terms. (In German). Zur moglichen Neufassung von DIN See also 1878 2330. In: Muttersprache 86(1976) No. 2, p. 81-1 17, 28 refs. 2029 Freytag, J.: The typology of information sources Proposal for a new version of the German standard on naming in the USSR. (In German). In: Infonnatik 22(1975) principles based on a new, analytical concept theory which facili tates the understanding of concepts considerably, explains con No. 4, p. 9-11,9 refs. The problems of establishing a typology are closely related to cept formation as well as concept relations, structures concept thcory and principles of classification. Results and considerations definitions and provides a theory for concept names (terms). in pcrsuing the task mentioned in the titlc. 13 Mathematics of Classification 2030 Mildner, H.: Concerning further development of information retrieval languages. (In German). In: Infor See also 2059 matik 23(1976) No. I, p. 31-32 It is recommended to use together classification systems and de 2022 Kononov, B. P.: Mathematical model of the theory scriptor languages in automated information rctrieval systems. of essential characteristics. (In Russian). In: Nau�n. techno Infonn. Ser. 2(1975) No. 9, p. 16-21, 10 refs. 203 I Mikulinksi, A.: The use of a thesaurus in a factory infonnation unit. (In Polish). In: Aktualn. probl. inform. 2023 Rebrova, M. P.: Fonnel, hierarchical and agglome i. dok. 20(1975) No. 3, p. 17-37 rative classification of documents and retrieval strategy for such a classification. (In Russian). In: Nau�n.-techn. 2032 Neicu, S. D.: Languages, thesauri, standardization. Inform. Ser. 2(1975) No. 10, p. 11-17, 10 refs. In:'Probl. de inform. doc., Bukarest 9(1975) No. 6, Description of a mathematical model of this classification which p. 348-364, 7 refs. may serve as basis for a file organisation of a volume above 100 000 to 150 000 units. 22 Elements and Special Structures of CS 2024 Reisinger, L.: On fuzzy thesauri. In: Compstat 1974. Proc. Comput. Sta!. Wien 1974. p. 119-127, 2033 Crvcanin-Metejic, M.: Structure of a thesaurus and 12 refs. methods of its elaboration. In: Informatika, Jugosl. 9 Application of fuzzy set theory in the description of a thesaurus. (1975) No. 4, p. 129-139 16 Development of Science and Classification 2034 Kusul ', A. Ja.: Basic subjects (classes) as interpre ted by Ranganathan and his followers. (In Russian). In: 2025 Small, H. G.: A citation model for scientific spe Bibliotekoved. i. bibliogr. za rubeZom (1975) No. 43, cialties. In: Proc. 38th Ann. Meeting Amer. Soc. Inform. p. 24-25,25 refs. Sci.l2(1975) p. 34-35, 6 refs. Discussion of the fo llowing aspects of basic subjects: the objects of library classification, properties and structurc of the universe Summary on operation, application and future research possibili of subjects, dcfinition of the term 'basic subject', primary and ties concerning the clustering of the annual volumes (1970- secondary basic-subjects, their construction, sequence and display 1974) of the Science Citation Index by co-citation countings of in thc 7th ed. of the Colon Classification. highly cited documents (thc number of times documents are cited togc!her). 2035 Laplace, G.: Analytic and structural typology: rationality in paleolithic studies. (In French). In: Ar 2026 Tomita, T., Hattori, K.: Some considerations of quasi-quantitative analysis of the history of science in chaeological Data Banks. Natl. Colloquium of the Centre Japan by key-words. Trial of Quantitative History. In: National de la Recherche Scientifique, No. 932. Marseil Japanese Studies in the History of Science (1975) No. les, 12-14 June 1972. Paris 1974. p. 91-143, 31 figs, 14, p. 13-38, 13 refs., 13 figs . 3 I refs. Introduction of the concept of and the formula for the measure ment of the 'value of information exchange' and description of 2036 Lowry, S. R., Isenhour, T. L.: A feature selection the application of classificd keywords to the index of the 25 technique for binary infrared spectra. In: J. Chern. Infonn. vols. of the Taikci (sec Intern. Classificat. 2(1975) No. 1) ac Computer Sci. 15(1975) No. 4, p. 212-2 15, 12 refs. cording to chronological order of the documents indexed. Dia Description of a method for the cvaluation of the usefulness of gram-display of the rcsults. every characteristic in a classification of unknown compounds. 18 Classification Research 2037 Perreault, J. M.: Concerning hierarchy in classifica tion. In: Intern. Classifica!. 3(1976) No. I,p. 33-34 2027 Richmond, P.: Classificationresearch: the bigger Commentary to A. Neelameghan's paper "Non-hierarchical asso revolution ahead. In: Proc. 38th Ann. Meeting Amer. ciative relationships: their types and the computer generation of Soc. Inform. Sci. 12(1975) p. 28-29 RT links". Faceted classification is regarded as the "revolutionary break through" in classification thcory, able to bc uscd in the design 2038 Selov, S. D.: Paradigmatic relations in a thesaurus: of a new general classification if based on PRECIS' A means for the representation of the semantic structure of text. (In Russian). In: Inform. Processy i Sistemy. 19 History of Classification Moscow 1975. p. 89-97 Indication of the usual concept relationships with each descriptor and in uddition indication of the actants of a situation described. 2028 Seibor, E.: Evolution of classification schemes A measure for the "terminologicality" of a descriptor is suggcsted; Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Classification Literature 121 a descriptor is the more terminological, the more places in the no solid theory to rely upon. Term relationships are unnecessarily relations list of its thesaurus entry are filled. complicated creating many problems such a reduced retrieval efficiency and increased compilation and updating costs. A more 2039 Serrai, A.: Subjects, arguments or discourse? (In efficient and economical method for construction of thesauri is Italian). In: Boll. d'inform. 15(1975) No. 3, p. 199-201 proposed taking into consideration semantic, linguistic and psy- One should always consider that languages consist of at least two chological aspects. (Author, abbr.) types of concepts: subjects/objects (arguments) and discourses about these. In order to establish correctly the subject of a docu� 24 Relationships ment in bibliography, it is essential to keep this distinction in mind. See also 1933-1936, 1989,2037, 2038,2068 2040 Subramanyam, K.: Seminal mnemonics in classifi 2048 Johansen, T.: Interrelatedness of subjects. (In cation. In: Intern.Classif ical. 3(1976) No. 1, p. 16-18, Danish). Copenhagen: Danish Library School 1975 .51 p. 8 refs. Seminal mnemonics consists of assigning the same notational 2049 Kirova, L. G.: One approach to establishing the digits to 'seminally equivalent' concepts. Explanation of the interconcepl distance by the thesaurus graph. (In Russi theoretical basis of seminal mnemonics and examination of its use in classification. an). In: Naukoved. i. Informatika. Resp. mezved. sb. (1975) No. 14, p. 96-102, 126, 6 refs. Presentation of a method for the assessment of the distance be� 2041 Thomsen, 0.: Growth curves for descriptors calcu lated by means for frequency tables. tween concepts using the thesaurus graph, which depends on a (In Danish). In: quantitative estimate of the strength of basic relations expressed T. for Dok., Stockhohn 31 (1975) No. 6, p. 81-86 by weights. A simple mathematical treatment of the numbers and the fre� quencies of use of the descriptors in a collection yields rectilinear 2050 Neelameghan, A., Ravichandra Rao, R. K.: Non curves, which can be used to evaluate the degree of specialization hierarchicalassociative relationships. of the thesaurus used ... (Author, abbr.) Their types and computer generation of RT links. In: LibI. Sci. Slant 2042 Tkach, S. S.: Paradigmatic tools in a documentary Doc. 13(1975) No. l,p. 24-42, 8 refs. language for solid-state physics. (In Russian). In: Nauen. (See also 2037: 1. M. Perreault - Concerning hierarchy in classi fication). About 30 types of non-hierarchical associative relation� techno Inform. Ser. 2(1975) No. 10, p. 18-21, 10 refs. ships, taken from different sources are enumerated. Their repre� Study of the categorization of the terms of a documentary lang� sentation between component ideas of a subject as facet relation uage as well as of the paradigmatic relations between the terms (FR), speciator relations (SpR), coordinate relation (CR) and of each category. Description of the coding method and of the phase relation (PR) is illustrated with examples. (Author, abbr.) construction of the classification. 26 Notation, Codes 23 Construction of CS 2051 Davis, C. H.: Pragmatic expansion of an enumera Building a thesaurus for a diffuse 2043 Freeman, F. H.: tive classification scheme. In: J. Amer. Soc. Infonn. Sci. subject area. In: Spec. Libr. 67(1976) No. 4, p. 220-222, 27(1976) No. 3, p. 174-175, 4 refs. 3 refs. Negative numbers are suggested as a means through which one Presentation of methods developed for standardizing terminology, enumerative classification can be expanded. An extension of the updating and using the thesaurus. Dewey Decimal notation is described as it has been used for computer�based SDI and implications for other automated sy� 2044 Plotnikov, B.A.: On the use of lexicogr aphic data in stems arc noted . . . (Author) thesaurus construction. (In Russian). In: Nauen.-techn. Inform. SeI. 2(1975) No. 9, p. 22-23, 46, 47, 4 refs. 2052 Faust, W.: Coding of weed and crop names for Suggestion of a method for the establishment of semantic rela� documentation in crop protection research. (In German). tions between abstract words and identifying keywords among In: Mitt. Ges. Bib!. wes. u. Dok. d. Landbaues (1976) them on the basis of lexicographic data. (Author, abbr.) No. 24, p. 111-115 Report on the development of a five-letter code for the abbre 2045 Shepherd, M., Watters, C.: Computer-generation of via tion of the scientific names of economically important crops thesaurus. In: Libr. Sci. Slant Doc. 12(1975) No. 2, p. and weeds. 40-54 Description of computer programs for generating a thesaurus 2053 Graichen, D., Lippmann, H. G.: A methodical given a set of terms among which the hierarchy has already been concept for the classification of cliuical infonnation as determined, as e. g. in a classification scheme for a subject-field. a presupposition for computerized infonnation hand Flow�charts and a sample of the thesaurus output are given. The ling - exemplified by the 'Tumorkrankenkennzahl programs are written in COBOL. (TKZ). (In German). Dresden: Forschungsinst. Manfred 2046 Soergel, D.: Theoretical problems of thesaurus V. Ardenne 1975. 16 p., 20 refs. building with particular reference to concept fonnation. Development of a code for the classification of cancer disease data and its subsequent statistical evaluation. In: PetOfi, J. S., Podlech, A., Savigny, E. V. (Hrsg.): Fachsprachliche Texte - Umgangssprachliche Kommuni 2054 Kashyap, M. M.: A study of the progressive use of kation. Kronberg 1975. p. 355-381,7 refs. indicator digit device in Colon classification. In: Ann. Function of a thesaurus and of the indexing language. Functions of the lead�in structure. User's vocabulary versus-logical structure Libr. Sci. Doc. 22(1975) No. 3, p. 120-132,48 refs. and request-oriented indexing. Complex thesaurus structures for natural language searching and automatic indexing. Steps in the 27 Compilation, Updating, Storage & Maintenance construction of indexing languages and thesauri. Problems of of CS concept formation. See also 2005, 2011, 2045, 2047 2047 Takahashi, M.: Fundamental problems of vocabu lar y control. Constructing and updating thesauri. (In Ja 2055 Iljon, A., Doggen, J.: ASTUTE - automated sy panese). In: Proc. 11 Nat!. Convent. Study Infonn. & stem for thesaurus updating, testing and editing. Luxem Doc. (1974) No. 11, p. 33-39, 188, 9 refs_ burg: Commission of the European Communities 1976. The current practice of thesaurus construction and updating has 59 p. 122 Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Classification Literature May be used with mono- and multilingual thesauri. Written in 32 Subject An.Iysis COBOL, consisting of about 5000 instructions. Precise descrip tion of this module. 2064 Orlov, A. N.: The literature and literary criticism subject complex. (In Russian). In: Teorija i metodika 28 Compatibi lity & Concordances of CS slovarn. inform.-poisk. jasykov po obscestv. naukam. Moscow: Nauka 1975. p. 141-163, 4 refs. See also 1991-1997 11nd 1999 Application of a methodology of subject analysis applied to works of literary criticism, history and theory of literature. 2056 Barth, C.: Problems in the development of a set of compatible IR languages for the International Scienti 2065 RebaB, S.: Semantic field and subject description fic and Technical Information System. (In German). In: of document contents. (In German). In: Intern. Classifica!. DDR-Med.-Rept. 4{l975) No. 2, p. 96-100 3(1976) No. 1, p. 18-22, 10 refs. Discussion of differences and 'ovcrlappings' of two description 2057 Horsnell, V.: The Intermediate Lexicon. The pos modes of document contents and presentation of a model for the sibilities for information exchange networks. In: Proe. cxplanation of the relevant cases of indexing languages consider 38th Ann. Meeting Amer. Soc. Inform. Sci. {l975) p. 79, ing also the relations to the concepts of sUbject- and form-orient 2 refs. ed indexing. 2058 Niehoff, R. T.: Development of an integrated 33 Classing and Indexing Techniques energy vocabulary and the possibilities for on-line sub ject ..witchiug. In: J. Amer. Soc. Inform.Sci. 27(1976) See also 1875-1877, 1972, 1973 No. 1, p. 3-17, 8 refs. For the development 11 vocabularies were analyzed and inte 2066 Austin, D.: PRECIS. Libr. Sci. Slant Doc. 12(1975) grated: AlP, CA, API, GA, INIS, TEST, GEOR, EJ, PA, DOC No. 4, p. 89-126, 28 figs. and NASA. The methodology consisted of 1) establishing term selection criteria, 2) analyzing individual system vocabularies for 2067 Austin, D.: PRECIS in a multilingual context. energy-related terms, 3) processing energy subsets and 4) review Part I. PRECIS: an overview. In: Libri 26(1976) No. 1, ing the integrated product and generating a final vocabulary. A p. 1-37, 11 refs. prototype conversion guide (synonym table) was constructed. Summary of the PRECIS fcatures with the following sections: (Author, abbr.) The syntax of PRECIS: entry format. Compound terms in Eng lish: the tcchnique of 'differencing'. The schema of role opera� 29 Evaluation of CS tors. The linguistic basis of PRECIS. Thesaural or categorial relationships. Towards the concept of a multilingual indexing See also 1979,2105 language. 2059 Chodia-Bagirova, A. E.: The useof mathematical 2068 S�rensen, J., Austin, D.: PRECIS in a multilingual i statistics in claSS fication system evaluation. (In Russian). context. Part 2: a linguistic and logical explanation of the In: Inform. Processy i Sistemy Dokl. na 5-i Naucn.-techn. syntax. In: Libri 26(1976) No. 2, p. 108-139 Konf. Molodych Ucenych i Specialistov VINITI. Mos cow 1975. p. 176-181, 3 refs. 2069 S�rensen, J., Austin, D.: PRECIS in a multilingual Possibility of using the statistical decision theory as measure for context. Part 3: Multilingual experiments, proposed co the assessment of hierarchical classifications by division levels. des, and procedures for the Gennanic languages. In: Libri 26(1976) No. 3, 181-215, 5 refs. 2060 Kalisevskaja, K., Finina, N. A.: Evaluation of infor p. mation by the user's thesaurus modification, with special 2070 Coates, E.: Book review of D. Austin: PRECIS: a reference to the product data of firms and factories. (In manual of concept analysis and subject indexing. London Russian). In: Naucn.-techn. Inform. Ser. 2{l975) No. 7, 1974. In: J. Doc. 32(1976) No. 1, p. 85-96 p. 10-15,46, 8 refs. Extensivc review structured into the following subheadings and including a comparison with the BTl indexing principles: Intro� 2061 Stalcup, W. S., Petrarca, A. E.: Automatic voca duction - General description of the Manual - Historical back bulary control and its evaluation in computer-produced ground - Scope of the PRECIS system - The PRECIS syntactic iudexes. In: Proc. 38th Ann. Meeting Amer. Soc. Inform. system - Disposition of output - Role operators and input - Sci. 12{l975) p. 73-74, 15 refs. Differencing operators - Preposition phrases - Comparison with Description of an algorithmic approach to vocabulary control BTl - Escape routes - 'Virtual' difference - Adequacy of the using quantitative methods for the evaluation of the control role operators - Conclusions. techniq ues. 2071 Ekern, P.: Economical input method to render iuformative output listing'!. (In Norwegian). In: T. for 3 Classing and Indexing (Methodology) Dok. 31 (1975) No. 4/5, p. 67-72 Description of a proposed "keywords in defined rotation" index 31 Theory of Classing and Indexing ing method. Index terms arc enumerated indicating e. g. "term no. 03 of 14 terms". 2062 Jones, K. P.: Towards a theory of iudexing. In: J. Handling photograph collections by Doc. 32 (1976) No. 2, p. 118-123, 15 refs. 2072 Pieters, D. L.: Distinction of five levels of indexing: concordance, information coordiuate iudexiug. In: Spec. Libr. 66(1975) No. 11, thcoretic, linguistic (syntactic/semantic), textual framework or p. 541-542,4 refs. skeletal, inferential. 2073 Sharp, J. R.: Indexing for retrieval. In: Batten, 2063 Se10v, S. D.: Duplication and the associatedprob W. E. (Ed): Handbook of Special Librarianship and lems of infonnation retrieval languages, with special Information Work. London: Aslib 1975. p. 198-268, reference to linguistics. (In Russian). In: Teorija i meto 45 refs. dika slovarn. inform.-poisk. jasykov po obscestv. naukam. Moscow: Nauka 1975. p. 235-252, 14 refs. 2074 Tipler, S.: Classifying law materials using the lib Demonstration of the incvitability of duplication in the subject rary of CongressClassific ation. In: Libr. Resources & description of documents. Techn. Services 19(1975) No. 1, p. 60-63, 15 refs. Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Classification Literature 123 Suggestion of guidelines for the classification of law materials in 35 Automatic Ordering a small library. See also 2025 2075 Zimmermann, H.: Application of the threshold value adaptation for the classification of scientific and 2083 Boreham, J., Niblett, B.: Classification of legal technical documents. (In German). Dresden: Techn. texts by computer. In: Inform. Process. & Management UniversiUit. Sekt. Inform. verarb. 1974. 15 p., 7 refs. 12(1976) No. 2,p. 125-132, lOrefs. The application of the method of threshold*value adaptation DeVelopment of a suite of computer programs to rcpresent the presupposes the description of document contcnts by descript full text of lengthy documents in vector form and classifying them ors of a defined thesaurus and works on the ba:;is that for each by a clustering method. (The texts were the Convention:;and cla:;sa sufficient number of documcnt:; or references to elass Agreements of the Council of Europe consisting of some 280 000 membership is given. words in the English venian and a similar number in the French.) Results of the clustering cxperimcnts arc prescntcd in the form of 34 Automatic Classing and Indexing dendrograms using both the treaty and article as the clustering unit. (Authors, abbr.) See also 2006-2010 2084 Morozumi, T.: Automatic classification of para 2076 Arzumanova, I. B., Pevzner, B. R., Chodlova, L.A.: graphs on the P. R. paper with the theory of quantifica An automatic indexing system for German-language tion. (In Japanese). In: Dokumentesyon kenkyu 25 documents. (In Russian). In: Naucn.-techn. Inform. SeI. (1975) No. 7, p. 277-282 2(1975) No. 6, p. 21-23, 46, 6 refs. The main parts of the automatic indexing procedures presented 36 Coding are a German descriptor vocabulary for electrical engineering and an algorithm for morphological analysis of compound words. 2085 Sivkov, O. Y.: Two methods of contracting infor (Author, abbr.) mation representednumerica lly. In: Autom. Doc. & Math. Linguist. 9(1975) No. 2, p. 11-15, 3 refs . 2077 Braun, S., Schwind, C.: Automatic, semantics To provide most rapid access and retrieval of documents it is based indexing of natural language texts for information useful to convert textual descriptor information into numerical retrieval systems. In: Inform. Process. & Management codes. The contraction methods proposed consist in eliminating 12(1976) No. 2, p. 147-153, 10 refs. recurring :;ymbols in individual word groups . .. (Author, abbr.) Description of an alogithm to extract single word concepts from texts and to combine them to phrases using the semantic rela 2086 Zamora, A., Ebe, T.: Pathfinder II. A computer tions betwecn these concepts, which arc stored in the network ... program that generates Wiswesser Line Notations for (Authors, abbr.) complex polycyclic structures. In: J. Chern. Inform. Computer Sci. 16(1976) No. 1, p. 36-39, 5 refs. 2078 Brisner, 0.: A system for automatic indexing and keyword translation as the basis for internationalco 37 Reclassification operation. In: Proc. 38th Ann. Meeting Amer. Soc. Inform. Sci. 12(1975) p. 75-76 See also 2191, 2104 Description of the ALLIANCE system, a documentation service within the fields of glass, ceramics and refractories, maintaining automatic indexing and input/output in different languages. 2087 Treadway, C.: Reclassification: the Tusculum way. In: Tenn. Libn. 28(1976) p. 10-15 (Winter) 2079 Graepel, P. H.: Automatic indexing of German language surgical pathology eliaguoses. In: Meth. Inform. Med. 15(1976) No. 3, p. 163-xxx Development of an automatic indexing program and of a diction 4 On Universal Systems ary of :;ampie index-terms based on the categorization of the Systcmatized Nomenclature of Pathology (SNOP), reflecting information item:; in an individual user's vocabulary. 42 On the Universal Decimal Classification, UDC 2080 Lamy-Rousseau, F.: Automatic treatment of multi-media documents with the ISBD unified systems, See also 1973, 1982, 2000, 2010-2012 Lamy-Rousseau and PRECIS. (In French). (Propositions 2088 Barnholdt, B.: The computerization ofthe UDC SILP). Montreal: Minis!t,re de l'Education du Quebec, classed library catalogue of Damnarks Tekniske Biblio Service General des Moyens d'Enseignement 1974. 224 p., tek, Copenhagen. 74 refs. In: Deutsche Unesco-Kommission (Ed.): Le systcmc de traitement automatise multi"media SILP se base Elektronische Datenverarb. in Bibliotheken. Seminar sur 1. les regie:; catalographiques lSBD, 2. Ie systcme d'indexa� Regensburg 1970. MUnchen: Verlag Dokumentation tion PRECIS II et 3. Ia codification Lamy-Rousseau pour repe 1975. p. 234-245 rage des media. 2089 Chiapetti, F. s., Fiori, C., Pizzigallo, D.: A contri 208 1 Orechov, Yu. V.: Algorithm for the construction bution for documentary information: two thesauri for of the semantic graph of a proposition. (In Russian). In: Class 1 of the UDC. (In Italian). Roma: Consiglio Nazio Naucn.-techn. Inform. Ser. 2(1975) No. 11, p. 33-35, nale delle Ricerche 1975. 62 p., 8 refs. = Note de Biblio 4 refs. grafia e di Doc. Scient. No. XXIV De:;cription of the algorithm which is used in an automatic indexw A thesaurus for philosophy and one for psychology. Alphabetical ing system together with a documentary language having gram arrangcment of major term:;and corresponding UDe numbers mar and results of the experiments. and vice versa. Major terms are printed in capitals, they arc fol� lowed by implicit and explicit keywords in small type. 2082 Yu, C. T., Salton, G.: Precision weighting: an ef fective automatic indexing method. In: J. Assoc. Comput. 2090 Chiapetti, F. s., Serrai, A.: Dewey, classification Mach. 23(1976) No. 1, p. 76-88, 7 refs. schemes and the semantic universe. (In Gennan). In: Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 1, p. 7-11, 11 refs. Introduction of the new concept 'decimal utilization density' (DUD) as a measurable paramctcr of different UDCwciasscs. 124 Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Cla:;sification Literature Report of work toward reconciliation of the UDe with thesauri 2101 Custer, B. A.: Dewey Decimal Classification: one and exemplification of a thesaurus-UDC in the field of philosophy. hundred years after. In: Catalogue & Index (1975) No. 39, p. 1 209 1 Dahlstrom, A.: On UDC with some malice. Stock holm: The Royal Institute of Technology Library 1976. 2102 Donovan, P. W., Hunt, D. C., Mack, J. M.: Mathe 15 p. = Report Trita-Lib-6005. Stockhohn Papers in matics in a major library using the Dewey Decimal Classi Library and [nformation Science. fication. In: Austr. Acad. Res. Libf. 6(1975) No. 2, p. Critical remarks about the recent UDe development under the 87-91,2 refs. following headings: The revision and schedule production anar A concordance was aimed at between the Mathematical Offprint chy. The sequencing disorder. The muddle. The twin hierarchies. Service (MOS) Scheme of the American Mathematical Society The universal decimal codification. The Roof. and the DC 18 class mathematics. 510-519, however it was im possible to relate the MOS classes in a usable way. A new DC 2092 Gavrilova, S. A.: New UDC schedule for environ format schedule for mathematics is presented. Alterations to DC mental protection. (In Russian). In: Naucn.-techn. 18 are explained. Inform. Ser. 1 (1975) No. 6, p. 23-25, 31,2 refs. Preparation at VINITI of draft UDC tables for environmental 2103 Friis-Hansen, J. B.: What Dewey knew - In: Libri protection based on the former UDC 502. 26(1976) No. 3, p. 216-230 Presentation of a wealth of insights about classification in general 2093 Koch, K. H.: The computerizability of the UOC. and about Dewey's influence upon the field of classification and (In German). In: Deutsche Unesco-Kommission (Ed.): indexing throughout the last 100 years in particular. Elektronische Datenverarb. in Bibliotheken. Seminar Regensburg 1970. MUnchen: Velag Dokumentation 2104 Hill, J. D.: The use of the 18th edition of Dewey 1975. p. 226-233, 23 refs. in the Johannesburg Public Librariy. In: South Afr. Libr. 42 (1975) No. 5, p. 187-189 2094 Lentino, N.: First and last trends of the Decimal Reclassification of the entire stock from DDC16 to DDCl8 was ClassificationDDC/UDC. (In Portuguese). In: !BBD/ not feasible. Change was restricted to all books published from 1973 on. Problems encountered in the change are described. CDU Informativo 4(1976) No. I, p. 1-10, 6 refs. Art books and periodicals: Dewey 2095 Pavlovskaja, N. C.: Working classification schemes 2105 Walker, W. B.: and LC. n p. and subject-oriented UDC schedules. (In Russian). In: I : Libf. Trends 23(1975) No. 3, 45 1-470, p. 19 refs. Nauen. i Techn. Biblioteki SSSR (1975) No. 4, 30-32 The section on fine arts is compared as outlined Dewey and The expediency and feasibility of parallel use by information in in LC. centres of working clas.... ifi cation schemes and subject-oriented UDC schedules is validated. . (Author, abbr.) 44 On the Library of Congress Classification, LCC 2096 Schmidt, A. F.: Reasons for and present state of and LC Subject Headings the UOC reform. (In German). In: DIN-Mitt. 55(1976) No. 2, p. 47-53, 65 refs. See also 2074, 2105 Report on the development leading to the idea to restructure the UDC into a fully facetted classification. The reform has been 2106 Kosa, G. A.: Profiling techniques for automated decided upon in principle, however not as yet in re. retrieval using LC classification numbers and LC geo graphic area codes. In: LASIE 6(1975) No. 1, p. 9-12 2096a Treichler, W.: Consolidation ofUDC class 4 and 8 at the Swiss National Library. (In German). In: Nachr. Verein. Schweiz. Bib I. (1974) No. 6, p. 263-267 46 On the Colon Classification, CC 2097 Vladimirova, A. V.: Rank distribution as an assess See also 1972, 2034, 2054 ment tool for the UDC vocabulary. (In Russian). In: Inform. Processy i Sistemy. Dokl. na 5-oj Naucn.-techn. 2107 Bhargava, G. D., Sood, S. P.: Colon Classification: Konf. Molody Ucenych i Specialistov VINITI. Moscow theory and practice. Ujj ain: Vijay Prakashan 1975. 176p., 1975. p. 182-195, 5 refs. Rs. 24. Textbook for the teaching of the Colon Classification. 2098 UJlenboom, K.: The reform ofthe UDC. An ana lysis of the more recent German and international liter 48 On Other Universal CS (alph.) ature. (In German). Hausarbeit zur PrUfung fUr den Dienst als Diplom-Bibliothekar an bffentiichen Biblio 2108 Skripnik, V. A., Muzrukov, N. B.: The conception theken. Ko1n: Bibliothekar-Lehrinstitut 1976. 60 p., of the ISTIS information retrieval language complex. 81 refs. (In Russian). In: Probl. sozdanija i razvitija meidunar. sistemy naue. i techno inform. Vyp. 3. Moscow 1975. 43 On the Dewey Decimal Classification, DDC p. 20-26, 7 refs. Listing of the retrieval languages which are being developed for subsystems of the International Scientific and Technical lnforma See also 1873,2051,2093 tion System (lSTIS) (of the Comecon countries). The upper level langullges, forming the core of the language complex, are 2099 Comaromi, J. P.: Conception and development of to serve as the basis for the ISIS languages and the ISSTIS lang the Dewey Decimal Classification. In: Intern. Classifica!. uages. (ISIS = intern. specialized informa tion systems, ISS TIS = 3(1976) No. 1, p.II-15, 9 refs. international sectoral STI systems) / 2100 Comaromi, J. P.: The Eighteen Editions of the 2109 Saito, K.: Construction of the nCST thesaurus of Dewey Decimal Classification. Albany, N. Y. : Forest scientific and technical terms. (In Japanese). In: Zyoho Press Division. Lake Placid Education Foundation 1976. kanri, Inform. & Doc. \8(1975) No. 5, p. 390-399, 678 p., ISBN 0-910608-17-2 3 refs. Voluminous historic study of each of the 18 editions of the DDC, This first large thesaurus in Japanese contains 29 173 descriptors their specialties, changes, expansions, preparation, acceptance by and 4 825 non-descriptors. It represent� 30 large field s and 165 the public, ete. sub-fields of scienee und technology. Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Classification Literature 125 2119 Rothstein, P. M.: A classification system and pro 5 On Special Objects CS (Taxonomies) cedure manual for cataloging textbooks in a university library curriculum laboratory collection. New York, Bronx: H. H. Lehman College, City Univ. of New York 51 Numerical Taxonomy 1975. 14 p. EDRS: ED 105 820 2120 Filion, L.: Classification of governmental publica 2110 Chen, Z., Fu, K. S.: On the connectivity of tions of Quebec. 2nd rev. ed. (In French). Quebec: clusters. In: Information Sciences 8(1975) No. 4, p. 283-299 Minist. d. Aff. Cult. 1974. 110 p., 23 refs. , $ 2,- Description of a problem in pattern recognition called "chaining effect" which occurs when bridges or necks exist in clusters. This 2121 Ferraz Barboza, E. M.: Organiza�ao dos slides da may lead to miscJassification. Fototeca do INFAOL. (In Portuguese). In: R. Esc. Bibliotecon. UFMG, Belo Horizonte 4(1975) No. 2, 52 On Taxonomies & Nomenclatures for Chemicals p. 264-272 Description of the use of a factcd classification system for the 2111 Adamson, G. W., Bawden, D.: A method of struc classing of slides and presentation of this system. ture activity correlation using Wiswesser Line Notation. In: J. Chern. Inform. Computer Sci. 15(1975) No. 4, 2122 Biery, G.: One picture is worth thousand words. p. 215-220,27 refs. II. The problem of classification. (In French). In: Photo graphe (1976) No. 1323, p. 40-47 Description of and comments on two kinds of classifications for 2112 Avidon, V. V., Arolovic, V. S.: Analyzing the photographs. similarity of chemical structures with the FCSS de scriptor language. In: Autom. Doc. & Math. Linguistics 9(1975) No. 2, p. 61-68, 3 refs. 2123 Nonprint media cataloging, classification and de siguation: recommended standards. A descriptor language is developed called Fragmentary Code of In: Southeastern the S'uperposition of Substructure (FCSS) in order to analyze Libraries 23(1974) No. 4, p. 32-35, 24(1975) No. I, the structures of chemical compounds on the basis of their p. 35-36 inclusion of substructures essential to biological activity. The special approach proposed formalizes the notion of similarity of structure as a definite degree of closeness of the code nota� 6 On Special Subject CS tions in the FCSS language. 55 On Taxonomies fur Area 5 61 On CS for Mathematics and Area 1 Fields 2113 Koskenniemi, M. (Ed.), et al: DPA Helsinki system 2124 Sutter, E., Chauvet, N.: A multilingual thesaurus for describing instructional processes. Manual. Helsinki: for ISONET: the thesaurus 'Nonnalisation'. (In French). Univ. of Helsinki. Institute of Education 1974. 39 p. = In: Courr. Norm., Fr., 42 (1975) No. 245, p. 466-469, Res. Bull. No. 42. EDRS: ED 106 228 2 refs. Presentation of a taxonomy for classification of classroom obser� vational data. Information for the study was accumulatcd in suc� cessive classes at the School of the Institute of Education, Univ. 63 On CS for the Astro- and Geosciences of Helsinki and processed statistically. The taxonomy was devel� oped through both empirical procedures and logic and concept 2125 Vlasov, A. N.: An algorithmic approach to the analysis ... task of collecting and infonnation-Iexicographic proces sing of geographic and geological names in the devel 57 On Commoditiy CS opment of descriptor IR languages for the Earth Scien ces. (In Russian). In: Geogr. sb. VINITI (1975) No. 5, 2114 Sobczak, T. C.: The universal product code and p. 174-189,4 refs. the high cost and long task of conversion to it, for many manufactures. In: Computers and People, USA 25(1976) 2126 Domokos, M.: Thesaurus development at the Hun No. I, p. 8-11 garian State Institute of Geology. (In Hungarian). In: Mezogazd es elelmiszeripari konyvt. tajek. (1975) No. I, 2115 Sobczak, T. c.: Universal product coding: who p. IO-23 profits and who looses? In: Computers and People, USA 25(1976) No. 2,p. 17-19 2127 Emil'janova, E. P.: The use of a landslip classifica tion in data retrieval systems. (In Russian). In: InfoTIll. 2116 Boche, R.: The universal product code. - A de poisk. sistemy v inz. geol. Moskva: Mosk. Universitet fense . In: Computers and People, USA 25(1976) No. 2, 1975. p. 88-96, 13 refs. p. 16-26 2128 Safronova, T. S., Kovljukov, V. N: Classification 58 On CS for Kinds of Documents and coding of technical and economic infonnation in a mining.and-dressing works MIS. (In Russian). In: Zap. See also 1937-1939, 1962, 1984, 2000, 2191 Leningr. Gorn. Instituta 68(1975) No. I, p. 154-157 2117 Dulovic, M.: Comments on the classification of 2129 Omargalieva, Ch. Ju., Kukva, N. F., Izboldina,A.: the patent documentation. (In Sorbo-Croate). In: Infor Some aspects of development of a descriptor dictionary matika, Jugos!. 9(1975) No. 2-3, p. 85-88 for the metallurgy and ore dressing of rare , non-ferrous and precious metals. (In Russian). In: Vopr. sovers. si 2118 Haertel, K.: The IntemationalPatent Classification stemy nauc.-techn. inform. KazSSR. Alma-Ata 1975. (IPC): basic structure and characteristics; use of the IPC; p. 107-1 14, 5 refs. program of the German Patent Office for IPC implemen tation. In: Role pat. info res. dey. Symp. Moscow 1974. 64 On CS in the Bio-Area Geneva, World Intellect. Prop. Organisation 1975. p. 179-187 2130 Gerd, A. S.: On the empirical foundations of in- 126 Intern. Classificat. 3 (1 976) No. 2 Classification Literature formation languages in biology. (In Russian). In: Nauen.· In: Isv. vyss. uceb. zavedenij pravovedenie (1975) No. 4, techno Inform. Ser. 2(1975) No. 8, p. 16-18,38,16 refs. p. 104-109 Stages preceding the work on an information language thesaurus are outlined. Using Russian-language texts as an example, the 2143 Bake, B. R.: Detennining geographical subject structural features of the ichthyological subset of the language headings for local history collections. Provo, Utah: Brig· arc analysed. The conclusion is that an analysi:;; of the composi & tion of the logico-conceptual subset of the language of a parti ham Young University. Grad. Dept. of Libr. Inform. cular science is a necessary precondition to the design of any Sci. 1974. 38 p. � EDRS:ED 102 971 information language. (Author) 67 On CS in the Economics and Technology Area 2131 Avidon, V. V., Michajlovskij, E. M.: Thesaurus for specialized information retrieval in the field of biochemi 2144' Belas, G. M., Kvasnickij , V. N.: Developing a uni stry. (In Russian). In: Nauen.·techn. Inform. Ser. 2 fied system for classification and coding of techno-econo� mic information and unified documentation systemS. (In (1975) No. II, p. 5-12 Russian). In: Prabl. ekon. inform . Moscow: Nauka 1975. 2132 LUpnitz, M.: Development and use experience with p. 107-123 the Molecular Biology and Allied Fields Thesaurus. (In German). In: DDR·Med. Rpt. 4(1975) No. 2,p. 104-107 2145 Georgiev, R.: Methodological aspects of develop ing a single information language for economics. (In Bul 2133 Cuturilo, S.: Classificationand indexing in weed garian). In: Ikon. mis'1 19(1975) No. 3, p. 25-35, 114, science. In: Fragm. herbol. jugosl., Yugosl. 54(1975) p. 117 1-26, 3 refs. 2146 Medvedev, A. A.: The factographic IRS as a sub system of an automated system for plan calculations. In: 2134 Schrader, S.: The multilingual forest tenninology an internationalcooperation project for the improve Autom. Doc. & Math. Linguistics 9(1975) No. 2, p. ment of scientific communication and for the construc 24-30, 5 refs. The information language of plan and economic indicators of the tion of thesauri. (In German). In: Mitt. Ges. Bibl. wes. Main Research Institute and Information Computing Center of Dok. d. Landbaues (1976) No. 24, p. 63-79, 8 refs., the State Planning Commission of the Ukrainian SSR is outlined 3 annexes. and the structure of the algorithm set and its operation in re sponding requests is presented. Description of the language of 2135 Breitling, W.: The Thesaurus of the FAO Documen the factographic IRS. tation Centre - genesis, structure and possibilities of use. (In German). In: Mitt. Ges. Bibl. wes. u. Dok. d. Land 2147 Ravar, I., Capata, M.: The unitary system of eco baues (1976) No. 24, p. 37-61,7 refs., 10 annexes. nomic and social classifications and nomenclatures. In: Econ. Comput. Econ. Cybern. Stud. Res., Roman. 65 On CS in the Human Are. (5) (1975) No. 3, p. 83-94 2136 Parnovskij, B. L., Dudarchuk, O. V.: Analysis of a 2148 Bogdanova, V. P., Eliseeva, L. M.: Development phannaceutical thesaurus. (based on the phannacopeia of a document classification for the Ministry of Heavy of the USSR-State fonn the 7th to the 10th editions). Machine·Building. (In Russian). In: :nv. Archivy (1975) (In Russian). In: Naucn.-techn.lnform. Ser. 2(1975) No. 3, p. 90-93 No. II, p. 3-4, 4 refs. 2149 Ho1zl, J.: Attempts towards construction of a 2137 Kuzmmski, D.: Polish Medical Thesaurus - key commodity thesaurus. (In Gennan). In: Intern. Classi· word collecting and lexicographic processing. (In Polish). ficaL 3(1976) No. I, p. 23-32, 17 refs. In: Aktualn. Probl. Inform. i Dok. 20(1975) No. 3, p. Four empirically generated commodity classifications were used 38-41, 13 refs. in the attempt to construct five draft thesauri on three hierarchi cal 1cvels - a 'general commodity thesaurus', and four partial al.: Some experiences in the joint thesauri for 'food', 'machinery equipment', 'dietetic food' 2140 Fujimoto, S.: Developing a thesaurus for the 2151 Gundlach, R.: The information language GKD/MD 'Similar and related expenditures retrieval system' of of the Institute for Non-Numerics (Dannstadt). Studies the national budget. (In Japanese). In: Proc. II Natl. in museum-documentation 3). (In German). In: Archiiogr. Convent. Study Inform. & Doc. (1974) No. II,p. 41- (1974) No. 4, p. 55-76, 16 refs. 49, 188,8 refs. Description of the information language GKD/MD ("" Gcmischte Komponentendeskription/Museumsdokumenta tion) wh ich is 2141 David, A.: The documentary lexicon. In: Law used for tcsts in museum documentation. Computer Technol. (1975) No. 6, p. 133-144, 4 refs. Description of two approaches (deductive and inductive) for the 2152 Izutskiver, M. E.: Classification and recoguition of elaboration of u thesaurus in the field of law. print hieroglyphs. (In Russian). In: Nauen.-techn.lnform. Ser. 2(1975) No. 6, p. 35-41, 16 refs. 2142 Krasnjanskij , V. E.: A method for the develop· Proposal for a classification of hieroglyphic characters, describing ment of a legal descriptor type IR language. (In Russian). a proccdure for determining the hasic (four-digit) code of a de scription by the geometrical features. Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Classification Literature 127 69 On CS in the Culture Area 2162 Hoffmann, D., Muller-Topler, M.: Text analysis system PASSA T. Automatic seleelion of keywords form See also 1975, 2035, 2089 texts. (In German). MUnchen: Siemes 1975. 30 p., 7 refs. :=:: Siernens-Schriftenreihe Data Praxis 149. 2153 Gundlach, R.: The information language of the research archive for Roman plastics at the University of 2163 Jaene, H., Seelbach, D.: Zcntralstclle f. maschinel Koln. (In German). In: Archiiogr. (1975) No. 5, p. 25- Ie Dokumentation: Automatic extraction of composite 43, 4 refs. expressions from English special texts. (In Genn",,). Ber Presentation of the syntactic structure, thesaurus structure and lin-W: Beuth-Verl. 1975. 88 p., 10 figs, 10 tab., 17 refs. text structure of the information language FPR (Forschungs = ZMD-A-29 archiv fur romische Plastik) which serves the formulating of informations analysed and handled by the programs ofGOLEM. 2164 Schank, R. C.: Conceptual information proces sing. Amsterdam: North-Holland Pub I. 1975. 382 p., ca. 2154 Malina, J. e( al: Some problems on description and 100 figs., 47 refs. = Fundamental Studies in Computer classification of archaeological (stone) artefacts. In: Science 3. Archiiogr. (1975) No. 5, p. 45-·-54, 12 refs. 76 Lexicon/Dictionary Problems 7 Classification and Language See also 2044 2165 Guilbert, L.: La creativite lexicale. Paris: Larousse 1975. 285 p., 157 refs. 71 General Problems of Natural Languages, Metalangu ages, Semiotics 2166 Henne, H., Weinrich, H.: Project of a new big lexi con of the German language. (In German). In: Z. ftic 2155 Rickheit, G.: Semiotics - an interdisciplinary gennanist. Linguistik 4(1976) No. I, p. 55-64 science. Semiotisches Kolloquium, Berlin 1-5 Oct. 1975. Report about the results of two conferenccs and their theses held (In German). In: Z. fUr germanis!. Linguistik 4(1976) at the Werner Reimers Stiftung, Bad Homburg, 12-13 dee. 75 No. I, p. 65-78 and 7 febr. 1976 concerning an interdisciplinary lexicon of all Report about the aims and the topics of the colloquium, c. g. the general and subject-related words of the German language strategies of sign recogn ition (visual and audia!), problems of envisaged to comprise about 20 volumes and to take about 20 super sign formation (architectural semiotics), multimedia com years. munication, verbal and nonverbal signsystems, semiotics in art, music, philosophy. Pre liminary actions were taken towards 2167 Schulz, J.: Automatic interrogation of a termin forming a German Society for Semiotics with a link to the ology data base. International Association for Scmiotic Studies (lASS). (In German). In: Nachr. Dok. 27(1976) No. 2, p. 62-66, 6 refs. Description of difficulties and of mcthodology used, c. g. in the 2156 Sparck Jones, K., Kay, M.: Linguistik und Infor treatment of inflected forms, nominal phrases, multiword terms. mationswissenschaft. (German translation by E. Couper and R. Kuhlen of 'Linguistics and information science'.) 77 General Problems of Terminology Munchen: Verlag Dokumentation 1976, 261 p., DM 18.80 ISBN 3-7940-2653-5. = UTB 571 See also 1940, 2021 72 Semantics 2168 Bausch, K.-H., Schewe, W. H. U., Spiegel, H.-R.; Deutsches Institut fUr Normung (DIN): Fachsprachen. See also 1988 Terminologie. Struktur. Normung. (In Gennan). Berlin Koln: Beuth-Verlag 1976. 168 p. = DIN Normungskunde 2157 Bickmann, H.-J.: Problems of the synonymy con H. 4 cept. (In German). In: Z. fUr germanis!. Linguistik 4 Contains three original articles and sixteen reprints from articlcs (1976) No. I, p. 29-40 by E. Wilster, G. Wersig, G. Klaus, J. Filipec, R. Pelka, R. SchUtze, Commentary 10 the book ofW. 1. Fischer: Aquivalenz- und R, Herzog, L Drozd, A. Warner, H. Ischreyt, H.-R. Spiegel con Toleranzstniktufen in der Linguislik. Zur Thcoric der Synonyma. cerning terminological topics. The original articles are by D. Mtinchcl1 1973. Mohn, K.-H. Bausch and W. H. U. Schewe/H. R. Spiegel. 2158 Haralick, R. M., Ripken, K.: An associative-cate 2169 Beling, G.: Application of electronic data proces gorial model of word meaning. In: Artif. Intellig. 6 sing to terminological and lexicographic work. (In Ger (1975) No. I, p. 75-99, 18 refs. man). In: Dt. Ges. f. Dok., Arb.stelle f. Terminol. u. Sprachfr. (DGD/ATS): Probleme der Terminologiearbeit. 2159 Wilks, Y.: A preferential, pattern�seeking, semantics Frankfurt 1976. p. 78-90, 4 refs. for natural language inference. In: Artif. Intellig. 6(1975) No. 1, p. 53-74, 15 refs. 2170 Laurent, J.: The terminological data bank of AFNOR: NORMATERM. (In French). In: Courrier 73 Automatic Language Processing Norm., Fr., 42 (1975) No. 245, p. 482-486, 4 refs. See also 1971, 2077 , 2081 2171 Regie de la Langue Fran,aise: Essai de definition de la terminologie. Actes du Colloque Internationale de 2160 Carroll, J. M.: Use of synthetic text in the evalua Terminologie. Quebec, 5-8 oct. 1975. Quebec, Canada: tion of statistically based keyword-selection strategies. Regie de la Langue Fran,aise 1976. 208 p. In: J. Amer. Soc. Inform. Sci. 26(1975) No. 4, p. 261- Papcrs and discussions of a meeting trying to dcfine terminology 262, 6 refs. from thc point ofvicw of its theoretical foundation, its method ology of work and the education of terminologists. 2161 Cejpek, J.: Application of the full text method in the system of legal informations. (In Czech). In: Ccs koslov. inform. 17( 1975) No. 11, p. 288-294, 15 refs. 128 Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Classification Literature formation languages in biology . (In Russian). In: Naucn. In: Isv. vyss. uceb . zavedenij pravovedenie (1975) No. 4, techno [nfonn. Ser. 2(1975) No. 8, p. 16-18, 38, 16 refs. p. 104-109 Stages preceding the work on an information language thesaurus are outlined. Using Russian�language texts as an example, the 2143 Bake, B. R.: Determining geographical subject structural features of the ichthyological subset of the language headings for local history collections. Provo, Utah: Brig arc analysed. The conclusion is that an analysis of the composi� & tion of the logleo-conceptual subset of the language of a parti ham Young University. Grad. Dept. of Libr. Inform. cular science is a necessary precondition to the design of any Sci. 1974. 38 p. = EDRS:ED 102 971 information language. (Author) 67 On CS in the Economics and Technology Area 2131 Avidon, V. V., Michajlovskij, E. M.: Thesaurus for ' specialized information retrieval in the field of biochemi 2144 Belas, G. M., Kvasnickij, V. N.: Developing a uni stry. ([n Russian). In: Naucn.-techn. Inform. Ser. 2 fied system for classification and coding of techno-econo (1975) No. II, p. 5-12 mic infonnation and unified documentation systemS. (In Russian). In: Probl. ekon. infonn. Moscow: Nauka 1975. 2132 Lupnitz, M.: Development and use experience with p. 107-123 the Molecular Biology and Allied Fields Thesaurus. (In Gennan). ln: DDR-Med. Rpt. 4(1975) No. 2, p. 104-107 2145 Georgiev, R.: Methodological aspects of develop ing a single information language for economics. (In Bul 2133 Cuturilo, S.: Classification and indexing in weed garian). In: Ikon. mis'1 19(1975) No. 3, p. 25-35, 114, science. In: Fragm.herbal. jugosl., Yugosl. 54(1975) p. 117 1-26,3 refs. 2146 Medvedev, A. A.: The factographicIRS as a sub system of an automated system for plan calculations. In: 2134 Schrader, S.: The multilingual forest terminology Autom. Doc. & Math. Linguistics 9 (1975) No.2, p. an international cooperation project for the improve 24-30, 5 refs. ment of scientific communication and for the construc� The information language of plan and economic indicators of the tion of thesauri. ([n German). In: Mitt. Ges. Bibl. wes. Main Research Institute and Information Computing Center of Dok. d. Landbaues (1976) No. 24, p. 63-79, 8 refs., the State Planning Commission of the Ukrainian SSR is outlined 3 annexes. and the structure of the algorithm set and its operation in re sponding requests is presented. Description of the language of 2135 Breitling, W.: The Thesaurus of the FAO Documen the factogmphic IRS. tation Centre - genesis, structure and possibilities of use. (In German). In: Mitt. Ges. Bibl. wes. u. Dok. d. Land 2147 Ravar, I., Capata, M.: The unitary system of eco baues (1976) No. 24, p. 37-61,7 refs., 10 annexes. nomic and social classifications and nomenclatures. In: Econ. Compu!. Econ. Cybern. Stud. Res., Roman. 65 On CS in the Human Area (5) (1975) No. 3, p. 83-94 2136 Parnovskij, B. L., Dudarchuk, O. V.: Analysis of a 2148 Bogdanova, V. P., Eliseeva, L. M.: Development pharmaceutical thesaurus. (based on the pharmacopeia of a document classification for the Ministry of Heavy of the USSR-8tate form the 7th to the 10th editions). Machine-Building. (In Russian). In: :i'>v.Archivy (1975) ([n Russian). In: Naucn.-techn. Inform. Ser. 2(1975) No. 3, p. 90-93 No. II, p. 3-4, 4 refs. 2149 H61z1, J.: Attempts towards construction of a 2137 Kuzminski, D.: Polish Medical Thesaurus - key commodity thesaurus. (In German). In: Intern. Classi word collecting and lexicographic processing. (In Polish). fica!. 3(1976) No. I, p. 23-32, 17 refs. In: Aktualn. Probl. [nfonn. i Dok. 20(1975) No. 3, p. Four empiricallY generated commodity classifications were used 38-41, 13 refs. in the attempt to construct five draft thesauri on three hierarchi cal levels - a 'general commodity thesaurus', and four partial thesauri for 'food', 'machinery equipment', 'dietetic food' and 2138 Graubner, B., et al.: Some experiences in the joint 'lathes'. development by students and researchers of a specialized thesaurus for infantile nephrology. ([n German), In: 68 On CS in the Science and Information Area DDR-Med. Rpt. 4(1975) No. 2, p. 108-1 II 2150 Ziemski, S.: The typology of scientific research. 66 On CS in the Socio-Area In: Z. f. aUg. Wiss. Theorie 6(1975) No. 2, p. 276-29 1, 17 refs. 2139 [nstitut Nauc. Inform. po ObsCestv. Naukam AN The proposal distinguishes the following types of research: dia SSSR: Dictionary-type information retrieval languages gnostiC and generalizing, chronological and systematic, heuristic for the social sciences : theory and methodology. Moscow: and justificatory, univer.�alist and spef'iaJist, theoretical and Nauka 1975. 297 p. practical, exphmatory and descriptive "Old others. 2140 Fujimoto, S.: Developing a thesaurus for the 2151 Gundlach, R.: The information language GKD/MD 'Similar and related expenditures retrieval system' of of the Institute for Non-Numerics (Darmstadt). Studies the national budget. ([n Iapanese). ln: Proc. I I Natl. in museum-documentation 3). ([n German). In: Archaogr. Convent. Study Inform. & Doc. (1974) No. I I,p. 41- (1974) No. 4, p. 55-76, 16 refs. 49, 188, 8 refs. Description of the information language GKD/MD (== Gcmi�chtc Komponentcndeskription/Mlj scumsdokumen ta tion) wh ieh is 2141 David, A.: The documentary lexicon. In: Law used for tests in museum documentation. Computer Technol. (1975) No. 6, p. 133-144, 4 refs. Description of two approaches (deductive and inductive) for the 2152 [zutskiver, M. E.: Classification and recoguition of elaboration of a thesaurus in the field of law. print hieroglyphs. ([n Russian). In: Naucn.-techn. Inform. Ser. 2(1975) No. 6, p. 35-41, 16 refs. 2142 Krasnjanskij , V. E.: A method for the develop Proposal for a classification of hieroglyphic characters, describing ment of a legal descriptor type IR language. ([n Russian). a procedure for determining the hasic (four-digit) eo de of a de scription by the geometrical features. Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Classification Literature 127 69 On CS in the Culture Area 2162 Hoffmann, D., MUller-Topler, M.: Text analysis system PASSAT. Automatic selection of keywords fonn See also 1975, 2035, 2089 texts. (In German). MUnchen: Siemes 1975. 30 p., 7 refs. ::::Siemens-Schriftenreihe Data Praxis 149. 2153 Gundlach, R.: The information language of the research archive for Roman plastics at the University of 2163 Jaene, H., Seelbach, D.: Zentralstelle f. maschinel Koln. {In German}. In: Archaogr. (1975) No. 5, p. 25- Ie Dokumentation: Automatic extraction of composite 43, 4 refs. expressions from English special texts. (In Gem1aq). Ber Presentation of the syntactic structure, thesaurus structure and Iin-W: Beuth-Yerl. 1975. 88 p., 10 fi gs, 10 tab., 17 refs. text structure of the information language FPR (Forschungs = ZMD-A-29 :uchiv filr r6mische Plastik) which serves the formulating of informations analysed and hand\cd by the programs of GOLEM. 2164 Schank, R. C.: Conceptual information proces sing. Amsterdam: North-Holland Pub!. 1975. 382 p., ca. 2154 Malina, J. et al: Some problems on description and 100 figs., 47 refs. = Fundamental Studies in Computer classification of archaeological (stone) artefacts. In: Science 3. Archiiogr. (l975) No. 5, p. 45 -54, 12 refs. 76 Lexicon/Dictionary Problems 7 Classification and Language See also 2044 2165 Guilbert, L. : La creativite lexicale. Paris: Larousse 1975. 285 p., 157 refs. 71 General Problems of Natural Languages, Metalangu ages, Semiotics 2166 Henne, H., Weinrich, H.: Project of a new big lexi con of the German language. (In Gennan). In: Z. fUr 2155 Rickheit, G.: Semiotics - an interdisciplinary gennanist. Linguistik 4(1976} No. I, p. 55-64 science. Semiotisches Kolloquium, Berlin 1-5 Oct. 1975. Report about thc rcsults of two confcrcnces and their thcses held {In German}. In: Z. fUr germanist. Linguistik 4(1976} at the Werner Reimers Stiftung, Bad Homburg, 12-13 dec. 75 No. I, p. 65-78 and 7 febr. 1976 concerning an interdisciplinary lexicon of all Report about the aims and the topics of the colloquium, e. g. the general and subject-related words of the German language strategies of sign recogn ition (visual and audia!), problems of envisaged to comprise about 20 volumes and to take about 20 supcr sign formation (architectural semiotics), multimedia com years. munication, vcrbal and nonverbal signsystems, semiotics in art, music, philosophy. Preliminary actions wcre taken towards 2167 Schulz, J.: Automatic interrogation of a termin forming a German Society for Scmiotics with a link to the ology data base. (In Gennan). In: Nachr. Dok. 27(1976} International Association for Semiotic Studies (lASS). No. 2, p. 62-66, 6 refs. Description of difficulties and of methodology used, c. g. in the 2156 Sparck Jones, K., Kay, M.: Linguistik und Infor treatment of inflected forms, nominal phrases, multiword terms. mationswissenschaft. (German translation by E. Couper and R. Kuhlen of 'Linguistics and information science'.) 77 General Problems of Terminology MUnchen: Yerlag Dokumentation 1976, 261 p., DM 18.80 ISBN 3-7940-2653-5. = UTB 571 See also 1940, 2021 72 Semantics 2168 Bausch, K.-H., Schewe, W. H. U., Spiegel, H.-R.; Deutsches Institut fUr Normung (DIN): Fachsprachen. See also 1988 Terminologie. Struktur. Normung. (In German). Berlin Koln: Beuth-Yerlag 1976. 168 p. = DIN Normungskunde 2157 Bickmann, H.-J.: Problems of the synonymy con H. 4 cept. (In German). In: Z. fUr germanis!. Linguistik 4 Contains three original articles and sixteen reprints from articlcs (l976) No. I, p. 29-40 by E. Wuster, G. Wcrsig, G. Klaus, J. Filipec, R. Pelka, R. Schutzc, Commcntary to the book ofW. 1. Fischer: A..quivalenz- und R. Herzog, L. Drozd, A. Warner, H. Ischreyt, H.-R. Spiegel con Toleranzstrukturen in der Linguistik. Zur Theorie dcr Synonyma. cerning terminological topics. The original articles arc by D. Munchen 1973. M6hn, K.-H. Bausch and W. H. U. Schewe/H. R. Spiegel. 2158 Haralick, R. M., Ripken, K.: An associative-cate 2169 Beling, G.: Application of electronic data proces gorial model of word meaning. In: Artif. Intellig. 6 sing to terminological and lexicographic work. (In Ger (l975) No. 1, p. 75-99, 18 refs. man). In: Dt. Ges. f. Dok., Arb.stelle f. Terminol. u. Sprachfr. (DGDI ATS): Probleme der Terminologiearbeit. 2159 Wilks, Y.: A preferential, pattern·seeking, semantics Frankfurt 1976. p. 78-90, 4 refs. for natural language inference. In: Artif. Intellig. 6(1975} No. I, p. 53-74, 15 refs. 2170 Laurent, J.: The terminological data bank of AFNOR: NORMATERM. (In French). In: Courrier 73 Automatic Language Processing Norm., Fr., 42 (1975) No. 245, p_ 482-486, 4 refs. See also 1971,2077, 2081 2171 Regie de la Langue Fran�aise: Essai de definition de la terminologie. Actes du Colloque Internationale de 2160 Carroll,J. M.: Use of synthetic text in the evalua Terminologie. Quebec, 5-8 oct. 1975. Quebec, Canada: tion of statistically based keyword-selection strategies. Regie de la Langue Fran�aise 1976. 208 p. In: J. Amer. Soc. Infonn. Sci. 26(1975} No. 4, p. 261- Papers and discussions of a meeting trying to define terminology 262, 6 refs. from the point of view of its thcorctical foundation, its method ology of work and the education of terminologists. 2161 Cejpek, J.: Application of the full text method in the system of legal informations. (In Czech). In: Ccs koslov. inform. 17(1975} No. II, p. 288-294, 15 refs. 128 Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Classification Literature 78 Special Terminology Problems 84 Indexing of Texts 2172 Leclerq, H.: Concerning neologisms of Greek origin. 2180 Busa, R. : The Index Thomisticus. (In German). In: (In French). In: Etudes Classiques 44(1976) No. 2, p. IBM-Nachr. 25(1975) No. 228, p. 317-324, 5 refs. 97-108 Report about the generation of a complete index to all of the Kinds of word formations with parts of Greek origin in the French words in the 179 works of Thomas Aquinas, from the start in language; obstacles for understanding and present proliferation 1949 until to the printing of the Index in 1973, using IBM Com in correct and in hybrid forms. puters. 120 magnetic tapes for 800 characters per inch were necessary for the storage of the lemmatized text (25 000 lem 2173 PoluSkin, V. A., Zdanova, G. S.: Development of mas in 147 000 word forms of altogether 10 600 000 words). Description also of the structure of the Index. tenninological work in information science. (In Russian). In: Issled. kom. teor. osn. nauen. inf. Sb. dok!., Moskva 87 Indexing Secondary Literature 1974. Moscow 1975. p. 342-354 of 2181 Bakewell, K. G. B.: Indexing methods used by 79 Problems of Translation (incl. Multilingual CS) some abstracting and indexing services. In: Indexer 10 (1976) No. I, p. 3-8, 12 refs. See also 1945, 1987, 1996, 1998, 2000-2003, 2069 Various methods used for compiling the subject indexes of ab stracting and indexing services arc described, with particular 2174 Belopol'skaja, L. A., Nefedova, T. A., ]jurava, reference to Applied Science and Technology Index, Education E. S.: Design experience with bilingnal (Czech-Russian Index, Current Journals in Education, World Textile Abstracts, and Russian-Czech) keyword dictionaries. (In Russian). Library and Information Science Abstracts, the abstracting In: Sb. naue. tr. NIl techn.-ekon. issled. (1974) No. 2 journals issued by Anbar Pub!' Ltd., and Sociology of Education (6), p. 86-95 Abstracts. The possibilities of a standardised system arc con- sidered. (Author, abbr.) 2175 Winkler, H.: Linguistic aspects in the development of descriptors for Russian-Gennan/German-Russian the 2182 Osipenko, Ts. D.: Structure of indexes to 'Chemi sauri. (In Gennan). In: Informatik 22(1975) No. 3, p. cal Abstracts'. (In Russian). In: Nauen.-techn. Inform. 22-25, 3 refs. Sel'. I (1974) No. 5, p. 18 .. ·23 88 Indexing of Primary literature and Documents 8 Applied Classing and Indexing 2183 Irwin, J., Shook, S. (Comps.): Flagstaff coopera 81 General Problems and Indexing Rules tive newspaper indexing project. Manual. Flagstaff, Ariz.: Northern Arizona University Library 1974. 51 p. = See also 1874, 1946, 2013, 2017 EDRS:ED 105 842 The goal of the project was to develOp a high quality and low cost system for indexing historical collections of newspapers. Index generation. 2176 Bernhardt, R.: (In German). In: The manual provides a. o. instructions for the indexing, filing, Deutsche UNESCO-Kommission: Elektronische Daten editing and typing processes; a list of subject headings used and verarbeitung in Bibliotheken. Regensburg 1970. Miin a sample subject and name index for the Arizona Champion chen: Verlag Dokumentation 1975. p. 215-225,5 figs., 1883-1884. (Author, abbr.) II refs. The following four activities may be accomplished with thc help 2184 Perica, E.: Newspaper indexing for historical socie of the computer: (l) correction of the index, (2) structure of ties, colleges and high schools. Monroe, N. Y.: Library index entries, (3) sorting and cumulating the index entries, and (4) output and sctting of the index (preparation of a printable Research Assoc. 1975. 55 p., $ 2.45 Rules and procedures are given for deciding what kinds of infor copy). mation to index and what to avoid; storing and preserving the newspaper; reading and marking the paper; preparing cards, 2177 INIS Subject Indexing Samples. Wien: Internatio card sets, continuation c\uds, and cross references; dealing with nal Atomic Energy Agency 1975. 354 p., 131 figs., 32 subject entries of various kinds and filing and alphabetizing cards. tab., 30 refs., = IAEA-INIS-16 (Rev. 0) Lists of reference tools, necessary supplies, useful abbreviations Collection of examples intended to illustrate the application of and a bibliography are provided. (Author, abbr.) the three INIS indexing tools (I) subject categories and scope description, (2) manual for indexing, (3) thesaurus. 9 Classification "Milieu" (Org. & Econ.) 2178 Kampfer, M.: Does a thesaurus fa cilitate the gene ration of user-oriented indexes? (In German). In: Mitt. Ges. Bib!. wes. u. Dok. d. Landbaues (1976) No. 24, 92 Persons and Institutions in Classification p. 81-110, 65 refs. 2185 Campbell, D. J.: A short biography of Henry 83 Indexing and by Titles, Phrases of Evelyn Bliss (1870--1955). In: J. Doc. 32(1976) No. 2, p. 134·-145, 11 refs . See also 2066-2071 Longer version of the biography which will appear in the Intro ductory Volume of the new edition of the Bibliographic Classifi 2179 NeeIameghan, A., Gopinath, M. A.: Postulate cation, foreseen for publication in 1976. based permuted subject indexing. (POPSI) . In: Libl'. Sci. Slant Doc. 12(1975) No. 3, p. 79-87, 7 refs. 2186 Gopinath, M. A.: Dewey and Ranganathan. In: Practical steps and guidelines for formulating coextensive sub Intern. Classifica!. 3(1976) No. I, p. 1-2, 4 refs. ject structures and their verbal representation, and for deriving Comparison of the two pioneers in library science and classifica from til em .� ubject headings and subject index entries lIrc given. tion as an homage to Melvil Dewcy at the occasion of Ihe cen Rules for the choice, rendering and style of pn.'senting the diffe tennial of his classification system. rent sections - lead term section, subject representation section, and rden'nce section of POPS! index entries are presribed. 2187 Humblet, J.-E.: Paul OtIet and Henri La Fontaine Examples. (Author, abbr.) are Inventors of the UDC and Founders of the Interna- Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Classification Literature 129 tional Institute of Bibliography. In: Intern. Forum on 95 Education and Training in Classification and Inform . & Doc. 1(1976) No. 2, p. 6-8 Indexing Short dc!)criptionof the lives of these two great Belgium lawyers, bibliographers, classificationists, founders of the FlD and the 2194 Bhattacharyya, G.: Project on study of subjects. for Union of International AS:'iOciations, and writers and strivcrs In: Libf. Sci. Slant Doc. 12(1975) No. 3, p. 65-79 peace in this world. Arguments and materials for a study of subjects in courses in library and information science. Suggestions arc based on the 2188 Beling, G. et al: Der Fachnormenausschull Ter experience gained in organising and guiding projects on the minologie (FNT) - Aufgaben und Ziele. In: DIN-Mitt. "Study of subjects" at DRTC. 54(1975) No. 11, p. 541-544 98 User Studies 93 Organisation of Class. on the National and International Level See also 2060 See also 1980, 1983,2134 2195 British Library Working Party on Classification and Indexing: Final Report. Boston Spa, Wetherby: British 2189 Barth, C.: The advanced state of development of Lib rary, Pub!. Dept. 1975. 23 p. + App. (480 p. on micro thesaurus work in the USSR and the use ofSoviet ex fiches) � BLRD No. 5233. ISBN 085350 1335 perience in East Germany. (In Gennan). In: Infonnatile Investigation into the possibilities for the classification and index 22(1975) No. 2, p. 30-33, 10 refs. ing to be used in the ReferenceDivision of the British Library. In the USSR all thesauri have to be centrally registered and offi It was recommended and accepted to use the Dewey Decimal cially accepted, there is a central thesaurus collection. All have Classification for the shelving and the PRECIS system for the to be used for a trial period first before being finally accepted. continuation of the Subject Index. 2190 Kofnovec, L.: Tasks of indexing languages in nati 2196 Campbell, D. J.: A survey of British practice in co nal and international systems of scientific and technical ordinate indexing in information/library units. London: Aslib 1975. 76 p., 61 tab!., 7 refs. information. (In Czech). In: Ceskoslov.. Inform. 17(1975) No. 10, p. 246-251 From 146 questionnaires returned a subsamplc of 30 was select ed for analysis. 2191 Marinete, L.: International cooperation in the P., A reclassification of search files according to the Interna 2197 Comaromi, J. Michael, M. E., Bloom, J.: survey of the use of the Dewey Decimal Classification in tional Patent Classification (IPe). In: Role pat. inf. res. dev. Symp., Moscow. Geneva: World Intellect. Prop. the United States and Canada. Albany, N. Y.: Forest Organ. 1975. p. 189-207 Press. Lake Placid Foundation 1975. 326 p. Rcsponses and statistical evaluation of 79 questions of a question Two diffcrcnts methods for the realization of the classification naire sent to school, public, junior college, college and university of card files according to the IPC arc proposed - either by and processing centers' libraries. Special librarics were excluded. direct communication with the patent offices or via a central The survey was conducted by the University of Illinois Library intermediary office. The costs of reclassification arc analyzed. Research Center, Champaign, Illinois. It lasted from Jan. 1, to Nov. 7,1975. One result: 85.4 % of all libraries in the USA and 2192 Weitemeyer, M.: Classification systems and classi Canada are using today the DDC. fication data. (In Danish). I Udlande! 1975. Rapport til Forsningsbibliotekernes, Foellesrads, Forretningsudvalg. 2198 S¢rensen, J.: Report regarding the possibility of Copenhagen 1976. 55 p. using PRECIS in Denmark. (In Danish). Ballerup, DK: For a �ummary of this report see contribution by M. Weitemeyer Bibliotekscentralen (Library Bureau) 1974. 37 p. in Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2. 99 Standardization in Classification 2193 Zurtalina, N. P.: International meeting of library classification experts. (In Russian). In: Sov. Bibliografij a 2199 Oberschelp, R.: Standard classification and classifi (1975) No. 4, p. 31-36 cation of the Munich State Library. An international meeting of representatives from national libraries (In German). In: of East-European countries took place in Varna, Bulgaria, Nov. DFWDok. Infonn. 24(1976) No. 2,p. 55-59, 4 refs. 1974 to discuss a common language for bibliographic data inter change. Among the three different languages considered (UDC, 2200 Remmert, M.: Development and problems of a LBC, and a descriptor language) to LBe (BBK) was favored by standard classification for German libraries (1884-1974). most of the participants as a possible common classification. (In German). Berlin-W: Dt. Bib !. verb., Arb.stelle f. d. Bib!.wes. 1976. 71 p., 83 refs. � Bibliotheksdienst Bei heft 121 130 Intern. C1assificat. 3(1 976) No. 2 Classification Literature 78 Special Terminology Problems 84 Indexing of Texts 2172 Lec1erq, H.: Concerning neologisms of Greek origin. 2180 Busa, R.: The Index Thomisticus. (In German). In: (In French). In: Etudes Classiques 44(1976) No. 2, p. IBM-Nachr. 25 (1975) No. 228, p. 317��324, 5 refs. 97-108 Report about the generation of 11 complete index to all of the Kinds of word formations with parts of Greek origin in the French words in the 179 works of Thomas Aquinas, from the start in language; obstacles for understanding and present proliferation 1949 until to the printing of the Index in 1973, using IBM Com in correct and in hybrid forms. puters. 120 magnctic tapes for 800 characters per inch were necessary for the storage of the lemmatized text (25 000 lem mas in 147 000 word forms of altogether 10 600 000 words). 2173 Po1uskin, V. A., Zdanova, G. S.: Development of Description also of the structure of the Index. tenninological work in information science. (In Russian). In: Issled. kom. teor. osn. nauen. inf. Sb. dokl., Moskva 1974. Moscow 1975. p. 342-354 87 Indexing of Secondary Literature 79 Problems of Translation (incl. Multilingual CS) 2181 Bakewell, K. G. B.: Indexing methods used by some abstracting and indexing services . In: Indexer 10 See also 1945, 1987, 1996, 1998,2000-2003, 2069 (1976) No. I, p. 3-8, 12 refs. Various methods used for compiling the subject indexes of ab stracting and indexing services arc described, with particular 2174 Belopol'skaja, L. A., Nefedova, T. A., Hurova, reference to Applied Science and Technology Index, Education E. S.: Design experience with bilingual (Czech-Russian Index, Current Journals in Education, World Textile Abstracts, and Russian-Czech) keyword dictionaries. (In Russian). Library ami Information Science Abstracts, the abstracting In: Sb. naue. tr. NIl techn.-ekon. issled. (1974) No. 2 journals issued by Anbar Pub!. Ltd., and Sociology of Education (6), p. 86-95 Abstracts. The possibilities of a standardised system are con- sidered. (Author, abbr.) 2175 Winkler, H.: Linguistic aspects in the development of descriptors for Russian-German/German�Russian the� 2182 Osipenko, Ts. D.: Structure of indexes to 'Chemi sauri. (In German). In: Informatik 22(1975) No. 3, p. cal Abstracts'. (In Russian). In: Naucn.-techn. Inform. 22-25,3 refs. Ser. 1(1974) No. 5, p. 18-23 88 I ndexing of Primary Literature and Documents 8 Applied Classing and Indexing 2183 Irwin, J., Shook, S. (Comps.): Flagstaff coopera 81 General Problems and I ndexing Rules tive newspaper indexing project. Manual. Flagstaff, Ariz.: Northern Arizona University Library 1974. 51 p. = See also 1874, 1946, 2013, 2017 EDRS: ED 105 842 The goal of the pro ject was to develop a high quality and low cost system for indexing historical collections of newspapers. 2176 Bernhardt, Index generation. (In German). In: R.: The mallual provides a. o. instructiolls for the indexing, filing, Deutsche UNESCO-Kommission: Elektronische Daten editing and typing processes; a list of subject headings used and verarbeitung in Bibliotheken. Regensburg 1970. Mun a sample sub ject and name index for the Arizona Champion chen: Verlag Dokumentation 1975. p. 215-225,5 figs., 1883 -- 1884. (Author, abbr.) 11 refs. The following four activities may be accomplished with the help 2184 Periea, E.: Newspaper indexing for historical socie� of the computer: (1) correction of the index, (2) structure of ties, colleges and high schools. Monroe, N. Y.: Library index entrics, (3) sorting and cumulating the index entries, and (4) output and setting of the index (preparation of a printable Research Assoc. 1975. 55 p., $ 2.45 Rules and procedures arc given for deciding what kinds of infor� copy). mation to index and what to avoid; storing and preserving the " newspaper; reading and marking the paper; preparing cards, 2 I 77 INIS Subject Indexing Samples. Wien: Internatio card sets, continuation cards, and cross refercnce.�; dealing with nal Atomic Energy Agency 1975. 354 p., 131 figs., 32 subject cntries of various kinds and filing and alphabetizing cards. tab., 30 refs., = IAEA-INIS-16 (Rev. 0) Lists of reference 1001s, necessary supplies, useful abbreviations Collection of examples intended to illustrate the application of and a bibliography are provided. (Author, abbr.) the three INIS indexing tools (1) subject categories and scope description, (2) manual for indexing, (3) thesaurus. 9 Classification "Milieu" (Org. & Econ.) 2178 Kampfer, M.: Does a thesaurus fa cilitate the gene ration of user�oriented indexes? (In German). In: Mitt. Ges. Bib!. wes. u. Dok. d. Landbaues (1976) No. 24, 92 Persons and I nstitutions in Classification p. 81-110, 65 refs. 2185 Campbell, D. J.: A short biography of Henry 83 Indexing of and by Titles, Phrases Evelyn Bliss (I870-�1955). ln: J. Doc. 32(1976) No. 2, p. 134-145, II refs. See also 2066-2071 Longer versjon of the biography which will appear in the Intro ductory Volume of the new edition of the Bibliographic Classifi� 2179 Neelameghan, A., Gopinath, M. A.: Postulate cation, foreseen for publication in 1976. based permuted subject indexing. (POPSI) . In: Libr. Sci. Slant Doc. 12(1975) No. 3, p. 79-87, 7 refs. 2186 Gopinath, M. A.: Dewey and Ranganathan. In: Practical steps and guidelines for formulating coextensjve sub Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 1, p. 1-2, 4 refs. ject structures and their verbal represent,ltion, and for deriving Comparison of the two pioneers in library science and classifica from them subject headings and subjcct index entries are given. tion as an homage to Melvil Dewey at the occasion of the cen Rules for the choice, rendering and style of presenting the diffe tennial of his classification system. rent sections - lead term section, subject representation section, and reference section of POPSI index entries are presribed. 2187 Humblet, J.-E.: Paul Otlet and Henri La Fontaine (Author, abbr.) Examples. are Inventors of the UDC and Founders of the Interna� Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Classification Literature 129 tional lnstitute of Bibliography. In: Intern. Forum on 95 Education and Training in Classification and Inform. & Doc. I (l976) No. 2, p. 6-8 Indexing Short description of the Jives of these two great Belgium lawyers, bibliographers, classificationists, founders of the FID and the 2194 Bhattacharyya, G.: Project on study of subjects. Union of International As:;ociations, and writers and strivers for In: Libr. Sci. Slant Doc. 12(1975) No. 3, p. 65-79 peace in this world. Arguments and materials for a study of subjects in courses in library and information science. Suggestions are based on the 2188 Beling, G. et al: Der FachnormenausschuB Ter expcrience gained in organising and guiding projects on the minologie (FNT) - Aufgaben und Ziele. In: DIN-Mitt. "Study of subjects" at DRTC. 54(1975) No. ll, p. 541-544 98 User Studies 93 Organisation of Class. on the National and International Level See also 2060 See also 1980, 1983,2134 2195 British Library Working Party on Classification and Indexing: Final Report. Boston Spa, Wetherby: British 2189 Barth, C.: The advanced state of development of Library, Pub!. Dept. 1975. 23 p. + App. (480 p. on micro thesaurus work in the USSR and the use of Soviet ex fiches) = BLRD No. 5233. ISBN 085350 1335 perience in East Germany. (In German). In: Informatik Investigation into the possibilities for the classification and index 22(1975) No. 2, p. 30-33, 10 refs. ing to be used in the Reference Division of the British Library. In the USSR all thesauri have to be centrally registered and offi It was recommended and accepted to use the Dewey Decimal cially accepted, there is a central thesaurus collection. All have Classification for the shelving and the PRECIS system for the to be used for a trial period first before being finally accepted. continuation of the Subject Index. 2190 Kofnovec, L.: Tasks of indexing languages in nati 2196 Campbell, D. J.: A survey of British practice in co nal and international systems of scientific and technical ordinate indexing in information/library units. London: information. (In Czech). In: teskoslov. Inform. 17{l975) Aslib 1975. 76 p., 61 tabl., 7 refs. No. 10, p. 246-251 From 146 questionnaires returned a subsample of 30 was select ed for analysis. 2191 Marinete, L.: International cooperation in the reclassification of search files according to the Intema� 2197 Comaromi, J. P., Michael, M. E., Bloom, 1.: A survey of the use of the Dewey Decimal Classification in tional Patent Classification (IPC). In: Role pat. info res. dey. Symp., Moscow. Geneva: World Intellect. Prop. the United States and Canada. Albany, N. Y.: Forest Organ. 1975. p. 189-207 Press. Lake Placid Foundation 1975. 326 p. Responses and statistical evaluation of 79 questions of a question Two differents methods for the realization of the classification naire sent to school, public. junior college, college and university of card files according to the lPC are proposcd - either by and processing centers' libraries. Special libraries were excluded. direct communication with the patent offices or via a central The survey was conducted by the University of Illinois Library intermediary otTice. The costs of reclassification are analyzed. Research Center, Champaign, Illinois. It lasted from Jan. 1, to Nov. 7, 1975. One result: 85.4 % of all libraries in the USA and 2192 Weitemeyer, M.: Classification systems and classi Canada are using today the DOC. fication data. (In Danish). I Udlandet 1975. Rapport til Forsningsbibliotekernes. Foellesrads, Forretningsudvalg. 2198 S¢rensen, J.: Report regarding the possibility of Copenhagen 1976. 55 p. using PRECIS in Denmark. (In Danish). Ballerup, DK: For a summary of this report see contribution by M. Weitemeyer Bibliotekscentralen (Library Bureau) 1974. 37 p. in Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2. 99 Standardization in Classification 2193 turtalina, N. P. : International meeting of library classification experts. (In Russian). In: Sov. Bibliografija 2199 Oberschelp, R.: Standard classification and classifi (1975) No. 4, p. 31-36 cation of the Munich State Library. (In German). In: An international meeting of representatives from national libraries of East-Europcan countrics took plaee in Varna, Bulgaria, Nov. DFW Dok. Infonn. 24(1976) No. 2, p. 55-59, 4 refs. 1974 to discuss a common language for bibliographic data inter change. Among the three different languages considered (UDC, 2200 Remmert, M.: Development and problems of a LBC, and a descriptor language) to LBC (BBK) was favored by standard classification for German libraries (1884-1974). most of the participants as a possible common classification. (In German). Berlin-W: Dt. Bibl. verb., Arb.stelle f. d. Bibl.wes. 1976. 71 p., 83 refs. = Bibliotheksdienst Bei heft 121 130 Intern. Ciassificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Classification Literature UDC 025.4 (05) INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION Journal on Theory and Practice of Universal and Special Classification Systems and Thesauri Zeitschrift zur Theorie und Praxis universaler und spezieller Klassifikationssysteme und Thesauri Publisher: Verlag Dokumentation Saur KG, P.O. Box, P6ssenbacher Str. 2, D-8000 Munchen 71, BRD Tel.: (089) 798901, Telex 521 2067 saur d Editorial offices: c/o Dr. I. Dahlberg, Woogstr. 36a, D-6000 Frankfurt 50, BRD, Tel.: (061 1) 52 36 90 Issue frequency! Erscheinungsweise: 2/ann.; Subscription/Preis: DM 36,-/ann. INDEX to Vois. 1-3 (Vol. 1 (1974), Vol. 2 (1975), Vol. 3 (1976)) A. Alphabetical Index Nakamura, Y.: Automatic production of indexes from schedules, The case of the Universal Decimal Classification. 2,No.2,p.81-88 Neuenschwander, M. E.: Systems for the classification of com 1. Articles modities and activities. (In Gennan) 1, No. 1, p. 32-33 Oliveira, E. de Andrade: An automatic index in natural language for UDC editions. 2, No. 2, p. 89-93 Chiapetti, F. s., Serrai, A.: Dewey. classification schemes and the PetOfi, J. S.: Some aspects of a multi-purpose thesaurus. semantic universe. (In German) 3, No. 1, p. 7-11 I,No. 2,p. 69-76 Comaromi, J. P.: Conception and development of the Dewey RebaU, S.: Semantic field and subject description of document Decimal Classification 3,No. l,p. l1-15 contents. (In German) 3, No. 1, p. 18-22 Dahlberg,l.: Towards a theory of the concept. (In Gennan) Rybatchenkov. Y.: Development of a Broad System of Ordering. I,No. l,p. 12-19 I,No. l,p. 20-21 -: The terminology of subject-fields 2, No. 1, p. 31-37 Small. H. G.: Structural dynamics of scientific literature. -: Classification theory, yesterday and today 3, No. 2, p. 67-74 3, No. I, p. 85-90 Soergel, D.: Automatic and semi�automatic methods as an aid in Diemer, A.: Studies towards a general theory of order. the construction of indexing languages and thesauri. (In Gennan) I, No. 2, p. 61-68 I,No. l,p. 34-39 Felber, H.: An outline of international tenninological activities. Stokolova, N. A.: Syntactic tools and semantic power ofinfo nna· " I, No. 2, p. 89-91 tion languages. 3, No. 2, p. 75-81 Friis-Hansen, J. B.: Library classification systems in Denmark. Subramanyam, K.: Seminal mnemonics in classification. 3, No. 2,p. 91-93 3, No. I,p. 16-18 Fugmann, R.: The glamour and the misery of the thesaurus Tomita, T., Hattori, K.: Compilation ofthesaurus and total index approach. I, No.2, p. 76-86 of 'Nihon Kagaku-Gijutsu-Shl Taikei' and analysis of its docu Gehring, G.: The subject index to the German edition of the In ments. 2, No. l,p. 11-21 ternationalPatent Classification. (In German) W§hlin, E.: A common classification for Swedish research projects. 2, No. 2, p. 73-80 I, No. l,p. 21-26 Gekeler, 0.: Product description and ordering of product charac- Weitemeyer, M.: Which way to 'Shared Classification'? A Danish teristics. (In German) 2, No. I, p. 2-10 view. 3, No. 2,p. 93-96 Haendler, H.: Selection-oriented indication of subject-fields and propositions. (In German) 2, No. I, p. 25-31 Holzl, J.: Problems of commodity description and classification. (In German) 2,No. 2,p. 94-102 2. Reports and Communications -: Attempts towards the construction of a commodity thesaurus. (In German) 3, No. I, p. 23-32 Hopker, W.�W.: Structure and compatibility of the Thesaurus of Austin, D.: An indexing manual for PRECIS. Medicine. (In German) 3, No. 2, p. 81-84 I, No. 2, p. 91-94 Kaiser, H.: Language problems. 1, No. 2, p. 87-89 Belkin. N. J.: Infonnatics II. 1, No. 2, p. 95-96 Kashyap, M. M.: Concept comprehension building in students and Borko, H.: Printed Subject Indexes - Aberystwyth Institute. the teaching of theory of library classification. 2, No. 2, p. 106-107 2,No. l,p. 22-25 Dahlberg,l.: Some reflections on the Bombay CR-Conference. Kedrov, B. M.: Concerning the synthesis of the sciences. 2, No. l,p. 41-44 I,No. l,p. 3-1 1 -: 5th International Congress on Logic, Methodology and Philo- Komer, St.: Classification theory. 3, No. 1, p. 3-6 sophy of Science, Canada. 2, No. 2, p. 107-108 Mayne, A. J.: Progress report on a new scheme for the classifica- -: Classification theory course in Rio de Janeiro. tion of knowledge. l,No. l,p.27-32 3, No. 2, p. 103-104 Intern. Classificat. 3 (1 976) No. 2 Index to Vois. 1-3 131 Fangmeyer, H.: Automatic classification and indexing. Economic semiotics. (In German) I, No. I, p. 40-41 (Gekeler) 2, No. 2,p. I 12-114 Felber, H.: ISO/TC37 -Terminology - Fifth Meeting. 00: Cumulated UDC Supplement 1965-1975. Vols. I-V. I,No. 2,p. 96-97 (Dahlberg) 3, No. I, p. 45-46 -: Moscow meeting of ISO/TC 37/WG 1 "Principles of terminolo· Fluck, H. R.: Fachsprachen. Einftihrung und Bibliographie. gy". 3, No. 2,p. 100-101 (Spiegel) 3, No. 2,p. 1l4-115 Fellmann, U.: European Centenary Seminar on the DDC. Deutsches Komitee fUr Reprographie: Dictionary of Reprography. 3, No. 2, p. 96-98 (In German) (Agte) 3, No. 2, p. 114 FID/eR Secretariat: Third International Study Conference on Gekeler, 0., Herdt, K.-D., Oberender, W.: Commodity cataloguing Classification research. 2, No. 1, p. 37-41 and communication. (H. Korner) 2,No.2,p. 115-116 Gekeler, 0.: Commodity cataloguing and communication. Gopinath, M. A.: Classification research (India) (In German) I, No. I, p. 42 (Richmond) 2, No. 2, p. 53-54 Gussing, T.: EXACT and GIDEP improving international electro· Gnmdke, G.: GrundriB der allgemeinen Warenkunde. nic component classification code. 2, No. 1, p. 47 (In German) (Gekeler) 2, No. 2,p. 1I8-l20 Heinrich, G.: A library classification training program. Hicks, S. C.: Classification research (Australia). (In German) 3, No. 2, p. IOI-I03 (Morgan) 2,No. 2,p. 1I7-1 18 Horsnen, V.: The Intermediate Lexicon for information science. Horsnell, V.: Intermediate Lexicon for infonnation science. 2, No. I, p. 46 (In German) (v. Mach) 2, No. I, p. 54 Jones, K. P.: The AsUb Coordinate Indexing Group. Hutchins, W. J.: Languages of indexing and classification: a lin· 2, No. I, p. 45-46 guistic study of structures and functions. Krommer�Benz, M.: International Colloquium of Terminology. (Gopinath) 3, No. I, p. 46 3, NO. 2, p. 99-100 Informatics I. Proceedings of a conference held by the Aslib Coor· Leclercq, H.: International cooperation in the field of scientific dinate Indexing Group on 11-13 April 1973 at Durham· and technical terminology. (In French) 2, No. 2, p. 102-104 University. (Sauvageot) 1, No. 2, p. 108 Neelameghan, A.: Classification research and development in In· Infoterm: Internationalco·operation in terminology. First Info· dia, 1968-1974. I, No. I, p. 39-40 term Symposium, Vienna 9-11 Apri1 l975. Oliveira, E. de Andrade: Translation and computerization of the (Kocourek) 3,No.2,p. lll-112 Portuguese medium edition of the UDC, 3, No. 2, p. 107 lancaster, W.: Vocabulary control for information retrieval. Ostarhild, K.: Ordering systems for commodity data. (Soergel) 2, No. I, p. 49-52 I,No. I,p. 41-42 Langridge, D.: Approach to classification for students of librarian· Paass, W.: System of characteristics for commodities. (In German) ship. (Roberts and Atherton) 2, No. 1, p. 48 I, No. 2, p. 94-95 Maltby, A.: Classification in the 1970's. Perreault, J. M.: Concerning 'hierarchy' in classification. (Perreault) I, No. l,p.47-48 3, No. I, p. 33-34 Maltby, A.: Sayer's manual of classification for librarians. PelOfi, 1. S.: An automatic core lexicon for the Gennan language. (Scibor) 3, No. I, p. 44 (In German) I, No. 2, p. 99 Neveling, u., Wersig, G. (Eds.): Terminology of information and Regt, W. de: Symposium on multilingual thesauri. documentation. (In German with E and F eqUivalents). I,No. l,p.43 (Wellisch) 3, No. 2,p. 109-1I0 Ropke, W.: Commodity description and classification. (In Rigby, M.: Computers and the UDC. A decade of progress, 1963- German) 2, No. 2, p. 72 1973. (In German) (Koch) 2, No. 2, p. 118 Schijrkens, H.: Material data management today and tomorrow. Schneider, K.: Computer aided subject index system for the life A NATO Symposium. 2, No. 2, p. 105-106 sciences. (Lambert) 3, No. 2,p. 112-114 Vicentini, A. L. c.: Classification at the 8th IBBD Congress, Schwanhiiusser, G., Kind, F.: Thesaurus Hochschulforschung - Brasilia. 2, No. 2, p. 107 Hochschulplanung. (Gessel) 1, No. 2, p.l 07 Seelbach, D.: Computerlinguistik and Dokumentation. (In German) (H. Zimmermann) 3, No. 1, p. 45 Sodeur, W.: Empirical processes of (numerical) classification. (In German) (Vogel) 3, No. 2, p. 108 3. Book Reviews Soergel, D.: Indexing languages and thesauri: construction and maintenance. (Lancaster) 2, No. I, p. 52-53 Aitchison, J., Gilchrist, A.: Thesaurus construction. Sparek Jones, K., Kay, M.: Linguistics and information science. (Dahlberg) I, No. 2, p. 101 (Kuhlen) I, No. 2,p. 102-I04 Austin, D.: PRECIS: a manual of concept analysis and subject Stammetjohann, H., Janssen, H.: Handbuch der Linguistik. indexing. (Richmond) 2, No. 2,p. 1 l6-117 (Kuhlen) 2, No. 2,p. 121-123 Bausch, K.�J., Schewe, W. H. u.,Spiegel, H.-R.: Fachsprachen. YJeduts, G. E., Stokolova, N. A.: About a method of construct· Terminoiogie. Struktur. Normung. ing information languages having grammar. (In German) (Dahlberg) 3, No. 2, p. 115 (Austin) 2,No. l,p.47-48 Bock, H. H.: Automatische Klassifikation. Vogel, F.: Problems and processes of numerical classification. (In German) (Fangmeyer) I, No. 2,p. 107-108 (In German) (Fangmeyer) 2, No. 2, p. 123 Buchanan, B.: A glossary of indexing terms. Wellisch, H., Wilson, T. D.: Subject retrieval in the seventies. (Farradane) 3,No. 2, p. 110-lll (Perreault) I, No. 2,p. IOI-102 Brown, A. G.: An introduction to subject indexing. Vol. 2: UDC Wojciechowski, J. A. (Ed.): Conceptual basis of the classification and chain procedure in subject cataloguing. of knowledge. Proceedings of the Ottawa Conference ... (RebalI) 3,No. 2,p. lll (Svenonius) 3, No. 1, p. 40-42 Dahlberg, I.: Fundamentals of universal organization of knowl· Daniel, R., Mills, J.: A classification of library and information edge. (Vladutz) 3, No. 2, p. 42-43 science. (H. Korner) 2, No. 2,p. 123-124 Day, S. B. (Ed.): Communication of scientific information. Wiister, E.: The Road to InfoterII).. (Henzler) 3, No. 2, p. 44-45 (Kocourek) I, No. 2,p. 104-107 132 Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Index to Vols. 1-3 UDC 025.4 (05) INTERNATIONAL CLASSI FICATION Journal on Theory and Practice of Universal and Special Classification Systems and Thesauri Zeitschrift zur Theorie und Praxis universaler und spezieller Klassifikationssysteme und Thesauri Publisher: Verlag Dokumentation Saur KG, P.O. Box, P6ssenbacher Str. 2, D-8000 Munchen 71, BRD Tel.: (089) 798901, Telex 5212067 saur d Editorial offices: c/o Dr. I. Dahlberg, Woogstr. 36a, D-6000 Frankfurt 50, BRD, Tel.: (061 1) 52 36 90 Issue frequency/ Erscheinungsweise: 2/ann.; Subscription/Preis: DM 36,-/ann. INDEX to Vois. 1-3 (Vol. 1 (1974), Vol. 2 (1975). Vol. 3 (1976)) A. Alphabetical Index Nakamwa. Y.: Automatic production of indexes from schedules The case of the Universal Decimal Classification. 2, No. 2, p. 81-88 Neuenschwander, M. E.: Systems for the classification of com� modities and activities. (In Gennan) 1, No. I, p. 32-33 1. Articles Oliveira, E. de Andrade: An automatic index in natural language for UDC editions. 2, No. 2, p. 89-93 Chiapetti, F. s., Serrai, A.: Dewey, classification schemes and the Petofi, J. S.: Some aspects of a multi-purpose thesaurus. semantic universe. (In German) 3, No. I, p. 7-11 I, No. 2, p. 69-76 Comaromi, J. P.: Conception and development of the Dewey Reball, S.: Semantic field and subject description of document Decimal Classification 3, No. 1, p. 11-15 contents. (In German) 3, No. 1, p. 18-22 Dahlberg, I.: Towards a theory ofthe concept. (In German) Rybatchenkov, V.: Development of a Broad System of Ordering. I, No. I,p. 12-19 I,No. l,p. 20-21 -: The terminology of subject-fields 2, No. I,p. 31-37 Small, H. G.: Structural dynamics of scientific literature. -: Classification theory, yesterday and today 3, No. 2, p. 67-74 3, No. I, p. 85-90 Soergel, D.: Automatic and semi-automatic methods as an aid in Diemer, A.: Studies towards a general theory of order. the construction of indexing languages and thesauri. (In Genuan) I, No. 2, p. 61-68 I, No. I, p. 34-39 Felber, H.: An outline of international tenninoiogicai activities. Stokolova, N. A.: Syntactic tools and semantic power ofinfonna- " I,No. 2,p. 89-91 tion languages. 3, No. 2, p. 75-81 FriiS-Hansen, J. B.: Library classification systems in Denmark. Subramanyam, K.: Seminal mnemonics in classification. 3, No. 2, p. 91-93 3, No. 1, p. 16-18 Fugmann, R.: The glamour and the misery of the thesaurus Tomita, T., Hattori, K.: Compilation ofthesaurus and total index approach. 1, No. 2, p. 76-86 of 'Nihon Kagaku-Gijutsu-Shi Taikei' and analysis of its docu Gehring, G.: The subject index to the German edition of the In ments. 2, No. l,p.11-21 ternational Patent Classification. (In Gennan) Wahlin, E.: A common classification for Swedish research projects. 2, No. 2, p. 73-80 I, No. 1, p. 21-26 Gekeler, 0.: Product description and ordering of product charac- Weitemeyer, M.: Which way to 'Shared Classification'1 A Danish teristics. (In German) 2, No. I, p. 2-10 view. 3, No. 2, p. 93-96 Haendler, H.: Selection-oriented indication of subject-fields and propositions. (In Gennan) 2, No. 1,p. 25-31 Holzl, J.: Problems of commodity description and classification. (In German) 2, No. 2, p. 94-102 2. Reports and Communications -; Attempts towards the construction of a commodity thesaurus. (In German) 3, No. I, p. 23-32 Hopker , W.-W.: Structure and compatibility of the Thesaurus of Austin, D.: An indexing manual for PRECIS. Medicine. (In German) 3, No. 2, p. 81-84 I, No. 2, p. 91-94 Kaiser, H.: Language problems. 1, No. 2, p. 87-89 Belkin, N. J.: Infonnatics II. 1,No. 2, p. 95-96 Kashyap, M. M.: Concept comprehension building in students and Borko, H.: Printed Subj ect Indexes - Aberystwyth Institute. the teaching of theory of library classification. 2, No. 2, p. 106-107 2,No. l, p. 22-25 Dahlberg, I.: Some reflections on the Bombay CR-Conference. Kedrov, B. M.: Concerning the synthesis of the sciences. 2, No. I, p. 41-44 I, No. I, p. 3-1 1 -: 5th International Congress on Logic, Methodology and Philo- Komer, St.: Classification theory. 3, No. 1, p. 3-6 sophy of Science , Canada. 2, No. 2, p. 107-108 Mayne, A. J.: Progress report on a new scheme for_ the classifica- -: Classification theory course in Rio de Janeiro. tion of knowledge. 1, No. 1, p. 27-32 3, No. 2, p. 103-!04 Intern. Classificat. 3 (1976) No. 2 Index to Vols. 1-3 131 Fangmeyer, H.: Automatic classification and indexing. Economic semiotics. (In Gennan) I, No. 1, p. 40-41 (Gekeler) 2, No. 2,p. 1l2-114 Felber, H.: ISO/TC37 - Terminology - Fifth Meeting. HD: Cumulated UDC Supplement 1965-1975. Vols. I-V. I, No. 2, p. 96-97 (Dahlberg) 3, No. I, p. 45-46 -: Moscow meeting of ISO/TC 37/WG I "Principles of terminolo- Fluck, 0. R.: Fachsprachen. Einftihrung und Bibliographie. gy". 3, No. 2,p. 100-101 (Spiegel) 3, No. 2,p. 114-115 Felhnann, U.: European Centenary Seminar on the DOC. Deutsches Komitee ftir Reprograpbie: Dictionary of Reprography. 3, No. 2, p. 96-98 (1n German) (Agte) 3, No. 2, p. 114 FIDleR Secretariat: Third International Study Conference on Gekeler, 0., Herdt, K.-D., Oberender, W.: Commodity cataloguing Classification research. 2, No. 1, p. 37 -41 and communication. (H. Korner) 2,No.2,p. 115-1 16 Gekeler, O.: Commodity cataloguing and communication. Gopinath, M. A.: Classification research (India) (In German) I, No. I, p. 42 (Richmond) 2, No.2, p. 53-54 Gussing, T.: EXACT and GIDEP improving international electro· Grundke, G.: GrundriR. der allgemeinen Warenkunde. nic component classification code. 2, No. 1, p. 47 (In German) (Gekeler) 2, No. 2,p. 118-120 Heinrich, G.: A library classification training program. Hicks, S. C.: Classification research (Australia). (In German) 3, No. 2, p. 101-103 (Morgan) 2, No. 2,p. 117-1 18 HorsneD, Y.: The Intermediate Lexicon for information science. Horsnell, Y.: Intermediate Lexicon for information science . 2,No. l,p.46 (1n German) (v. Mach) 2, No. 1, p. 54 Jones, K. P.: The Aslib Coordinate Indexing Group. Hutchins, W. J.: Languages of indexing and classification: a lin 2, No. I, p. 45-46 guistic study of structures and functions. Krommer-Benz, M.: International Colloquium of Terminology. (Gopinath) 3, No. I,p. 46 3, No. 2, p. 99-100 Informatics I. Proceedings of a conference held by the Aslib Coor Leclercq, H.: International cooperation in the field of scientific dinate Indexing Group on 11-13 April 1973 at Durham and technical terminology. (In French) 2, No. 2, p. 102-104 University. (Sauvageot) 1, No. 2, p. 108 Neelameghan, A.: Classification research and development in In- Infoterm: International co-operation in terminology. First Info dia, 1968-1974. I, No. I, p. 39-40 term Symposium, Vienna 9-11 April 1975. Oliveira, E. de Andrade: Translation and computerization of the (Kocourek) 3, No. 2, p. 111-112 Portuguese medium edition of the UDC. 3, No. 2, p. 107 lancaster, W.: Vocabulary control for information retrieval. Ostarhild, K.: Ordering systems for commodity data. (Soergel) 2, No. I, p. 49-52 I, No. I, p. 41-42 Langridge, D.: Ap proach to classification for students of librarian- Paass, W.: System of characteristics for commodities. (In German) ship. (Roberts and Atherton) 2, No. 1, p. 48 I, No.2, p. 94-95 Maltby, A.: Classification in the 1970's. Perreault, J. M.: Concerning 'hierarchy' in classification. (Perreault) I,No. l,p. 47-48 3, No. I, p. 33-34 Maltby, A.: Sayer's manual of classification for librarians. PetOfi, J. S.: An automatic core lexicon for the German language. (Scibor) 3, No. I, p. 44 (1n German) I, No. 2, p. 99 Neveling, D., Wersig, G. (Eds.) : Terminology of information and Regt, W. de: Symposium on multilingual thesauri. documentation. (In German with E and F equivalents). I, No. l,p. 43 (Wellisch) 3, No. 2, p. 109-1 10 Ropke, W.: Commodity description and classification. (In Rigby, M.: Computers and the UDC. A decade of progress, 1963- German) 2, No. 2, p. 72 1973. (In German) (Knch) 2, No. 2, p. 118 Schiirkens, H.: Material data management today and tomorrow. Schneider, K.:Computer aided subject index system for the life A NATO Symposium. 2,No. 2,p. 105-106 sciences. (Lambert) 3, No. 2,p. 112�114 Vicentini, A. L. c.: Classification at the 8th IBBD Congress, Schwanhiiusser, G., Kind, F.: Thesaurus Hochschulforschung - Brasilia. 2, No. 2, p. 107 Hochschulplanung. (Gessel) 1, No. 2, p.107 Seelbach, D.: Computerlinguistik: and Dokumentation. (In German) (H.Zimmermann) 3, No. 1, p. 45 Sodeur, W.: Empirical processes of (numerical) classification. 3. Book Reviews (1n German) (Vogel) 3, No. 2, p. 108 Soergel, D.: Indexing languages and thesauri: construction and maintenance. (Lancaster) 2, No. 1,p. 52-53 Aitchison, J., Gilchrist, A.: Thesaurus construction. Sparck Jones, K., Kay, M.: linguisticS and information science. (Dahlberg) I, No. 2, p. 101 (Kuhlen) I, No. 2,p. 102-104 Austin, D.: PRECIS: a manual of concept analysis and subject Stammetjohann, H., Janssen, H.: Handbuch der Linguistik. indexing. (Richmond) 2, No. 2,p. 116-117 (Kuhlen) 2, No. 2,p. 121-123 Bausch, K..J., Schewe, W. H. V., Spiegel, o.-R.: Fachsprachen. Vieduts, G. E., Stokolova, N. A.: About a method of construct· Terminologie. Struktur. Normung. ing information languages having grammar. (In German) (Dahlberg) 3, No.2, p. 115 (Austin) 2,No. l,p. 47-48 Bock, 0. H.: Automatische Klassifikation. Vogel, F.: Problems and processes of numerical classification. (In German) (Fangmeyer) I, No. 2, p. 107-108 (In German) (Fangmeyer) 2, No. 2, p. 123 Buchanan, B.: A glossary of indexing terms. Wellisch, H., Wilson, T. D.: Subject retrieval in the seventies. (Farradane) 3,No. 2, p. 1 l0-1 11 (Perreault) I, No. 2,p. 101-102 Brown, A. G.: An introduction to subject indexing. Vol. 2: UDC Wojciechowski, J. A. (Ed.): Conceptual basis of the claSSification and chain procedure in subject cataloguing. of knowledge. Proceedings of the Ottawa Conference ... (Reb all) 3,No. 2, p. III (Svenonius) 3, No. I,p. 40-42 Dahlberg, I.: Fundamentals ofuniversal organization ofknowl· Daniel, R., Mills, J.: A classification of library and information edge. (Vladutz) 3, No. 2, p. 42-43 science. (H. Korner) 2, No. 2,p. 123-124 Day, S. B. (Ed.): Communication of scientific information. Wilster, E.: The Road to Infoterrn. (Henzler) 3, No. 2, p. 44-45 (Kocourek) I,No. 2,p. 104-107 132 Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Index to Vols. 1-3 B. Form and Subject Index Classification topics at the IXth INER-Colloqium. Oberhof, 12- 14 Nov. 1975. 3, No. l,p. 34-35 Scientometrics and bibliometrics. The Idis Conference. Bielefeld, (The arrangement of this index follows the "Outline of fonn and 23-24 Jan. 1976. 3, No. I, p. 35 subject categories in the field of classification science and applied Meeting of The Classification Society, European Branch. Cam· classification" as given in Vol. 2 (1975) No. 2,p. 125. News items bridge , 14 April 1976. 3,No. l,p.39 aswell as the aforementiond book reviews have not been included. Classification Society Conference, USA. Rochester, 23-25 May 1976. 3, No. 2, p. 98-99 International Colloquium of Terminology. Paris, 15-18 June 1976. (Krammer.Benz) 3, No. 2, p. 99-100 01 Bibliographies European Centenary Seminar on the DDC. Banbury, 26-30 Sept. 1976. (Fel1mann) 3, No. 2, p. 96-98 Classification Literature 1, No, 1, p. 49-58 (001-521); I, No. 2, Moscow Meeting of ISO/TC 37/WG 1. "Principles of Terminology" p. 109-119 (522-753); 2, No. I, p. 55-70 (764--1126); 2, Moscow, 27-30 Sept. 1976 (Felber) 3, No. 2,p. 100-101 No. 2, p. 125-144 (I 127-1495); 3, No. I, p. 47-64 (1496- Classification and Phylogeny. York, 29 Sept. 1976. 1872); 3, No. 2, p. 116-130 (1873-2200) 3, No. 2, p. 99 03 Terminologies 1 Theoretical foundations Terminology Corner: Editorial: What is classification? 1, No. 2, p. 59 Concerning thesaurus terminology. 2, No. 2, p. 111-112 Studies towards a general theory of order. 1. (In German) Concerning thesaurus terminology-II. (Rolling) 3, No. 1, (Diemer) I, No. 2,p. 61-68 p. 37-39 Classification theory. (St. Korner) 3, No. 1, p. 3-6 Classification terminology - DDC. 3, No. 2, p. 105-107 Classification theory, yesterday and today. (Dahlberg) 3, No. 2, p. 85-90 06 Conference Reports (chronological) Selection·oriented indication of subject.fields and propositions. (In German) (Haendler) 2, No. I, p. 25-31 Symposium on multilingual thesauri. Berlin, 8-10 Oct. 1973. Towards a theory of the concept. (In German) (Dahlberg) (de Regt) I, No. I, p. 43 I, No. I,p. 12-19 Symposium on the concept of science. Hannover, 23-24 Nov. 5th Intern. Congress on Logic, Methodology and Philosophy of 1973. (In German) I, No. 1, p. 44 Science. 2, No. 2, p. 107-108 INER Colloquium No. VIII. Oberhof, 28-30 Nov. 1973. The Class. Society, London, Oct. 1,1974. (Mathematical models in I, No. 1, p. 44 classification). 1, No. 2, p. 100 Science language - ordinary language. Colloquium. Bad Homburg, Concerning the synthesis of the sciences. (Kedrov) 17-20 Jan. 1974 (In German) I,No. l,p. 44-45 I, No. I, p. 3-11 Informatics II. Oxford, 25-27 March 1974. (Belkin) Structural dynamics of scientific literature. (Small) I, No. 2, p. 95-96 3, No. 2, p. 67-74 ISO/TC37 - Terminology - Fifth Meeting, Vienna, 4-7 June Symposium on the concept of science. (In German) 1974. (Felber) I, No. 2, p. 96-97 I, No. I, p. 44 Classification topics at agricultural conference. Detmold. 19-21 Classification research and development in India 1968-1974. June 1974. I, No. 2, p. 97-98 ,. I,No. l,p. 39-40 The Classification Society. London, 1 Oct. 1974. Third International Study Conference on Classification Research. I,No.2,p. 100 · (FIDICR Secretariat) 2, No. I, p. 37-41 Presentation of Classification-Committee Work. Bonn, 7-11 Oct. 1974. 2, No. 1,p. 44-45 'Horizons of Classification' at ASIS Conference, Atlanta, Ga., 2 Structure and construction of Classification Systems 13-18 Oct. 1974. 2,No. l,p.46 Third Intern. Study Conference on Classification Research. Born· bay, 6-1 1 Jan. 1974. 2, No. I, p. 37-41 Concerning 'hierarchy' in classification. (Perreault) Some reflections on the Bombay CR·Conference (Dahlberg). 3, No. 1, p. 33-34 2,No. l,p. 41-44 Some aspects of a multi-purpose thesaurus. (Petofi) International co-operation in scientific and technical terminology. I, No. 2, p. 69-76 Vienna 9-1 1 April 1975. (In French) (Leclercq) Seminal mnemonics in classification. (Subramanyam) 2, No. 2,p. 102-104 3,No. l,p. 16-18 Meetings. TheCbssification Society, Europ; Branch, 10 April and Attempts towards the construction of a commodity thesaurus. 30 Sept. 1975 2, No. 2, p. 104 (In German) (H61z1) 3, No. 1, p. 23-32 The 1975 Classification Society Meeting, North American Branch. Structure and compatibility of the Thesaurus of Medicine. (In Iowa City, 24-26 April 1975. 2, No. 2, p. 104 (German) (H6pker) 3, No. 2, p. 81-84 Material data management today and tomorrow. A NATO sym Automatic and semi·automatic methods as an aid in the construe· posium. Copenhagen, May 1975. (Schtirkens) tion of indexing languages and thesauri. (Soergel) 2,No. 2,p. 105-106 I,No. l,p. 34-39 Printed Subject Indexes. Aberystwyth Institute, 14-18 July Compilation of thesaurus and total index of 'Nihon Kagaku-Gijut· 1975. (Borko) 2. No. 2, p. 106-107 su·Shi Talkei' and analysis of its documents. (Tomita/Hattori) Classification at the 8th IBBD Congress Brasilia, 20-26 July, 2,No. l,p. I 1-21 1975. (Vicentini) 2, No. 2, p. 107 The glamour and the misery of the thesaurus approach. (Fugmann) 5th International Congress on Logic, Methodology and Philosophy I, No. 2, p. 76-86 of Science. London, Ont., 27 Aug.-2. Sept. 1975 (Dahlberg) Syntactic tools and semantic power of information languages. 2, No. 2, p. 107-108 (Stokolova) 3, No. 2, p. 75-81 Study Seminar on the UDC. Rome, 22 Sept. 1975. Presentation of Classification Committee work. (On relation. 2, No. 2, p. 108 ships) 2, No. I, p. 44-45 ASIS·1975 and classification. Boston, Oct. 1975. The Intermediate Lexicon for information science. (Horsnell) 3, No. I, p. 34 2, No. l,p.46 The DDC Allerton House Conference. Monticello, Ill., 9-1 1 Nov. Editorial: Towards compatibility and cooperation in classification. 1975. 3,No. 2,p. 96 2, No. l,p. l Intern. CL1ssificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Index to Va Is. 1-3 133 3 Classing and indexing (methodology) Computer constructs natural language concept system. I,No, 2, p. 99 automatic core lexicon for the German language. (In German) Anindexing manual for PRECIS. (Austin) I, No. 2, p. 91-94 An (pelOfi) 1, No. 2, p. 99 Semantic field and subject description. of document contents. (In German) (Reball) 3, No. 1, p. 18-22 An outline of international terminological activities. (Felber) Automatic classification and indexing. (Fangmeyer) 1, No. 2,p. 89-9 1 I,No. I,p. 40-41 ISO/TC 37 - Terminology. 5th Meeting. (Felber) 1, No. 2, p. 96-97 International co-operation in scientific and technical terminology. (In French) (Leclercq) 2, No. 2, p. I02-104 4 On universal systems International colloquium of terminology, PariS, 15-18 June 1976. (Krommer.Benz) 3, No. 2, p. 99-100 FID/CCC Meeting. Berlin 17-21 Sept. 1973 1, No. 1, p. 45-46 Moscow meeting of ISOITC 37IWG 1, "Principles of terminology". ODe Editions in 23 1anguages. 1, No. 2,p. 100 (Felber) 3, No. 2, p. lOO-lOI Editorial: UBC and UDC . (Perreault) 2, No. 2, p. 71 The terminology of subject-fields. (Dahlberg) 2, No. 1, p. 31-37 Study seminar on the UDC. Rome, 22 Sept. 1975. Symposium on multilingual thesauri. Berlin. (de Regt) 2, No. 2, p. 108 1, No. 1, p. 43 New UDe developments. 3, No. 1, p. 36 A British-Library-Workshop on multilingual systems. Translation and computerization of the Portuguese Medium 3, No. 1, p. 34 Edition of the UDC. (Oliveira) 3, No. 2, p. 107 PRECIS for multilingual use. 3, No. 1, p. 36 Dewey. classification schemes and the semantic universe. (In Ger- man) (Chiapetti/Serrai) 3, No. 1, p. 7-11 Conception and development of the Dewey Decimal Classification: (Comaromi) 3, No. l,p. 11-15 8 Applied claSSing and indexing European Centenary Seminar on the DOC. Banbury, 26-30 Sept. 1976. (Fellmann) 3, No. 2, p. 96-98 Printed Subject Indexes. Aberystwyth Institute. (Barko) The DOC Allerton House Conference. Monticello, Ill., 9-11 Nov. 2, No. 2, p. I06-107 1975. 3, No. 2, p. 96 The subject index to the German edition of the International Progress report on a new scheme for the classification of knowl- Patent Classification. (In German) (Gehring) edge. (Mayne) I,No. I,p. 27-32 2, No. 2, p. 73-80 Development of a Broad System of Ordering. (Rybatchenkov) Automatic production of indexes from schedules. The case of the I,No. I,p. 20-21 UDC. (Nakamura) 2, No. 2,p. 81-88 A common classification for Swedish research projects. (Wawtn) An automatic index in natural language for UDC editions. I,No. I,p. 21-26 (Oliveira) 2, No. 2, p. 89-93 5 On special objects classification systems (taxonomies) 9 Classification 'milieu' Systems for the classification of commodities and activities. (In German) (Neuenschwander) I, No. 1, p. 32-33 92 Persons and institutions Ordering systems for commodity data. (Ostarhild) I,No. I,p. 41-42 Ranganathan Award for Classification Research. Commodity cataloguing and communication. (In German) 2, No. I,p.45 (Gekeler) 1, No. 1, p. 42 Editorial: Hommage to Melvil Dewey 1876-1976. Dewey and System of characteristics for commodities. (Paass) Ranganathan. (Gopinath) 3, No. 1. p. 1-2 (In German) I,No. 2,p. 94-95 In Memoriam: Abner Vicentini 1929-1976. (Campos/Briquet de Product description and ordering of product characteristics. Lemos) 3, No. 2, p. 66 (In German) (Gekeler) 2, No. 1, p. 2-10 The Classification Society. European Branch 1, No. 1, p. 45 EXACT and GIDEP improving international electronic compo- The Aslib Coordinate Indexing Group.(Jones) nent classification code. (Gussing) 2, No. 1, p. 47 2, No. 1, p. 45--46 Commodity description and classification. (In German) (Ropke) New Classification Research Group in BrasiL 2, No. I, p. 47 2, No. 2, p. 72 Problems of commodity description and classification. (In Ger- 93/94 Organisation of classification (natl./intern. level) man) (Holzl) 2, No. 2, p. 94-102 Material data management today and tomorrow. (Schlirkens) Library classification systems in Denmark. (Friis-Hansen) 2, No. 2,p. 105-I06 3, No. 2, p. 91-93 Attempts towards the construction of a commodity thesaurus. Which way to 'Shared classification'? A Danish view. (Weite- (In German) (Holzl) 3, No. 1, p. 23-32 meyer) 3, No. 2, p. 93-96 95 Education and training 6 On special subjects classification systems Postgraduate training courses at ZMD. 1, No. l,p. 47 Curriculum in classification. (ABEBD) 2, No. 2,p. l09-110 Structure and compatibility of the Thesaurus of Medicine. (In Concept comprehension building in students and the teaching of German) (Hopker) 3, No. 2, p. 81-84 theory of library classification (Kashyap) 2, No. 1, p. 22-25 A library classification training program. (In German) (Heinrich) 3, No. 2, p. IOl-103 Classification theory course in Rio de Janeiro. (Dahlberg) 7 Classification and language 3, No. 2, p.l03-104 Science language - ordinary language. Colloquium. (In German) 99 Standardization in classification I,No. I,p. 44-45 Language problems, (Kaiser) 1, No, 2, p. 87-89 Standardization in classification I, No. 2, p. 98 134 Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Index to Vols. 1-3 B. Form and Subject Index Classification topics at the IXth INER·Colloqium. Oberhof, 12- 14 Nov. 1975. 3,No. l,p. 34-35 Scientometrics and bibliometrics. The Idis Conference. Bielefeld, (The arrangement of this index follows the "Outline of form and 23-24 Jan. 1976. 3, No. 1, p. 35 subject categories in the field of classification science and applied Meeting of The Classification Society, European Branch. Cam- classification" as given in Vol. 2 (1975) No. 2,p. 125. News items bridge, 14 April 1976. 3,No. l,p.39 as well as the aforementiond book reviews have not been included. Classification Society Conference, USA. Rochester, 23-25 May 1976. 3, No. 2, p. 98-99 International Colloquium of Terminology. Paris, 15-18 June 1976. (Krommer-Benz) 3, No. 2, p. 99-100 01 Bibliographies European Centenary Seminar on the DDC. Banbury, 26-30 Sept. 1976. (Felhnann) 3, No. 2, p. 96-98 Classification Literature 1, No. 1, p. 49-58 (001-521); 1, No. 2, Moscow Meeting of ISO/TC 37jWG 1. "Principles of Terminology" p. 109-119 (522-753); 2, No. I, p. 55-70 (764- 1126); 2, Moscow, 27-30 Sept. 1976 (Felber) 3, No. 2,p. lOO-lOl No. 2, p. 125-144 (1 127-1495); 3, No. 1, p. 47-64 (1496- Classification and Phylogeny. York, 29 Sept. 1976. 1872); 3, No. 2, p. 116-130 (1873-2200) 3, No. 2, p. 99 03 Terminologies 1 Theoretical foundations Terminology Corner: Editorial: What is classification? I,No. 2, p. 59 Concerning thesaurus terminology. 2, No. 2, p. 111-112 Studies towards a general theory of order. I. (In Gennan) Concerning thesaurus terminology-II. (Rolling) 3, No. 1, (Diemer) 1, No. 2, p. 61-68 p. 37-39 Classification theory. (St. Korner) 3, No. 1, p. 3-6 Classification terminology - DDC. 3, No. 2, p. 105-107 Classification theory, yesterday and today. (Dahlberg) 3, No. 2, p. 85-90 06 Conference Reports (chronological) Selection-oriented indication of subject-fields and propositions. (In German) (Haendler) 2, No. 1, p. 25-31 Symposium on multilingual thesauri. Berlin, 8-10 Oct. 1973. Towards a theory of the concept. (In Gennan) (Dahlberg) (de Regt) I, No. l,p.43 1, No. 1, p. 12-19 Symposium on the concept of science . Hannover, 23-24 Nov. 5th Intern. Congress on Logic, Methodology and Philosophy of 1973. (In German) I,No. l,p.44 Science. 2, No. 2, p. 107-108 INER Colloquium No. VIII. Oberhof, 28-30 Nov. 1973. The Class. Society, London, Oct. 1,1974. (Mathematical models in 1, No. 1, p. 44 classification). I, No. 2, p. 100 Science language - ordinary language. Colloquium. Bad Homburg, Concerningthe synthesis of the sciences. (Kedrov) 17-20 Jan. 1974 (In German) 1, No. 1, p. 44-45 1, No. 1, p. 3-11 Infonnatics II. Oxford, 25-27 March 1974. (Belkin) Structural dynamics of scientific literature. (Small) 1, No. 2, p. 95-96 3,No. 2,p.67-74 ISOjTC37 - Terminology - Fifth Meeting, Vienna, 4-7 June Symposium on the concept of science. (In German) 1974. (Felber) 1, No. 2, p. 96-97 1, No. 1, p. 44 Classification topics at agricultural conference. Detmold . 19-21 Classification research and development in India 1968-1974. June 1974. I,No. 2,p.97-98 , I,No. l,p.39-40 The Classification Society. London, 1 Oct. 1974. Third International Study Conference on Classification Research. 1, No. 2, p. 100 (FID/CR Secretariat) 2, No. 1, p. 37-41 Presentation of Classification-Committee Work. Bonn, 7-11 Oct. 1974. 2, No. 1,p. 44-45 'Horizons of Classification' at ASIS Conference, Atlanta, Ga., 2 Structure and construction of Classification Systems 13-18 Oct. 1974. 2, No. 1, p. 46 " Third Intern. Study Conference on Classification Research. Born· bay, 6-1 1 Jan. 1974. 2, No. 1, p. 37-41 Concerning 'hierarchy' in classification. (Perreault) Some reflectiOns on the Bombay CR·Conference (Dahlberg). 3, No. 1, p. 33-34 2, No. 1, p. 41-44 Some aspects of a multi-purpose thesaurus. (Petofi) International co·operation in scientific and technical terminology. 1, No. 2, p. 69-76 Vienna 9-11 April 1975. (In French) (Leclercq) Seminal mnemonics in classification. (Subramanyam) 2,No. 2, p. 102-104 3, No. 1, p. 16-18 Meetings.The Classification Society, Europ; Branch, 10April and Attempts towards the construction of a commodity thesaurus. 30 Sept. 1975 2, No. 2, p. 104 (In German) (H61z1) 3, No. 1, p. 23-32 The 1975 Classification Society Meeting, North American Branch. Structure and compatibility of the Thesaurus of Medicine. (In Iowa City, 24-26 April 1975. 2, No. 2, p. 104 (German) (H6pker) 3, No. 2, p. 81-84 Material data management today and tomorrow. A NATO sym Automatic and semi-automatic methods as an aid in the construc posium. Copenhagen, May 1975. (Schiirkens) tion of indexing languages and thesauri. (Soergel) 2, No. 2, p. 105-106 I,No. l,p. 34-39 Printed Subject Indexes. Aberystwyth Institute, 14-18 July Compilation of thesaurus and total index of 'Nihon Kagaku-Gijut 1975. (Borko) 2,No. 2, p. 106-107 su..shi Taikei' and analysis of its documents. (Tomita/Hattori) Classification at the 8th IBBD Congress Brasilia, 20-26 July, 2,No. l,p. 11-21 1975. (Vicentini) 2, No. 2, p. 107 The glamour and the misery of the thesaurus approach. (Fugmann) 5th International Congress on Logic,Methodology and Philosophy 1, No. 2, p. 76-86 of Science. London, Ont., 27 Aug.-2. Sept. 1975 (Dahlberg) Syntactic tools and semantic power of information languages. 2, No. 2, p. l07-108 (Stokolova) 3, No. 2, p. 75-81 Study Seminar on the UDC. Rome, 22 Sept. 1975. Presentation of Classification Committee work. (On relation. 2, No. 2, p. 108 ships) 2, No. 1, p. 44-45 ASIS-1975 and classification. Boston, Oct. 1975. The Intermediate Lexicon for information science. (Horsnell) 3, No. 1, p. 34 2,No. l,p.46 The DOC Allerton House Conference. Monticello, 11 1., 9-11 Nov. Editorial: Towards compatibility and cooperation in classification. 1975. 3,No. 2,p.96 2, No. I,p. 1 Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Index to Vols. 1-3 133 3 Classing and indexing (methodology) Computer constructs natural language concept system. I,No. 2, p. 99 Anindexing manual for PRECIS. (Austin) 1, No. 2, p. 91-94 An automatic core lexicon for the Gennan language. (In Gennan) (petofi) Semantic field and subject description. of document contents. I, No. 2, p. 99 (In German) (Reball) 3, No. I, p. 18-22 An outline of international tenninological activities. (Felber) Automatic classification and indexing. (Fangmeyer) I,No. 2,p. 89-91 I,No. l,p. 40-41 ISO/TC 37 - Terminology. 5th Meeting. (Felber) I, No. 2, p. 96-97 International co·operation in scientific and technical terminology. (In French) (Leclercq) 2, No. 2, p. 102-104 4 On universal systems International colloquium of terminology. PariS, 15-18 June 1976. (Krommer·Benz) 3, No. 2, p. 99-100 FID/CCC Meeting. Berlin 17-21 Sept. 1973 I, No. I, p. 45-46 Moscow meeting of ISO/TC 37!WG 1, "Principles of tenninology". UDC Editions in 23 languages. 1, No. 2,p. 100 (Felber) 3, No. 2, p. 100-101 Editorial: UBC and unC.(Perreault) 2, No. 2, p. 71 The terminologyof subject.fields. (Dahlberg) 2, No. 1, p. 31-37 Study seminar on the UDe. Rome, 22 Sept. 1975. Symposium on multilingual thesauri. Berlin. (de Regt) 2, No. 2, p. 108 I, No. l,p.43 New UDC developments. 3, No. 1, p. 36 A British·Library·Workshop on multilingual systems. Translation and computerization of the Portuguese Medium 3, No. 1, p. 34 Edition of the UDC. (Oliveira) 3, No. 2, p. 107 PRECIS for multilingual use. 3, No. 1, p. 36 Dewey, classification schemes and the semantic universe. (In Ger- man) (Chiapetti/Serral) 3, No. I, p. 7-11 Conception and development of the Dewey Decimal Classification.' (Comaromi) 3, No. I, p. 11-15 8 Applied classing and indexing European Centenary Seminar on the DOC. Banbury, 26-30 Sept 1976. (Fellmann) 3, No. 2, p. 96-98 Printed Subject Indexes. Aberystwyth Institute. (Borko) The DOC Allerton House Conference. Monticello, Ill., 9� 11 Nov. 2, No.2, p. l06-107 1975. 3, No. 2, p. 96 The subject index to the Gennan edition of the International Progress report on a new scheme for the classification of knowl· Patent Classification. (In German) (Gehring) edge. (Mayne) I, No. I, p. 27-32 2, No. 2, p. 73-80 Development of a Broad System of Ordering. (Rybatchenkov) Automatic production of indexes from schedules. The case of the 1, No. 1, p. 20-21 UOC. (Nakamura) 2, No. 2,p. 81-88 A common classification for Swedish research projects. (W'ahlin) Anautomatic index in natural language for UDC editions. I, No. I, p. 21-26 (Oliveira) 2, No. 2, p. 89-93 5 On special objects classification systems (taxonomies) 9 Classification 'milieu' Systems for the classification of commodities and activities. (In German) (Neuenschwander) 1, No. 1, p. 32-33 92 Persons and institutions Ordering systems for commodity data. (Ostarhild) I,No. l,p. 41-42 Ranganathan Award for Classification Research. Commodity cataloguing and communication. (In German) 2, No. I, p. 45 (Gekeler) I, No. l,p. 42 Editorial: Hommage to Melvil Dewey 1876-1976. Dewey and System of characteristics for commodities. (Paass) Ranganathan. (Gopinath) 3, No. 1, p. 1-2 (In German) 1, No. 2, p. 94-95 In Memoriam: Abner Vicentini 1929-1976. (Campos/Briquet de Product description and ordering of product characteristics. Lemos) 3, No. 2, p. 66 (In German) (Gekeler) 2, No. I, p. 2-10 The Classification Society, European Branch 1, No. 1, p. 45 EXACT and GIDEP improving international electronic compo· The Aslib Coordinate Indexing Group. (lones) nent classification code. (Gussing) 2, No. I, p. 47 2, No. I, p. 45-46 Commodity description and classification. (In Gennan) (Ropke) New Classification Research Group in Brasil. 2, No. 1, p. 47 2, No. 2, p. 72 Problems of commodity description and classification. (In Ger· 93/94 Organisation of classification (natl./intern. level) man) (Holzl) 2, No. 2, p. 94-102 Material data management today and tomorrow. (Schurkens) Library classification systems in Denmark. (Friis·Hansen) 2, No. 2,p. 105-106 3, No. 2, p. 91-93 Attempts towards the construction of a commodity thesaurus. Which way to 'Shared classification'? A Danish view. (Weite. (In German) (Holzl) 3, No. 1, p. 23-32 meyer) 3, No. 2, p. 93-96 95 Education and training 6 On special subjects classification systems Postgraduate training courses at ZMD. 1, No. 1, p. 47 Curriculum in classification. (ABEBD) 2, No. 2, p. 109�110 Structure and compatibility of the Thesaurus of Medicine. (In Concept comprehension building in students and the teaching of German) (Hopker) 3, No. 2, p. 81-84 theory of library classification (Kashyap) 2, No. I, p. 22-25 A library classification training program. (In German) (Heinrich) 3, No. 2, p. 101-103 Classification theory course in Rio de Janeiro. (Dahlberg) 7 Classification and language 3, No. 2,p. 103-104 Science language - ordinary language. Colloquium. (In Gennan) 99 Standardization in classification I, No. l,p. 44-45 Language problems. (Kaiser) I, No. 2, p. 87-89 Standardization in classification 1, No. 2, p. 98 134 Intern. Classificat. 3(1976) No. 2 Index to Vols. 1-3